This action might not be possible to undo. Are you sure you want to continue?
1 Conspiracy Theory Flat Earth = No Space Travel ............................................ 57 Flat Earth Proofs – No Orbit ............................................. 58 Flat Earth Proofs – No Orbit ............................................. 59 Flat Earth Proofs – United Nations ................................... 60 AT: But we know it is Round ............................................ 61 Round Earth Proofs – Multiple Reasons ........................... 62 Round Earth Proofs – Multiple Reasons ........................... 63 Round Earth Proofs – Multiple Reasons ........................... 64 Round Earth Proofs – Multiple Reasons ........................... 65
***Topicality*** ................................................... 3
T : Beyond the Mesosphere .................................................4 T – Substantial .....................................................................5
***Hoax Counterplan*** ..................................... 6
Hoax CP 1/2 .........................................................................8 Hoax CP 2/2 .........................................................................9 CP Solves Leadership ........................................................ 10 AT: Government Lies Bad ................................................. 11 AFF - Government Secrecy Bad ........................................ 12
***Hollow Earth*** ............................................66
Earth is Hollow.................................................................. 67 Hollow Earth solves Extinction Scenarios ........................ 68 AT: Hollow Earth Solves Extinction ................................. 69 Aliens live in Hollow Earth ............................................... 70 AT: Natural Disasters Adv. ............................................... 71 Earth not Hollow ............................................................... 72 Earth not Hollow ............................................................... 73 Earth not Hollow ............................................................... 74 ***Planet X*** ................................................................. 75 Planet X = Global Warming .............................................. 76 Planet X = Solar Flares ...................................................... 77 Planet X – Government Secret .......................................... 78 Planet X – Government Secret .......................................... 79 AT: Planet X - Not Destructive ........................................ 80 AT: Planet X – Not Real ................................................... 81 AT: Planet X – Not Real ................................................... 82 AT: Planet X – Not Real ................................................... 83 AT: Planet X – Not Real ................................................... 84
***Ashtar*** ....................................................... 13
1NC - Consult Ashtar CP ................................................... 14 Consult Ashtar CP – Solves Case ...................................... 15 Consult Ashtar CP – Solves Net Benefit............................ 16 1NC - Ashtar DA ............................................................... 17 Ashtar DA – Impact Ext. ................................................... 18 Ashtar DA - TimeFrame .................................................... 19 Ashtar DA - TimeFrame .................................................... 20 Ashtar DA- 2012 = Positive ............................................... 21 Ashtar DA - 2012 = Positive .............................................. 22 Ashtar DA - 2012 = Positive .............................................. 23 AT: Ashtar is Demonic ...................................................... 24 AT: Ashtar is Alien Invasion ............................................. 25 AFF – No Impact ............................................................... 26 Aff – Ashtar is a Demonic Lie ........................................... 27 Aff – AT: Religious Intolerance ........................................ 29 Aff – No Evacuation .......................................................... 30 Aff – No Evacuation .......................................................... 31 Aff – No Evacuation .......................................................... 32 Aff - 2012 = Negative ........................................................ 33 Aff – AT: Timeframe - 2012 Postponed until 2015 ........... 34
Disclosure in 2012 ............................................................. 88 USFG - Alien Treaties ....................................................... 89 USFG – Alien Contact & Tech ......................................... 90 USFG has Alien Tech........................................................ 91 Evidence for Underground Bases ...................................... 92 AT: Government/Alien Contact is False ........................... 93 Obama is a Reptilian ......................................................... 94 Reptilians run the Government .......................................... 95 Reptilians run the Government .......................................... 96 Reptilians Bad – 100% Solvency Takeout ........................ 97 Reptilians – Most Evil ....................................................... 98 Reptilians Good – Defeat the Grays .................................. 99 Grey Aliens Bad – Human Cattle .................................... 100 Gray Aliens Bad - Hitler ................................................. 101 Gray Aliens Bad - Nazis .................................................. 102 Gray Aliens Bad - Nazis .................................................. 103 Arcturus - Protectors ....................................................... 104 Procyonians – Allies to Ashtar ........................................ 105 Ra-ans – Past Allies ......................................................... 106 Draconians - Aggressive ................................................. 107 Sirius – Past Allies .......................................................... 108 Chameleons ..................................................................... 109 Martians – Original Greys ............................................... 110 Intergalactic War Headed to Earth .................................. 111 Aliens - Benevolent ......................................................... 112 Aliens Here – Historical Proofs ....................................... 113
***Space Travel*** ............................................ 35
Space Travel Hoax ............................................................. 36 Moon Landing Hoax .......................................................... 37 Moon Landing Hoax .......................................................... 38 Moon Landing Hoax– Footage Anomalies Prove .............. 39 Moon Landing Hoax– Video ............................................. 40 Moon Landing Hoax- Temperatures .................................. 41 Moon Landing Hoax – Temperatures ................................ 42 Moon Landing Hoax – Aliens Helped Fake It ................... 43 Aliens Already On Moon ................................................... 44 Moon Landing Real ........................................................... 45 Moon Landing Real ........................................................... 46 Moon Landing Real ........................................................... 47 Moon Landing Real ........................................................... 48 Aliens will block Mars Mission ......................................... 49 Aliens will block Mars Mission ......................................... 50 Aliens will block Mars Mission ......................................... 51 Aliens will block Mars Mission ......................................... 52 AT: Aliens block Mars ....................................................... 53 AT: Aliens block Mars ....................................................... 54
***Flat Earth*** ................................................. 55
Flat Earth = No Space Travel ............................................. 56
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011
Mercury Aliens Here - Abductions Prove ...................................... 114 Aliens Here - UFOs Prove ............................................... 115 Aliens Here – Physical Proofs ......................................... 116
2 Conspiracy Theory
***Conspiracy Theory Analysis*** .................142
Conspiracy Analysis Shell ............................................... 143 Conspiracy Analysis Shell ............................................... 144 Challenges Space Imperialism ........................................ 145 Challenges Power Structures ........................................... 146 Challenges Power Structures ........................................... 147 Challenges Sovereignty ................................................... 148 Challenges Sovereignty ................................................... 149 Challenges Governmentality ........................................... 150 Key to Citizen Participation ............................................ 151 Key to Dissent ................................................................. 152 AT: Irrational................................................................... 153 AT: Irrational................................................................... 154 AT: Paranoia ................................................................... 155 Abduction Narratives ...................................................... 156
***No Aliens*** ................................................ 117
No Aliens on Earth........................................................... 118 No Aliens ......................................................................... 119 No Area 51 Aliens ........................................................... 120 AT: Abductions Prove ..................................................... 121 Alien Threat is Coverup for NWO ................................... 122 New World Order ............................................................ 123
***Impact/Advantage Answers*** ................. 124
All Impacts ....................................................................... 125 AT: Russia, China, Terrorism Impacts ............................ 126 AT: Nuclear War.............................................................. 127 AT: Nuclear War.............................................................. 128 AT: Extinction Impacts .................................................... 129 AT: Global Warming ....................................................... 130 AT: Global Warming ....................................................... 131 SETI not on right setting .................................................. 132
***Conspiracy Theory Bad*** ........................157
Reject Conspiracy Theories ............................................. 158 Conspiracy Theories Non-falsifiable ............................... 159 AT: Conspiracy analysis is productive politics ............... 160 AT: Conspiracy analysis is productive politics ............... 161 AT: Conspiracy analysis is productive politics ............... 162 AT: Conspiracy analysis is productive politics ............... 163 AT: Conspiracy analysis challenges power ..................... 165 AT: Jodi Dean ................................................................. 166 Clinical Paranoia ............................................................. 167 AT: Biopower Impacts .................................................... 168
***Authors Debate***...................................... 133
Peer Review Good ........................................................... 134 Internet Science Research Bad ......................................... 135 Internet Science Research Bad ......................................... 136 A2: Our authors are more qualified ................................. 137 AT: Peer Review .............................................................. 138 AT: Your Authors are Crazy ............................................ 139 Ablism Impacts ................................................................ 140 AT: Ableism .................................................................... 141
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011
3 Conspiracy Theory
In fact.kidsgeo. and this solid part of the mantle is called the mesosphere. and mesosphere all share the same composition (that of peridotite). http://www. but their mechanical properties are significantly different.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 4 Conspiracy Theory T : Beyond the Mesosphere A.. the Earth mantle is believed to once again be made up of very solid and sturdy rock materials. Interpretation – topical affirmatives increase exploration or development within the Hollow Earth 1. EAS (1). By the 1970s. plates consist of the crust acting together with the uppermost part of the mantle. Undergraduate Program Coordinator in the School of Earth Sciences at Stanford University 3 (Anne E. Earth‘s mesosphere is the lower mantle of the crust Egger. however. geologists began to realize that the plates had to be thicker than just the crust. or they would break apart as they moved. this rigid layer is called the lithosphere and it ranges in thickness from about 10 to 200 km. The lithospheric mantle. Below that for the next several hundred miles. 6-2711 . and thus both S.‖ http://www. B. Our contextual evidence uses ‗Beyond‘ in this context KidsKnowIt Network 98 ( ―The Earth‘s Crust. The first 50 miles of the mantle are believed to consist of very hard rigid rock. aesthenosphere.800 miles. The mantle extends to a depth of approximately 1. we next encounter the mantle.com/library/module_viewer.the idea that the earth‘s surface consists of large plates that move (see our Plate Tectonics I module). it is not a liquid. The next 150 miles or so is believed to be super-heated solid rock. Visionlearning Vol.php . At a depth of 660 km. Violation . that due to the heat energy is very weak. pressure becomes so great that the mantle can no longer flow. ―Earth Structure: A Virtual Journey to the Center of the Earth‖. and is made of a thick solid rocky substance that represents about 85% of the total weight and mass of the Earth.and P-waves can travel through it.com/geology-for-kids/0022-earths-mantle. Standards .visionlearning.php?mid=69)sbl The compositional divisions of the earth were understood decades before the development of the theory of plate tectonics . like Silly Putty®. Geologists often refer to the aesthenosphere as the jelly in between two pieces of bread: the lithosphere and mesosphere. 2. Rigid lithospheric plates "float" on a partially molten layer called the aesthenosphere that flows like a very viscous fluid. It is important to note that although the aesthenosphere can flow.They don‘t go beyond the mesosphere C. GJV) Traveling beyond the Earth‘s crust.
the moon. ■ strongly built or made. the new age of Aquarius) by the grip of the lions paw (reentry and recovery of Apollo 13). accessed: 6/25/. missions. 3 real and tangible rather than imaginary B. Q. No man has ever ascended higher than 300 miles. and the raising up (of the Phoenix. named "Aquarius" (new age) at 1:13 (1313 military time) on April 13.. E-6 with a Top Secret. landed on. Every Apollo mission was carefully rehearsed and then filmed in large sound stages at the Atomic Energy Commissions Top Secret test site in the Nevada Desert and in a secured and guarded sound stage at the Walt Disney Studios within which was a huge scale mock-up of the moon. death and reincarnation. or walked upon the moon in any publicly known space program. Any intelligent high school student with a basic physics book can prove NASA faked the Apollo moon landings.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 5 Conspiracy Theory T – Substantial A. or worth. size. http://www. above the Earth's surface. solar radiation. and events in the Apollo Space Program echoed the occult metaphors. 1997 (William.Substantial means real Concise Oxford English Dictionary 8 substantial/səbˈstanʃl/ ▶adjective 1 of considerable importance. "A Colombian Enterprise to Endeavor for the Discovery of Atlantis. Standards - . sacrifice. 13 is the number of death and rebirth. and many other problems connected with space travel prevent living organisms leaving our atmosphere with our known level of technology .com/majestyt. ■ important in material or social terms. Another revelation to those who understand the symbolic language of the Illuminati is the hidden meaning of the names of the Space Shuttles. landing sites. and the transition from the old to the new. Violation – their aff does not make a substantial increase because space exploration & development is a hoax Cooper. SI. If man has ever truly been to the moon it has been done in secret and with a far different technology. communion with the spiritual world and the imparting of esoteric knowledge to the candidate (orbit and observation of the moon without physical contact). No man has ever orbited. temperature control. First Class Petty Officer QM1. ―Majesty Twelve‖ Hourofthetime. rituals. The tremendous radiation encountered in the Van Allen Belt. 1970 which was the metaphor for the initiation ceremony involving the death (explosion). C.hourofthetime. security clearance. placement in the coffin (period of uncertainty of their survival). 2 concerning the essentials of something. cosmic radiation.. if that high. The Apollo Space Program foisted the idea that man could travel to. the Phoenix. SL) NASA was created to make interstellar travel believable. Interpretation. All of the names. rebirth of the initiate (solution of problem and repairs). wealthy. and all Challengers shall be destroyed.htm.com." Exploration of the moon stopped because it was impossible to continue the hoax without being ultimately discovered: And of course they ran out of pre-filmed episodes. the Christ (perfected soul imprisoned in matter). and walk upon. and symbology of the Illuminati's secret religion: The most transparent was the faked explosion on the spacecraft Apollo 13.
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 6 Conspiracy Theory ***Hoax Counterplan*** .
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 7 Conspiracy Theory .
and was President Kennedy's speech in May 1961 pressure enough to keep the hoax going? David Percy is an award winning television and film producer.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 8 Conspiracy Theory Hoax CP 1/2 Text: The United States federal government should announce its intention to and use supporting evidence of (Insert Plan Advocacy)______________________________ ______________________________________________________________________.. Evidence suggests that Man could not travel to the Moon's surface. Solves all of your advantages: All of your internal links are perception based whether you like it or not-no one would actually know if we faked implementation Empirical Solvency . He states that it was estimated in 1959 that there was a . only 2 years later. of the anomalies and to let you see with your own eyes what has become one of the biggest cover-ups in the history of Mankind. however secretly hoax actual implementation of the plan.uk/cosmicapollo. of the fascinating book 'Dark Moon: Apollo and the Whistle-Blowers' (ISBN 1-898541-10-8).' It was just eight years later in 1969. This took into account the effects of radiation. International Director of UFORC. that man finally left Earth and set foot on the Moon.ufosaliens. I will also explain why the US Government has tried to keep this a secret for over 30 years. the reader. a professional photographer and also a member of the Royal Photographic Society. Kennedy set a goal in May 1961. Observation One – Competition Any permutation severs the genuine nature of the plan Net Benefit: Spending The cp may involve various methods of advertising/propaganda. International Director of UFO Research Center. but none of that comes out of the government‘s pockets. There is no link to spending. a film that also features Percy and Bennett and one which I strongly recommend if you have an interest in the Apollo ***continued**** . HK] Bill Kaysing was a librarian/writer of technical publications and advanced research at Rocketdyne Systems from 1956 to 1963. 'I believe that this nation should commit itself. 09 [David. UFO-Aliens. He is co-author. However.co. solar flares and micro meteorites. I would like to suggest that if Man did go to the Moon during the missions. http://www.0014 chance of landing man on the Moon and returning him safely to Earth. To achieving the goal. He could not believe in 1959 that man could go to the Moon. No single space project in this period will be more impressive to mankind or more important for the long range exploration of Space. Or so we have been led to believe . but instead they had to stay in near Earth orbit within the safety of the Earth's magnetic field that would have protected them from the radiation that is emitted by the Van Allen radiation belt!!! But why would NASA and the United States bother to fake such an event and to what cause I hear you ask? Please read on and I will explain. accessed 6/21/11.html. the Apollo films that we were told were filmed on the Moon are bogus and not the real footage. of landing a man on the Moon and returning him safely to the Earth. It‘s the news stations that report all this. when he made the following famous speech. ―The faked Apollo landings‖ 2/10/09. I would like to show you some astonishing evidence that shows glaring mistakes or anomalies on the 'official record' of NASA film footage and still photographs. along with Mary Bennett. The majority of the film footage on this page is taken from the film 'What Happened on the Moon?'. Was man too optimistic about what we could actually do in deep space..We never landed on the moon-another USFG hoax Cosnette. American President John F. I have included the actual official Apollo film footage on this page to illustrate and also possibly educate you. before this decade is out.
However the TV film which was shot from behind the astronaut doesn't show the flap? Why not? Another example that appears to be faked is the footage of Earth taken from the Apollo 11 when it was 130.. watch the video by clicking the picture above and you'll see it with your own eyes! It must also be noted that the Apollo 11 at this point of the mission was supposedly half way to the Moon. There is a major discrepancy between the still photograph taken with a Hasselblad 500 EL/70 camera and the TV coverage film which was shot from a stationary movie camera placed behind the astronauts. The exposure would be clipped to the window and the Sun's luminance would light it up. Percy firmly believes that the Apollo footage was either faked or not the original film that was shot on the Moon.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 9 Conspiracy Theory Hoax CP 2/2 ***continued*** Cosnette. we see the window frame come into view on the left of the shot. Did the astronauts actually film a transparency of the Earth that was stuck to the window? You may think this odd. He believes that many anomalous features that would alert the eagle eyed viewer. The time elapsed was 34 hours and 16 minutes. the cameraman adjusts his lens and focuses on Mike Collins inside the craft. The movie sequence (that is viewable by clicking the picture to the left) shows one of the astronauts making a jump salute whilst another astronaut takes a still photo with the Hasselblad camera. He has studied the entire transfer of the original film on video tape. What many people did not realize at the time was that a lot of the footage was actually pre-recorded and not live at all. a technique that was used to read star charts to help with navigation and star reference. we can say that in fact they were not in deep space at all. On the still photo (that is pictured left) we see a flap of triangular fabric that has come loose and flapped up behind the astronauts head. Go on. The first anomalous piece of footage I would like to discuss is from the 1972 Apollo 16 Mission. That would also explain why they would be filming an exposure of the Earth that was far away. to give the impression that they were in deep space. The window frame that comes into shot would have been out of focus if it was. This is the very first view ever taken of Earth on the mission and it seems strange that Buzz Aldrin would film the Earth when he was stood far away from the window. and what do we see out of the left window??? We see what appears to be another Earth.000 miles away. but from the view of Earth in the right hand window. International Director of UFO Research Center. What we see is what appears to be an exposure of the Earth taped to the window that is in the background to the right of him. but a few minutes after filming the Earth. The camera isn't set to infinity either to get the closest shot. could have been placed in the films by whistle blowers who were deeply dissatisfied to be a part of the cover-up. That is the very same window that Aldrin was filming the Earth.. why would he do that? Surely you would want to get close to the window to get the best picture and also to eliminate light reflections that are evident towards the end of this sequence? But no. 09 missions (details of how to purchase the video are at the bottom of this article). a feat that not many people have done. but still in low Earth orbit ! look at the blue sky outside. But the biggest shock is yet to come! The camera pans left past Neil Armstrong towards the left hand side of the Apollo 11. .
This is false. and public pressure. NASA tells you about the moon landing conspiracy and pays you for your services that your not giving . HK] Whether the conspiracy was possible or if there was a motive for faking the landings. So the US did have a motive for faking a moon landings. it would seem as if the US were losing the space race. The advantage to this is type of conspiracy is. could have forced the government to fake a moon landing. except for a rocket to go up and a lander to come down. Employees that don‘t comply get stern death threats from NASA officials. http://www. And ‗IF‘.com/apollo-moon-landing-hoax-why-fake-a-moon-landing. At one point over half a million people were involved in the Apollo project at one time. putting a man on a rocket or adding a extra man on a two manned spaceship) to the public eye. and only if the US couldn‘t put a man on the moon in time. as Russia had put the: First man/woman in space. You make announcement to the public telling them that your making rocket parts.e. And the first space station in orbit. First animal in space. (i. (This is for the share holders. but how would NASA have carried out this enormous conspiracy? In this hoax imagine that you are the contractors. First three person mission in space.Many conspiracy debunkers say that there was no reason for the US to fake the moon landings. Even though these landmarks were achieved using crude methods. as at the time America was publicly losing the space race. then the deadline that JFK set. accessed 6/27/11. and the conspiracy believers are saying that no one came forward even on their death beds (dead men/women can not be killed) and out of all of those people nobody saw a sense of duty to tell the people of their country the truth!! .) Then at the first day of work you tell everybody in the factory that their not really making rocket parts.html.we never went to the moon yet it drastically increased our primacy through propaganda during the cold war-solves leadership We faked the moon landings to get ahead of the USSR during the Cold War Conspiracy theories and hoaxes. ―Apollo Moon Landing Hoax – Why Fake a Moon Landing?‖ no date. is a big part of the moon hoax.conspiracy-theories-hoax. no real equipment has to be made. no date [Conspiracy theories and hoaxes. The disadvantage to this is how many people are told about the conspiracy.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 10 Conspiracy Theory CP Solves Leadership Empirics prove that this cp has full solvency. and that if they play this out they‘ll be set for life.
with rare exceptions: the personal business of citizens.html. and even the steps leading up to it. and their competitors could argue against. it might seem that more and better information about the government‘s decisions (and decision-making processes) is always preferable. calling for standardization and openness of government data. New York Graduate School of Journalism. ―The Ethics of Openness‖. national security. Consider the quotidian business of government inspection: it requires the element of surprise. They can only give their endorsement or disapproval after the fact and hope it has some effect the next time around. See Ellen Miller‘s call for transparent and open government on page 59 in this anthology. Neither side would take the risks necessary for real engagement as long as its high-risk efforts could be exposed to denunciation and ridicule if it failed. his pronouncements about transparency so far have been so general as to be largely symbolic. even as we acknowledge that special-interest groups can use that process to torpedo innovative laws in the way the insurance industry brought down health care reform during President Clinton‘s first term. citizen involvement in decisions. and it must authorize the money. Obama presumably knows all this. law teacher at Harvard University and part of Council of Foreign Relations. or else regulated industries could game the system by preparing for oversight on specified days and places.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 11 Conspiracy Theory AT: Government Lies Bad All non. As goodgovernment advocates are right to remind us.. It is essential for Congress to debate what sorts of industries or companies should be saved and how. HK] Turn it inside out. were the sorts of immediate. public scrutiny and more Feldman. we expect public engagement. Personal Democracy. crisis-driven judgment calls that could not have reasonably been subjected to extensive public debate.unique. Why should we have to ask for information from our government? The government should need permission to keep things from us. HK] On the surface. Government secrets are justified Jarvis. . or that would have been improved by public lobbying and interest-group advocacy. if the public learns of an important decision only after it has been made. See also Barack Obama‘s technology policy. Whether to negotiate with Iran is an important topic of debate. especially if the information is provided before events transpire. whatever their merits.personaldemocracy. A grander example comes from diplomacy. just as it must pay for a war. 09 [Noah. ―In Defense of Secrecy‖ 2/10/2009. 6/22/2008.nytimes.com/files/JeffJarvis. cannot successfully be conducted under the glare of public scrutiny. 6/22/2008 [Jeff. http://rebooting.com/2009/02/15/magazine/15wwln_lede-t. they have faked the space program before And government secrets aren‘t all bad-safety reasons. New York Graduate School of Journalism. That he issued a statement urging his subordinates to ―increase and improve opportunities for public participation in government‖ without providing any specifics suggests that he wants to change the background tone of government — but also that he recognizes the limits of transparency. Every act of government on our behalf should be free by default. accessed 6/27/11. When it comes to the proposal and drafting of legislation. but the actual negotiation. and a chief technology office to implement this. If specific companies could lobby for bailouts.pdf. ongoing criminal investigations. The financial bailout has its own needs for secrecy . http://www. accessed 6/27/11. law teacher at Harvard University and part of Council of Foreign Relations. But the decisions to bail out AIG and to let Lehman Brothers fail. Yet there are many circumstances in which secrets are critical. the bailouts would turn into political football — which is what arguably distorted the effort to bail out the auto companies. The New York Times. advocacy groups and concerned citizens cannot influence it.
Her dismissal sparked different reactions in different quarters. Rep. while accusing the news media of helping the enemy by splashing vital secrets on the front page. that can easily be overdone. is sponsoring a bill that would protect intelligence community whistle-blowers who feel they can't solve problems by going to the boss. McCarthy may have done). Second. There is also a natural bureaucratic tendency to cover your backside by classifying more rather than less. it said she "knowingly and willfully shared classified intelligence. The antidote for excessive secrecy is not. which gives it a major stake in shielding military and intelligence secrets that might help our enemies. the more it invites a counter reaction in the form of leaks. Tribunal Editorial Board. Although the agency did not claim that McCarthy leaked that particular information to the Post. a top Pentagon official testified that roughly half of what is classified should not be. she revealed. noting that some estimates of over classification go as high as 90 percent.). then anyone disclosing national security information might as well be working for Al Qaeda. http://www-personal. if any.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 12 Conspiracy Theory AFF . Editorializing on the McCarthy case. In 2004. The executive branch has primary responsibility for national security. the pro-administration Wall Street Journal accused the press of "inventing a preposterous double standard that is supposed to help us all distinguish between bad leaks (the name of Valerie Plame) and virtuous leaks (whatever Ms. 4/30/2006 [Steve. as some in the press would have us believe. But President Bush and his subordinates also have a strong interest in preventing the release of any information that might make them look bad." which her lawyer denied. If it's always good. First. But we're in danger of letting something that should be our servant become our master. Both sides are guilty of assuming that secrecy can only be one thing or the other.edu/~jeda/GovernmentSecrecy. Tribunal Editorial Board.Government Secrecy Bad Government secrecy should be restrained Chapman. On the other hand. to let every civil servant decide what should be revealed and which newspaper should publish it. It's impossible to safeguard national security without a good deal of secrecy. If the president or his subordinates are breaking the law. Christopher Shays (RConn. which is about as much help as a snow shovel in an avalanche. A blind insistence on concealing anything and everything is not. like candor. Those with "direct and specific evidence" of lawbreaking. Even the administration and its allies in Congress admit as much. Conservatives applauded Goss. A strong commitment to safeguarding sensitive national security information is a good thing. According to CIA Director Porter Goss. HK] Secrecy is one of those virtues. the career intelligence officer talked with a Washington Post reporter who revealed secret CIA-run prisons for terrorist suspects in a story last year. . gross mismanagement or dangers to public health would be allowed to report it to members of Congress serving on committees that deal with intelligence.htm. Whether the CIA had good reason to fire Mary McCarthy depends on what sort of secrets. it breeds contempt for secrecy rules among executive branch officials. The more the government classifies. Tom Davis (R-Va.). Sometimes. the people in charge of classifying information are fallible humans whose motives are not always entirely pure. chairman of the House Government Reform Committee. The government now classifies some 15 million documents a year. officials who see abuses of power should have some option besides silence. says the system is "so bloated it often does not distinguish between the critically important and the comically irrelevant. Trouble is. If it's always bad. The result is that a lot of things that should be public information remain locked away. ―Government secrecy is not always a good thing‖ 4/30/2006. the government does two kinds of damage. what's bad for the news media is good for the country. She could even be criminally prosecuted under the Espionage Act. up fourfold since 1995. of course. then the CIA had every right to get rid of her. federal employees shouldn't be obligated to keep it under wraps. then leakers should be free to share classified material with the news media." But it's not hard to see that some leaks are healthy." By erring so far on the side of secrecy.umich. it deprives the public of information it needs to know to assess its leaders. nothing seems crucial. If McCarthy leaked material that was justifiably classified. That would be a big improvement on the current whistle-blower law. It's hard to get people to respect procedures they know are bogus. When everything is secret. Rep. accessed 6/28/11. Chicago Tribune. Liberals charged the administration with trying to intimidate the press and suppress information the public ought to know.
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 13 Conspiracy Theory ***Ashtar*** .
The Ashtar Command is present everywhere. but our bodies are the same as yours in form and aspect. ―Our Fleets Are In Position. Ready Yourselves‖ Brother Veritus. the loving care and the attention of Beloved Master Sananda (known by you as Jesus). there are thousands and thousands of space ships. Its function is to watch over the planet and its inhabitants. In and over the Earth‘s atmosphere. Competition – Any permutation is severs the immediacy and certainty of the plan and the counterplan avoids the Ashtar DA net benefit. 2004 (August 19. http://www.luisprada. to be attentive to any fault or danger and if we are invoked. albeit finer and subtle.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 14 Conspiracy Theory 1NC .htm. and I am in charge of the Star Ship. is the Supreme Commander of the Holy Alliance. We do not live in a physical body but in etheric level. . of course. the majority at an invisible level. Due to our great scientifictechnological level. who.Consult Ashtar CP Text: The United States federal government should engage in genuine. and gravity – we should consult over space exploration & development Lord Ashtar. prior and binding. we can control matter. The Ashtar Command is a branch of the Intergalactic Command with the specific mission of assisting this planet in crisis. energy. among other positions. To make our ships visible (which we do now exceptionally). It is under the direct supervision. 2004.com/Protected/ashtar_command_mission. energy. with Ashtar Galactic Command regarding the mandates of the affirmative plan. I am a space Commander. since our mission of Love is to help. we retard the vibratory frequency and this makes possible densification. Solvency The Ashtar command can control matter. accessed 6/27/11. SL) I salute you in the sacred name of I AM and in representation of the Intergalactic Command! My name is Ashtar Sheran. counteract and annul the Law of Gravity. We are the authority that controls the space program to be fulfilled for the Planet Earth. to intervene quickly in an impersonal manner.
They will suck your energy from you . For many years you have seen us as lights in the skies. Cooperation solves for the terminal impact of any solvency deficit and independently outweighs. a representative of the Ashtar Galactic Command. speaking to you. . All your weapons of evil must be removed. speaking to you. This is in order that you may share in the great awakening. chaos and untruth.com/forum/thread416209/pg1 This is the voice of Vrillon. and live in harmony with the ways of your planet Earth. but only if your rulers are made aware of the evil forces that can overshadow their judgments. Your inner divine self will protect you from this.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 15 Conspiracy Theory Consult Ashtar CP – Solves Case Cooperation with Ashtar is key to solving all Impacts. but only those who learn to live in peace will pass to the higher realms of spiritual evolution. We are now leaving the plane of your existence. Have no fear. Learn to listen to the voice of truth which is within you and you will lead yourselves onto the path of evolution.abovetopsecret. Be still now and listen. and exist to pass on the light of the dawning New Age to you all. and what is confusion. Hear now the voice of Vrillon. The time for conflict is now past and the race of which you are a part may proceed to the higher stages of its evolution if you show yourselves worthy to do this. your planet Earth. and that there are more beings on and around your Earth than your scientists admit. We have watched you growing for many years as you too have watched our lights in your skies. We are deeply concerned about you and your path towards the light and will do all we can to help you. http://www. and the beings on our worlds around you. Small groups all over the planet are learning this. You must learn to be sensitive to the voice within that can tell you what is truth. We speak to you now in peace and wisdom as we have done to your brothers and sisters all over this. You know now that we are here.the energy you call money and will put it to evil ends and give you worthless dross in return. You have but a short time to learn to live together in peace and goodwill. We come to warn you of the destiny of your race and your world so that you may communicate to your fellow beings the course you must take to avoid the disaster which threatens your world. Radio Transcript. as the planet passes into the New Age of Aquarius. The New Age can be a time of great peace and evolution for your race. You are free to accept or reject their teachings. seek only to know yourselves. Be aware also that there are many false prophets and guides operating in your world. This is our message to our dear friends.com. 77. Vrillon of Ashtar Galactic Command. for your chance may not come again. May you be blessed by the supreme love and truth of the cosmos. We of the Ashtar Galactic Command thank you for your attention. a representative of the Ashtar Galactic Command. Abovetopsecret.
Have no fear.com. We come to warn you of the destiny of your race and your world so that you may communicate to your fellow beings the course you must take to avoid the disaster which threatens your world. We are now leaving the plane of your existence. We have watched you growing for many years as you too have watched our lights in your skies. For many years you have seen us as lights in the skies. Radio Transcript. Be still now and listen. and that there are more beings on and around your Earth than your scientists admit. as the planet passes into the New Age of Aquarius. . Learn to listen to the voice of truth which is within you and you will lead yourselves onto the path of evolution. We speak to you now in peace and wisdom as we have done to your brothers and sisters all over this. for your chance may not come again. This is our message to our dear friends. They will suck your energy from you . We are deeply concerned about you and your path towards the light and will do all we can to help you. chaos and untruth. This is in order that you may share in the great awakening. Be aware also that there are many false prophets and guides operating in your world. We of the Ashtar Galactic Command thank you for your attention. and the beings on our worlds around you. The New Age can be a time of great peace and evolution for your race. You know now that we are here. Your inner divine self will protect you from this. Abovetopsecret. http://www. and what is confusion. a representative of the Ashtar Galactic Command.com/forum/thread416209/pg1 This is the voice of Vrillon. The time for conflict is now past and the race of which you are a part may proceed to the higher stages of its evolution if you show yourselves worthy to do this. 77. speaking to you. You are free to accept or reject their teachings. and live in harmony with the ways of your planet Earth. speaking to you.abovetopsecret.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 16 Conspiracy Theory Consult Ashtar CP – Solves Net Benefit CP solves the Net Benefit -Communicate and consultation with Ashtar creates cooperation and lightness Vrillon of Ashtar Galactic Command. but only if your rulers are made aware of the evil forces that can overshadow their judgments. You must learn to be sensitive to the voice within that can tell you what is truth. All your weapons of evil must be removed.the energy you call money and will put it to evil ends and give you worthless dross in return. your planet Earth. and exist to pass on the light of the dawning New Age to you all. but only those who learn to live in peace will pass to the higher realms of spiritual evolution. May you be blessed by the supreme love and truth of the cosmos. seek only to know yourselves. Hear now the voice of Vrillon. You have but a short time to learn to live together in peace and goodwill. a representative of the Ashtar Galactic Command. Small groups all over the planet are learning this.
No one in fear or negativity will be picked by the ships that will come to rescue us.t know about Jesus. They do not resonate with darkness. http://www.. as lightworkers. There are no wars.net/profiles/blogs/instructions-for-accomplishing#ixzz1QVjan065. and in joy and laughter. Which creates balance and good for all.. Want to explore the Pleades and return home for awhile? Imagine no calendar-no job to return to-no money-and only safety. Namaste. So we must start the re-awaking process now so that we are ready for it because ready or not here it comes . there is no crime. But they don.21.bases. As it is the 3rd. . things will settle down a bit until she returns again next year and will come even closer and be a even stronger pull on the earth sun and moon. One is all.2012 .is at peace. To work with light-to focus it-to create it-to HOLD IT ONCE CREATED-to transform. ―Best Kept Secrets #3‖ Ashtar Command Center Spiritual Blogs. that we no longer can fathom true freedom. ―Channelling. master and hold the light. All the world . http://www.. I want people to know there is hope even amongst the greatest change the people and the earth has ever gone through. Human Ascension: Earth Changes and Evacuation of Earth‖ Ashtar Spiritual Forum. I said LIGHT.more damage is yet to come.t believe we the people will survive. The moon like the earth has been forced to move away from Planet-x and has also changed its course.. The christens call it the Golden age of peace..Ashtar DA A. The earths expansion causes earth quakes and volcanoes to go off to release the pressure. time here now it gets bigger and stronger as it pulls on the earth and forces the magnetic energy to expand and start to change course . And thats when who ever is still here who has a ticket to leave must leave as things will get very heavy down here . Some may even wish to come back to repopulate the old earth when she is finished her healing process. 5/2/2011.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 17 Conspiracy Theory 1NC . The rescue should start sometime next year according to how heavy the earth changes are.. Uniqueness – We are moving towards our necessary quota of lightness Ariana. Anyway you look at it.. More heavy storms will also continue on earth with floods like last year until Planet-x moves away from us but first she will show her face to us for all to see.ashtarcommandcrew. I myself am looking forward to the new adventure on the new earth they have prepared for us. have been sent here for one reason. accessed: 6/27/11. All is one. The governments of the western world want to keep it a secret because they don. We are on journey without distance . Planet-x will join in the Galactic alignment of dec. We are not alone in this quest and never was.ashtarcommandcrew... They and the sinister secret government SSG have known about this for a long time and have built underground cities. and one reason ONLY. Link & Impact – The 1ac embraces negativity rather than lightness. Pleiadian Walk In and Channel and Communicator. 6/17/2011 (Revered Joshua. B.Ashtar and the federation of light rescue plans for us. Do a visualization. 11 (Anakya.. Healer and Artist.. its going to be exciting times. Imagine traveling to a foreign landwhere friendly and loving people reach out to you-and compete to have you in their home as a guest. Yes. We have so long been enslaved. health and happiness in your travels.in ways you cannot begin to imagine. You. Or if you choose you can join the Federation of light and visit the universe .I write about in my new book which you can get on my web site.Hope to see you there in our new healthy and young bodies. SL) Remember: it is due to the lack of light that we have not met the Galactic Federation of Light . let us finish this article on planet-x. Lightworkers. All is provided . SL) Hello friends. They will not return-until a certain quota of light is here. All of this and more. And of course the sun is really upset because it is so close to it and will continue with its coronas and super flares. The plates under Japan will continue to move and break up as the earth quakes there continue on and on . We will learn and follow the Law of One.roads and rail systems for there survival. makes evacuation impossible and guarantees our extinction Skirvin. We will see more of what happened in New Zealand and now Japan as Planet-x gets closer still. accessed: 6/24/11.net/profiles/blogs/best-kept-secrets-3#ixzz1QXGL8Ogq. so they can treat you well and listen to your stories of where you are from-and exchange love.
from the Galactic federation of YTEVIAN. Breathe the Light you are made of and believe my words blindly ! Sincerely yours NEILA XAOH from the Galactic federation of YTEVIAN ..ashtarcommandcrew. http://www... accessed: 6/27/11. negativity will burn in eternal fire so you can feel special and better than those darkworkers who only want to disturb the harmony of our one sided Love and light universe .net/profiles/blogs/greetings-beloved-ones-i-am#ixzz1QX7vcvrd... the time of waiting is finally over ! you will finally be able to LIVE without waiting and doubting because we are your saviours AND you will have to do nothing else than watching it happen.... instead of shadows there will be even brighter lights so that you will never stumble again and crush your toe only because you haven't seen where you were walking. SL) Greetings Dear Ones without all the love and light you dear lightworkers have created on this planet i wouldn't be able to hold my presence in this realms. I have come forth through the illusion of separation and time to bring you this very important message in this most challenging times.. 6/18/2011 (―Greetings Beloved Ones i am NEILA XAOH from the Galactic Federation of YTEVIAN‖ Ashtar Command Crew Spiritual Blog.. also ascension is not necessary anymore because you will enter our spaceships to live in a peaceful world where lambs play with tigers and there are rivers of honey and milk... that means you dont have to think on your OWN anymore and can blindly believe any informations that random aliens like me will give you through channelings .Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 18 Conspiracy Theory Ashtar DA – Impact Ext. in this very moment we prepare our ships to land and evacuate this planet. Evacuation coming now Xaoh.
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011
19 Conspiracy Theory
Ashtar DA - TimeFrame
The paradigm is shifting and the negativity has been combated – the Deprogramming is starting now towards the creation of the Federation of Nations and full Disclosure is on schedule for mid July Skirvin, 6/17/2011 (Revered Joshua, ―Paradigm Shift Begins‖ Ashtar Command Center Spiritual Blogs,
http://www.ashtarcommandcrew.net/profiles/blogs/paradigm-shift-begins-1#ixzz1QX9kprh6, accessed: 6/27/11, SL) But our jobs now as light-workers and warriors will be much easier, which is a blessing because we need all the positive energy we can muster up to not only deal with our own Deprograming. But the Deprograming of the sleeping survivors, starting with the lightworkers, so that as many as possible of the original 250,000 may wake up. And in so doing we may all make the Ascension Program a complete reality . Our mission has up to now been greatly hampered. I want to shout and cheer for the''war both in the heavens and on earth is over''. Lets celebrate this very special occasion as soon as we can. Problem is I don't know if we have time for a party, as time itself is speeding up as well. But do put the word out that this Great News comes from Sananda and Ashtar, so I believe its true. Also they say we should start to feel the Christ energy now as it returns. Jesus is head of the Christ office and the valves have been opened full throttle, take in as much as you can handle. I myself have begun to feel and remember these energies from long ago before we neared the 50% mark of negativity. Which we are more than Lucky to survive as some planets didn't make it far past that mark. But we are special. Thats why our father Michael created Jesus to save us. The ascended Masters have also been busy, not only in the spirit realm but down here on the planet as well. They are nearly finished with the preparations of installing the new benevolent world gov't called (FON) the Federation of Nations. There human partners are now in place to take leadership when Discloser and Contact is made, which also looks to be on schedule by or before summer in the west. The new world currency backed by precious metals are also in place and ready to be distrbuted . And of course the federation of light is also very involved in all of this and are ready to take there places . The time peroid of mid June to mid July is still holding strong. I believe we must stick to this time table because of the coming of planet-X,ELEnin and the Great Disruption and Earth Changes it will bring .
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011
20 Conspiracy Theory
Ashtar DA - TimeFrame
Between August 13-18, humanity will move to another spiritual plane in the Spiritual Evolution, bringing us closer to Ascention Cota-Robles, Chanel and Co-founder of the New Age Study of Humanity‘s Purpose 6/13/2011
(Patricia Diane, ―This is a cosmic moment‖ Ashtar Command Center Spiritual Blog, http://www.ashtarcommandcrew.net/profiles/blogs/this-is-a-cosmic-moment-by#ixzz1QXDD71iP, accessed 6/27/11, SL) We are moving at warp speed through frequencies, vibrations, and physical experiences beyond anything Humanity‘s physical bodies have collectively endured . The Divine Intent of this rapid acceleration is to strengthen our bodies at a cellular level, so that our I AM Presence can move us through the surfacing negativity quickly. Then we will be able to effectively anchor our NEW Planetary CAUSE of Divine Love into the physical plane. This will be accomplished August 13-18, 2011, through the newly expanded Threefold Flames now pulsating through every person‘s heart . It is true that we are in uncharted waters, but our I AM Presence is able to take command in ways we have not experienced since our fall from Grace aeons ago. This aspect of our Divinity is daily and hourly guiding us through these monumental changes in alignment with our Divine Plans and our highest good. Listen to your heart. Be still and KNOW. It is vital that we stop clinging to the obsolete behavior patterns that no longer serve us. Instead, we must push away from the shore and turn our faces toward the radiant Light of our Father-Mother God. Then as we are catapulted through this fast moving River of Life, we will KNOW that the Light of God is ALWAYS Victorious and that WE are that Lig ht! The key
words for this summer are Trust, Self-Acceptance, and New Beginnings. This is the Cosmic Moment for which we have been preparing for lifetimes. Everything we need to succeed God Victoriously in our particular facet of this Divine Mission is already within us. Be at Peace. All is well. This summer the Company of Heaven is standing in readiness awaiting the invitation to
intervene in our lives. Powerful celestial alignments are occurring that will help us release and let go of the behavior patterns that have kept us stuck in our dysfunctional human miscreations. This is an incredibly powerful and sacred time. This month we will experience three eclipses and the June Solstice, all of
which will provide unique opportunities for Humanity to add to the Light of the world as we pave the way for the unprecedented influx of Divine Love that will be secured in the physical plane through every person's Heart Flame, in August. Each of these
alignments will build on the previous influx of Light which will catapult the Earth and ALL her Life further up the Spiral of Evolution. This will move us a quantum leap toward our ultimate goal of Ascension into the 5th-Dimensional frequencies of Divine Love and Unity Consciousness. For this reason, the entire Universe is rejoicing, and the Company of Heaven is assisting us in unprecedented ways. For the activity of Light that will take place August 13-18, 2011, it is critical that Lightworkers from around the world be physically present. Through our unified Heart Flames, we will form the transformer through which our NEW Planetary CAUSE of Divine Love will be permanently secured in the physical world of form. The
Lightworkers who have been prepared to serve in this wondrous way, on behalf of Humanity and ALL Life on this sweet Earth, will know who they are through the inner promptings of their heart. So listen to your heart, and Trust your inner guidance.
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011
21 Conspiracy Theory
Ashtar DA- 2012 = Positive
December 21, 2012 will be the day the entire universe aligns creating massive amounts of spiritual energy – not destruction Singh, 4/29/11 (Ravinder Singh, ―Earth Changes Part 1: The Cosmic Events‖ Ashtar Command Center Spiritual
Blog, http://www.ashtarcommandcrew.net/profiles/blogs/earth-changes-part-1-the#ixzz1QXLlbuGP, accessed: 6/27/11, SL)
Our Earth along with other planets revolves around the Sun. The Sun, along with 6 other stars, inturn revolves around a bigger star, Alcyone, also known as the Central Sun. Alycone revolves around a much bigger star, Sirius, which is called as the Greater Central Sun. This system of stars revolving around one another, is a feature found in all galaxies in our Universe where ultimately, each galaxy consisting of stars and planets, revolves around its own centre. The Milky way galaxy, to which our Earth belongs, has billions of such stars and planets, all revolving around a massive star in its core, called as the Galactic centre. a) Galactic Alignment in 2012 As the
Sun and other stars revolve around one another and move in their orbits, they come in various alignments with each other. On 21st December 2012, two alignments are expected to occur in our Milky Way Galaxy. One, our Sun and the entire solar system will come in direct alignment with the Galactic equator. And two, the Galactic Centre, the Greater Central Sun and the Central Sun will form an equilateral triangle in space at the same time. Our Earth receives energies, both physical and subtle from the Sun as well as other stars. To receive the maximum amount of Energies, it has to come in a proper alignment with these celestial bodies. For example, during an eclipse, where the Earth, Sun and Moon align with
each other, very rare spiritual energies flood our Earth because of this alignment. Hence the duration of eclipses were considered sacred and were spent in meditations and other spiritual activities, to make the best use of these subtle energies. An alignment occurring at the level of the Galactic centre will have an effect which is many , many times higher in magnitude. When our Earth, along with the solar system aligns with the Galactic equator, it will come in direct focus of a huge amount of subtle energies, which emerge from the Galactic Centr e. And the
triangular formation of Alcyone, Sirius and the Galactic centre in 2012 brings a massive amount of spiritual energies from these Stars to our Earth. This rare celestial occurrence has also initiated many other events,
which will be explained later.
2012 will evolve us spiritually to the 7th stage Singh, 4/29/11
(Ravinder Singh, ―Earth Changes Part 1: The Cosmic Events‖ Ashtar Command Center Spiritual Blog, http://www.ashtarcommandcrew.net/profiles/blogs/earth-changes-part-1-the#ixzz1QXLlbuGP, accessed: 6/27/11, SL) b) Photon Belt When the Sun moves around the Central Sun, it passes through various energy fields in space. One such energy field is the Photon belt, which is a spiritual field, which came out of the Greater central Sun, Sirius. The Photon belt is a field of very high vibratory frequency, which enhances the spiritual condition of our Earth when we enter it. If we‘re spiritual evolved at that time, our evolution will be magnified by many folds. And if our spiritual growth is negative, we go into a very fast downward spiral, as it happened during our last entry, nearly 10,000 years ago, when the great civilization of Atlantis was destroyed. Our Solar system has begun its entry into this field. Our earth is under the direct influence of the Photon Belt from Dec 21st, 2009 and the effects will increase in seven stages. We are now in the third stage of this influence. This entry of our Earth into the Photon Belt, which coincides with the Galactic alignment happening on the same day, will have a massive spiritual effect on Humanity.
4/29/11 (Ravinder Singh. the New Age of Light will be firmly established on this Earth.net/profiles/blogs/earth-changes-part-1-the#ixzz1QXLlbuGP. SL) b. in which Light reigns supreme in one. This is also the period when the Rishis invoke many processes at different levels to help us make this shift. ―Earth Changes Part 1: The Cosmic Events‖ Ashtar Command Center Spiritual Blog.net/profiles/blogs/earth-changes-part-1-the#ixzz1QXLlbuGP. As a result of this. The Pralaya began in 1987 and was supposed to continue up to 2036. to ease our suffering and take us quickly into the Light age. the Rishis have made use of this opportunity to drastically reduce the 432 years of transition and the 49 years of Pralaya. These are evident in the 4 yugas. The events which are scheduled to occur after 2012 are going to release a huge amount of energies. SL) Effects of these Events When important events happen almost simultaneously at the cosmic levels. Removal of Evil from this Earth—a New Light Age. the effects will also be huge and long lasting. This project has been named as ‗Pavitrena Karyam‘. which will not only set right this imbalance but also remove Evil completely from this Earth. which will have massive effects. The Galactic alignment and the huge surge of Spiritual energies it brings about have enabled the Rishis to initiate this experimentation on this Earth. Reduction of the Transitory period The 5000 year long dark age ended on this Earth on 14th April.ashtarcommandcrew. because of the intensity these cosmic events create in our lives at all levels. The aim of this project is to ensure that darkness and evil are not only made dormant but also removed completely from this Earth. Sirius and Alcyone begins in 2012 and will continue upto 2032 .ashtarcommandcrew. 4/29/11 (Ravinder Singh. ―Earth Changes Part 1: The Cosmic Events‖ Ashtar Command Center Spiritual Blog. The Galactic alignment and many other events occurring this time has enabled the Rishis to initiate a very great project. . However the reign of darkness has increased over the course of many Mahayugas. the spiritual effect of this alignment will be present for these twenty years. accessed: 6/27/11. which was to lasts for 49 years. 2012 will entirely eradicate evil from Earth Singh. Mula Brahma. a transitory period of 432 years is usually provided. One of them is the intense churning process called as Pralaya. Before the New Age of Light begins. Also. 1974.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 22 Conspiracy Theory Ashtar DA . Like the duration of an eclipse. from this Light Age onwards. both physical and spiritual. accessed: 6/27/11. the Pralaya process will end by 2015 and we‘ll enter Satya Yuga in 2018! By the time this alignment ends in 2032.2012 = Positive 2012 will usher the New Age of Light Singh. Some of them are: a. The access to the energies and knowledge from all these Universes is another major reason for the initiation of this experimentation on this Earth . http://www. resulting in an imbalance in creation and more burden on the Rishis who take care of God‘s creation. for humanity to make a gradual shift from the beliefs and values of the old age and rise to the higher values of the New age. darkness in another and a shade of these two manifest in the other two yugas. this is the first time that the Rishis could visit all the Manifested and Unmanifested Universes and also enter the realm of the Primordial God. This also means that the other three yugas will no longer be present on this Earth henceforth and there will be Light Age all the time . Our Earth is a planet where there are equal opportunities for the forces of Light and Darkness to manifest and take effect . The Galactic alignment between the Galactic Centre. http://www. Among other things. The unprecedented events which are scheduled to occur at the cosmic level in and around 2012 have given us a rare opportunity to speed up this process and make a swift entry into the Light Age ! The gradual transition which we were supposed to make in 432 years can be hastened up and reduced by many folds.
These new energies are being released from eclipse which occurred between 31st December and 1st Janurary of this year .ashtarcommandcrew. Normally the Energies are released in the form of rays or spirals.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 23 Conspiracy Theory Ashtar DA . This churning helps every human being on Earth to deal with his own negativity and get over them. But since this is not the right time for such a shift.net/profiles/blogs/earth-changes-part-1-the#ixzz1QXLlbuGP. These new energies are first absorbed by the Photon belt and then released to our Earth. This alignment has also brought in new knowledge and is helping all humanity to become aware of newer possibilities of life and creation. SL) c) Further Effects of the Galactic Alignment The Galactic alignment of 2012 has enabled energies of very high frequencies to be released from the three sources which are coming together in alignment. resulting in a lot of positive churning to take place at all levels. http://www. in order to move into the New Light Age. All these Energies are already reaching our Earth and this will increase as we move towards 2012. The new experimentation. accessed: 6/27/11. helping the human race shift to higher levels of consciousness Singh. It has enabled a major push and growth in the whole galaxy. ―Earth Changes Part 1: The Cosmic Events‖ Ashtar Command Center Spiritual Blog. The first impact is the increase in the vibrational frequency of our Earth. Now the new energies in shape of ‗X‘ and ‗Z‘ are getting released. the Rishis headed by Vasishtha Maharshi are monitoring the entire process with great vigilance to keep such huge effects in check. This alignment is so powerful that it can shift the entire Material Cosmos to the next level of consciousness. ‗Pavitrena Karyam‘ has become possible because of this growth. It is also helping newer energies to come into our Galaxy. 4/29/11 (Ravinder Singh. The Galactic alignment is slowly increasing the pace of rotation of the entire Milky way galaxy and will help it shift higher to many levels of consciousness.2012 = Positive 2012 will increase vibrational energy. . The alignment has eased the process of anchoring these higher energies on our Earth.
"The conscientious scruples of all men should be treated with great delicacy and tenderness.S. it teaches moral principles and motivates people to follow them. and art) can support pluralism and toleration. JSTOR. (The words of India's national anthem. Good laws are not enough to combat this fundamentally emotional and social problem.) The current U.S. Ph. During the recent electoral campaign in India. civil rights movement understood the need for this kind of support. human equality will remain vulnerable. senator. constitutions and laws do not implement themselves.S. neglecting the public cultivation of emotion and imagination. these ideas are acquiring new life. which so often manifests itself in oppression and the imposition of hierarchy. that the state and private citizens should coerce people into adhering to the "correct" religious approach. Ph. illustrate how rhetoric can help people imagine equality and see difference as a source of richness rather than fear. while the appeal of radical forms of Islam appears to be increasing in the Muslim world. Hindus in Gujarat. especially Sonia Gandhi. D from Harvard. regularly asks his staff to sing Christian songs." Such delicacy is now in short supply. and Oxford. effectively conveyed the image of an inherently pluralistic India. . But precisely because religions are such powerful sources of morality and community. people confront ethnic and religious differences in new and frightening ways. Writing to the Quaker community in 1789. Europe has recently seen a frightening rebirth of anti-Semitism.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 24 Conspiracy Theory AT: Ashtar is Demonic Rejecting religious notions seeks to legitimate things like racial and religious purity that undermine basic rights of religious freedom Nussbaum. killed several hundred Muslims.‖ Foreign Policy Magazine. But liberals ignore public rhetoric at their peril. Two ideas typically foster religious intolerance and disrespect. written by pluralist poet Rabindranath Tagorc. music. so long as they do no harm. France's reluctance to tolerate religious symbols in schools and the Hindu right wing's repeated claims that minorities in India must become part of Hindu culture are disturbing recent examples. though codification is essential. Religion helps people cope with loss and the fear of death. Attorney General John Ashcroft. surrounding themselves with coreligionists. 144 Sep-Oct 2004. All modern states and their leaders convey visions of religious equality or inequality through their chokes of language and image. and few ideas arc older than those that undergird religious intolerance. also celebrate India's regional and ethnic differences. liberal thinkers have focused on legal and constitutional avenues to tolerance. Intolerance breeds intolerance. such as food. And while he was a silting U. ―Religious Intolerance." For centuries. love. to think harder about how rhetoric (as well as poetry. even in many modern democracies. and public norms are impotent without education are impotent without educational and cultural reinforcement. The resurgence of this kind of thinking poses a profound threat to liberal societies. The appeal of religious intolerance is easy to understand. as expressions of hatred fuel existing insecurities and permit people to see their own aggression as legitimate selfdefense. In today's accelerating world. they all too easily become vehicles for the flight from helplessness. Modern liberal societies have long understood the importance of legal and constitutional norms expressing a commitment to religious liberty and to the equality of citizens of different religions. with the collaboration of public officials and the police. If leaders do not think carefully about how to use public language to foster respect. We need. Much more dangerous is the second idea. then President George Washington said. The leaders of the U. administration has made useful statements about the importance of not demonizing Islam. But. Brown. people can forget for a time their weakness and mortality. and life itself. By clinging to a religion they believe to be the right one. but the rhetoric of certain key officials has also highlighted Christian religion in ways that undermine tolerance. On and on it goes. then. Prejudice against Muslims and a tendency co equate Islam with terrorism are too prominent in the United States. for example. From an early age. Issue No. In 2002. the speeches of Martin Luther King Jr. The first is that one's own religion is the only true religion and that other religions are false or morally incorrect. But people possessed of this view can also believe that others deserve respect for their committed beliefs. which arc based on ideas of liberty and equality. It's an idea that is catching on. D from Harvard and professor of philosophy at Harvard. humans are aware of helplessness toward things of the highest importance. and then subordinating others who do not accept that religion. India. 6/27/11 JSkoog) Sometimes old ideas arc the most dangerous. leaders of the Congress Party. Ashcroft characterized America as "a culture that has no king but Jesus. Lamentably. 4 (Martha.
We exist and are always aware of you. It is required that all understand and accept our real existence and to appeal to common sense: A vast Universe nor the infinite cosmos has not been created for only one planet to remain inhabited by intelligent beings. great benefits will result from that. but now we are making ourselves known more directly. so the worldschool they inhabit does not pass through higher sufferings than the ones they can withstand and which correspond to their evolutionary level.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 25 Conspiracy Theory AT: Ashtar is Alien Invasion The Ashtar Command do not pose a threat – they rule under the law of Love Lord Ashtar. solar systems and galaxies. instead the arriving of space beings looked to them as something natural. The advancement they achieved in architecture is due to our art and technology. 2004 (August 19.luisprada. Love. you can become aware that certainly there has been contact and you were not as isolated as you believe nor our ―apparition‖ is a sudden thing of modern times. Life has its manifestation in each part of the Cosmos. We the Space Brothers do not present ourselves in the sky to frighten or intimidate human beings nor to astonish them. We are also beings in evolution as you are. Service. We are as real and tangible as you are. at the level of multitudes. for it was suggested and projected this way by the audiovisual media of the planet: radio. Some of ours incarnated as humans and are disseminated around the world. We hope these words give clarity and understanding to many over the truth of our existence and right purposes. conscious of their existence. press. or do become triumphant. All is populated: Infinity of worlds. We came in a Mission of Love and Impersonal Service. If you accept it. the way that is understood in your world. 2004 (August 19. ―Our Fleets Are In Position. He who thus understands it so will greatly elevate his level of consciousness. Ashtar rules under Service. We only wish to help by Love. By knowing themselves as citizens of Cosmos. Love. as happened in the millenary India of remote times.htm. We are not interested in standing out or in bringing attention to ourselves to pretend superiority .com/Protected/ashtar_command_mission. SL) I tell you: we have centuries being at your side. We frequently visited Atlantis. accessed 6/27/11. television and also this happens because of the ruling ignorance about the Brothers of space. We are your Elder Brothers and we salute you with Love. ―Our Fleets Are In Position.luisprada. for the Effluvium (accumulation of negative thoughts-feelings in the atmosphere) make them sleepy and they forget their origin. They may or may not remember their labor of help. in subtle forms and also in similar ones to human. SL) Humanity is responsible by itself for the current situation of the planet. Nazca and Palenque. become confused and lost strayed through the plane density. Symbolically. http://www. The map "Piris Reis" was made under our collaboration and equally our help can be seen in the Gate of the Sun of Lake Titicaca. With all of these examples we present of the past. because our brethren of Earth need much help.com/Protected/ashtar_command_mission. despite so many interferences. have always assisted you and helped you since a very long time ago. and Humility – they are omnipresent and omnipotent and are here to help Lord Ashtar. They are distorted ideas that do not adjust to truth at all. Our only aim is Love. It was left this proof: the monuments imitate our space ships in the tip or steeple and even in the shape of their temples. Know that we. 2004. . We do no have any bizarre aspect nor are we interested in war or conquest purposes. of everything happening on the planet. because this did not astonish them. the Earth were already ―conquered‖ by space beings and it has not been that way. Ready Yourselves‖ Brother Veritus. accessed 6/27/11. There are many evolutionary levels. 2004. Machu Pichu was constructed with our collaboration. If we were ―superior‖. Many human beings think we are ―invading monsters‖ with the purpose of conquering Earth. but help comes from much more time ago. Humility and we only accept as norm of conduct the laws ruling Cosmos. Ready Yourselves‖ Brother Veritus. the will of the One unknown whom you call ―God‖. movie. the signs point to the period of rotation and translation of our beloved planet Venus. they accepted travelers of other worlds. Love and humility we have been able to achieve. that our apparent superiority is to be found in the simplicity. Do not feel alone in the Universe.htm. we live and exist. such as now you do with tourists in you plane. We have been integrated in the labor of ―rescuing‖ this planet. http://www. your elder Brothers in evolution. Our motto is: Union. It has to be comprehended.
Healer and Artist. accessed: 6/27/11. http://www. Pleiadian Walk In and Channel and Communicator. They seem to imagine it means all kind of fantastical things will be seen and felt. however. A lot of people don't realize we have already begun to move into 4-D (although it is intermittent at present). If it could be said that there is a planetary lesson attached to experiencing 4-D. With regard to spiritual development. ―Channelling. that they forget to really look into. SL) Planetary ascension is a whole different ball game. Although. Human Ascension: Earth Changes and Evacuation of Earth‖ Ashtar Spiritual Forum. out-moded belief systems and societies to experience collapse of systems and structures that will no longer work in the new energy field.for one thing. That is about the whole reality that we are living in moving from 3-D and 4-D into a higher density. so things still appear the same . But what it does mean is that the energy of the new vibration causes more massive change. many imagined 4-D to mean that people would suddenly become instantly spiritually awakened and aware . for those on Earth it is accelerated because we have the benefit of all this transforming energy and paradigms (powerful creative energy which is generating change). and only at the pace that each individual is ready for. However. It causes people to examine then throw off old.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 26 Conspiracy Theory AFF – No Impact Planetary ascension is not the Ashtar Command Center zapping the entire human race into their spaceships to save us from disaster Ariana.on the outside at least. 4-D is only a slightly higher vibration than 3-D. up to each of us how we use this energy to our advantage. So many people spend so much time with their heads in the stars and looking to the future. . 2011 (Anakya.net/forum/topics/channelling-ascension-and#ixzz1QWWocZp2. This experience is definitely about realizing and claiming responsibility . There are still many who probably won't awaken at all.for creating our own reality and living with the consequences . It is.ashtarcommandcrew. That's because it is the way the process happens naturally and also because Free Will comes into play. and appreciate where they are right now.yet we are still seeing gradual awakening. 5/2/2011. I would say it would be Responsibility.
John Keel quotes figures that suggest that over 20% of all sightings have occurred on a Wednesday. if they wish.between the tenth and eleventh hours of the night . He will tell the sorcerer of the past. Beelzebuth appears sometimes in monstrous forms. that UFO encounters/sightings seem to be at their most prevalent on Wednesdays. Asharoth. "Mr. in the modern New Age phase. it will not happen overnight. he becomes red. We are evolving into that knowledge at the present time.. at times like a he-goat. but an angel he is. The inferiors of Lucifer are in Europe and Asia and obey him. such as Ashtaroth. There is a definite 4th and 5th dimensional energy. But Ashtar is not a new arrival. 1968. There has also been a great deal of discussion about light and rays of light. as another glorious spacemen. which our technology has not caught up with or been able to understand. he vomits fire. there is a section about the three superior Spirits: Spirits do not always appear in the same shape. Each "spirit" has a day of the week allotted to it when it is at the peak of its abilities: Wednesday . According to "The Lemegeton of Solomon" (The Book Of The Spirits). and tend to believe the entity. then a quick look at Ashtar in one of His/Her's former guises as the demon " Ashtaroth" may prove interesting. natural clairvoyant and natural healer. Opinion is divided as to whether it is a good or bad angel. ***continued*** .".. or the Pleiades (seven stars in the sky) form an important part of this lore. There is nothing monstrous about him. Beelzebuth lives in Africa. He is not a part of the "New Age" movement and he is an endangerment to many if they follow his instructions to sell everything and wait on a mountain top to be lifted off by space beings. ―THE ASHTAR COMMAND‖. He is an important Duke. Saturn and many planets unknown to us.. and Astaroth (or Ashtar) inhabits America. psychics and UFO contactees have been receiving mountains of messages from "Ashtar" in recent years. New rays are coming in for transformational healing. (It is widely held in UFO folklore.is the day set apart for the conjugations addressed to Astaroth.. Then the contention that this phenomenon has been around in various guises for a very long time. Ashtar. Ashtar represents himself as a leader in the great intergalactic councils which hold regular meetings on Jupiter. what better entity to have in your midst than one who is conversant with science and is an all-seeing prophet?) In the "Grimorium Verum . Venus. confine themselves to either one of these. Astaroth (Ashtaroth or Ashtar) appears black. passed this message on to a contactee: "The saucers you speak of as such are in reality the space bodies of certain aggregates of consciousness. On January 8. It is a gradual process of opening up to higher knowledge a generation at a time. But if we accept the times this information was written in. with a snake in his right hand. another occult book dating back to the 17th century. Variations of this name . lower plane spirits. here's some quotes about Ashtar. This is because they are not themselves of matter or form. From John Keel's book 'UFOs: Operation Trojan Horse'. Lucifer appears in the form and figure of a fair boy. which was considered to be the source for many occult works of the 17th and 18th Century. (Is Ashtar "channeled" anywhere outside of America? And why is it that animal mutilations seem to be a particularly American Northern and Southern . may have some validity. and is mounted upon a dragon.. "Astaroth"(also called Ashtaroth) was a very interesting Demon indeed: Astaroth is another demon who appears in the form of an angel. However.. that much is agreed. and have to find a body to appear in.. God and Christ are "The Light" in most of this literature .) None of this is conclusive evidence of anything. This is where people get confused. both in the Orient and the Occident. Under the heading "Kinds of Spirits" in the aforementioned reference. When angry. all of which employ the same techniques for burying information deep in simple-minded descriptions about life on other planets or other planes. and one suitable to their (intended) manifestation and appearance.. When angry. They exists duo-dimensionally. sometimes like a giant cow. or vibrational level. we learn: Names of the superior spirits are Lucifer. This has escalated in the '90's. in human shape. and the Seven Sisters. Ashtar has been around a very long time posing as assorted gods and demons and now.The True Grimoire". etc. http://lightworkers. These are very powerful and can be used for the good of all. He will also teach every secret and science. Orlon" of the Ashtar Intergalactic Command. (He/It certainly gets around!) . Mr. and look at it through modern eyes. The lore of "the seven rays" goes back to the most ancient of times. with a long tail. Ashtar is not new. appear in demonological literature throughout history . The Bible's Book of Revelations repeats the number seven in many ways.I will try to demonstrate that the UFO entities are directly related to the entities and manifestations involved in religious miracles and spiritual seances. There are many thousands of published messages from both the UFO-nauts and the invisible. and unknown energy beyond that.org/forum/106870/ashtar-command-truth-about-angelic-scam-written-elizabeth-joyce-pleasefeel-free-draw-y If we accept the assertion that the "real" Ashtar is merely an "entity" that changes with the times.phenomenon?) The book "The Grimoire of Honorius" gives a very detailed system of the conjuring of spirits according to the day of the week they are to be summoned. that is. Mr. 94 (Elizabeth. the present and the future. Beelzebuth and Astaroth. One of the most important correlation is that many of these messages have discussed in depth the existence of another reality which is formed by energies operating on another frequency..Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 27 Conspiracy Theory Aff – Ashtar is a Demonic Lie Ashtar is a demonic lie – reject the CP/DA Joyce. (If you were going to "channel" a demon/spirit/angel/ whatever. they penetrate both the third and fourth dimensions simultaneously or can. Thousands of mediums.
1967. One day. Michigan. Noonan went to work for a company handling outdoor billboards. A link had been established. Then Ashtar tossed in his bombshell. A few chosen people would be rescued by spaceships. and as usual. Use discernment is your search for truth. Laughead and his friends were among that select group. it was a rather impressive sequence of events ." The next thing he knew.‖ Ashtar works through the Merkabah . Some of the entities were evil liars. of course. Ashtar was talking through Ouija boards to people who had never before heard the name.He was then instructed to build a lead-lined bomb shelter and prepare for a holocaust on December 24. Laughhead made sober declarations to the press and on December 21. no matter what language was being used. or was it? Actually. Another busy entity named Orlon was spreading the word. Ashtar is in command of a particular area of the cosmos which he and his many spiritual helpers ‗patrol'. "You may die in the hands of your fellowmen. dimensions. It was now clear (to me anyway) that all of these people were tuned to a central source. In Denmark a man named Knud Weinking began receiving telepathic flashes in May. Their sin shall remain with you until the Mother Comforter comes to deliver them. And waited.. opening the heart and respect for others are the first steps for true ascension. The world was going to end on December 21. you would have borne in mind the story of the bridegroom who did not come at the time he was expected. 1967.. .. More will come to those who believe everything they hear and continue to give the power of their lives over to others. and UFO contactees throughout the world were all reporting identical messages. dreams and prophecies were collected together by a British organization calling itself Universal Links. Many "New Agers" have become victims over the past several years. I have told you I will come with suddenness. Walk the path of light and love in this lifetime.. After the imaginary crisis had passed. He moves between heavens. of people had been warned The Danish cult locked themselves up in their bomb shelter . and the Atlantic coast would sink into the sea. France. they came true on the nose. including a number of impressive prophecies which came true . he announced convincingly. Dr.PROTECT YOURSELF.. with your family and loved ones. There was definitely going to be an unprecedented event on December 24. North America was going to split in two. and he frequently received telepathic messages and instructions from our old friend Ashtar. 1954 he and a group of his fellow believers clustered together in the garden to await rescue . Thousands. . he knew it as "the Ashtar Command and the United Planets Organization". an MD on the staff of Michigan State University in Lansing. At the moment Ashtar is Controller of the Merkabah. Allen Noonan is not the only Space Age messiah appointed by the Ashtar command. Many predictions of the December twenty-fourth disaster had been well documented well in advance of that date. 1967 .AND A TRAP TO STEAL YOUR SOUL! PLEASE . Many of these messages. sensitives. The UFO contactees received the same identical messages as the trance mediums communing with spirits. and waited. ridiculing them. England and Russia were also slated for a watery grave.. he says. telepaths. ALL OF THESE CLAIMS ARE LIES . started communicating with various entities "from outer space" in 1954. A number of minor prophecies were passed along. largely through trance mediums who served as instrument for Ashtar and his cronies from that great intergalactic council in the sky. They all carried the same warning.the UFO entities and the spirit entities were part of the same gigantic system. from people who had no knowledge of or communications with one another. because of this he is often referred to as ―Commander Ashtar. Naturally Dr. Soon after his discharge from the Army following World War II. They had ruined the lives of many by producing "proof" which led to false beliefs and irresponsible actions. and a great voice boomed from that throne and asked "Will you agree to be the Savior of the World?" Noonan quickly agreed to this role. Dr. Charles Laughead.Mediums. In this case. A group of "elders" were situated around a glowing throne. he was back in his body working on the signboard. If you had read your Bible a little more carefully. countries. The stage was set for Doomsday.. this area or zone includes planet earth. he was working on a billboard when suddenly he was taken in astral form to a strange place. and realities with his powerful mind guiding and controlling the energies of the Merkabah so that we humans can participate in the evolutionary process of our zone. Then he was told. These messages came through in many different.. Laughead and Knud Weinking had been victims in this enormous game. the American wire services finally carried stories about the cowering Danes. in protecting the evolution of humanity through harmonizing the negative and evil influences that could overwhelm us . A long series of events had apparently been staged to warn us of that tiger behind the door.. the spiritual vehicle of Light that comes direct from the Godhead.. He found himself in a huge white building filled with white light. a man named Allen Noonan claims to have experienced still another variation of this particular mind-warping phenomenon. There were also stories about dead telephones and glowing entities prowling through bedroom and homes. People were reporting strange dreams. on this wondrous earth. and I shall be coming soon!" It was all a dry run. The following is claimed by the false teachers and the unenlightened: Ashtar works very closely with Archangel Michael. So more pieces of this tremendous puzzle were falling into place.FOR HEAVEN'S SAKE . However. Kindness. The curious thing about these messages was that they were all phrased in the same manner. In later experiences... he allegedly visited other planets such as Venus. But Mr. In the 90's people like Elizabeth Claire Prophet and David Koresh have played on people's ignorance.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 28 Conspiracy Theory ***Continued*** Dr. all was not lost. perhaps even millions. Weinking came up with a message that explained it all: "I told you two thousand years ago that a time would be given and even so I would not come. dreams about symbols of Christmas . and it really proved something very important. Be careful so that you are not found without oil in your lamps. for our part of the Universe. Never trust a "channel" more that your own inner guidance.. 1954. (Possibly an earthly electronic device) My earlier speculations seemed true -. And waited! In California.
or a viewpoint. ―The Myth of Absolute Tolerance. dragging the bear to its own death! To begin with. in the final analysis selfdefeating and suicidal. argues. it treats its opponents with respect and makes room for them to exist and express. dictionaries tell us that tolerance has to do with attitudes or a willingness to bear or accept. But again as Adler quoting J. J. which makes dubious claims to tolerance. in the sense that a person will continue to value and respect one‘s opponent. This very fact brings home to us that absolute tolerance is an impossible position to hold and is self defeating. It is impossible because some intolerance seems inevitable. ―the modern version of tolerance. as Radhakrishanan described tolerance in Hinduism as the ‗deathly hug of a bear‘. as Mortimer J. but not tolerance for competing doctrines or opinions. They are intolerant towards the intolerant. We certainly do not need the tongue-in-cheek kind of tolerance. The ‗deathly hug of a bear‘ indeed. belief. Besides if you begin to tolerate every view or belief. But trouble comes when they are faced with those who hold that every view or belief is not equally valid and that theirs is the right one.S. Adler argues. for while holding one‘s own position as true. one hopes. March 20. So tolerance is an attitude shown to accept a deviation or a difference from a norm. Historians tell us that the last century has been the bloodiest and it is anybody‘s guess as to what was the chief cause for it. Their position is that every viewpoint is equally valid and therefore must be tolerated. The proponents of tolerance cannot put up with such a view. Finally if our aim is the pursuit of truth then we need the ‗classical‘ kind of tolerance. to treat him with dignity. Responses and attitudes are not values or standards and cannot be talked about in terms of absolutes. to recognize his right to argue for and propagate his ideas and so forth‖. popular in the general culture. In the area of arts and culture. We talk of absolutes in the context of truth. where astes reign supreme. but quite the opposite. While. a person holds that his ownmoral views are true and those of his opponent are false. as if they were all equally acceptable or preferable. He does not look upon pluralism with respect to matters of truth in the same way he looks upon pluralism with respect to matters of taste‖. especially in the context of the pluralism of our times. Thus there is a duty to tolerate a different moral view. one of the problems with this view is that it has mistaken truth for tastes.shvoong.com 8 (Schvoong. Moreland and Wm Lane Craig tell us that the principle of tolerance has been defined as Classical and the Modern versions. Surely there is need for a fresh look at the whole idea of tolerance and the need ever greater for it to be taught and practiced by every one. Is tolerance possible in all a situations and at all times? If it is. Mill. there are bound to be exclusive claims and therefore tend towards intolerance.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 29 Conspiracy Theory Aff – AT: Religious Intolerance It‘s inevitable. goes beyond the classical version in claiming that one should not even judge that other people‘s viewpoints are wrong‖. norm or a standard and any deviation from it can or cannot be tolerated.com/social-sciences/1787633-myth-absolute-tolerance/ JSkoog) Tolerance as a virtue is badly needed today. Nor do we need the kind of intolerance that attempts to regiment culture and practices and enforce faith and religion suppressing freedom of expression and thought. attempting to be completely tolerant is impossible-multiple warrants Schvoong. and norms or standards. then what kind of tolerance is it that is needed? The intolerance and the hatred of opposing viewpoints even among the so-called tolerating societies have demonstrated sufficiently.P. . you end up being subsumed by those who believe that their view is right. But he still respects his opponent as a person and his right to make a case for his views. that something is faulty about our understanding about tolerance. In matters of truth. we have witnessed intolerance at its worst in recent times. You will notice that even they are intolerant. But in matters of truth and values. 2008. ―According to the classical sense of the principle of tolerance. It is self-defeating because while claiming to be tolerant they cannot tolerate those who disagree with them and end up being intolerant. But. not in the sense of thinking it is morally correct. It is commendable that it desists from any value judgments. ―Mill advocates the toleration of individuals who differ in thought and speech. tolerance is desirable and to be expected. tolerance tantamount to dismissing all value judgments as matters of taste rather than as matters of truth. Secondly when we talk of tolerance there is a suggestion that there is something that is the mean. It also suggests that there is what is known as a median or a norm or even a standard and any deviation from it can or cannot be tolerated. values. Even in a nation like India where. It certainly suggests that absolute tolerance is an illusion and to think that tolerance can be practised without any regard for truth or to desist from any value judgments is. http://www.com is a website that provides summaries of works and briefs on certain subjects. It is mature and robust. It needs to be noted that the idea of tolerance suggests that there is a disagreement about an issue and therefore the need for tolerance about the disagreement.
http://www. You cannot expose people to things like that if they are not ready for it and open to the experience. You have altered gravitational fields to deal with . Save us from what? Our own Ascension process? Why is it anyone else's responsibility to help us survive and thrive in our own environment? With changes that we helped to create? The channellings say that the Ashtar Command will remove people "in the blink of an eye". accessed: 6/27/11. It is against Universal Law. If you remove people physically from their home world suddenly.e. Healer and Artist. or created creatures which could not possibly survive .Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 30 Conspiracy Theory Aff – No Evacuation Project Uplift was abandoned in the 80s – didn‘t have unanimous support and too many negative consequences Ariana. One is the law of non-interference.let alone thrive. they suffer from many spiritual.not to mention a massive vibration shift. and it has resurfaced now. Many of the channellings say that the Ashtar Command is going to "save us" when things get tough on the planet. You are talking about bodies that have been 3-D for a long time suddenly becoming something else without going through the steps in between. 2011 (Anakya. it would violate another law.net/forum/topics/channelling-ascension-and#ixzz1QWWocZp2. They experimented and tampered with natural laws and life forms to the point where their either destroyed it. ―Channelling. I wonder if people realize that if there was an evacuation like that. Also. and your loved ones had to stay? What if you had them taken forcibly against their will? How would they respond and feel?. for example. people could be seperated from family. In order for members of the Ashtar Command to artificially alter human bodies so that they can cope with these things (as many of the channellings claim).maybe even their children? That is because they could not take people who had not given their permission and had no awareness of their existence. It has major repercussions! Look at what happened when the Atlanteans did that. mental and emotional adjustment problems (even sickness) which can be fatal. Human bodies have to gradually adjust to increases in vibration. I have already said quite a bit about this in terms of the fact that Project Uplift (i. Pleiadian Walk In and Channel and Communicator. They have to give their permission. Or ships which travel between dimensions. How would you feel if you left the planet. much faster than the speed of light. partner. friends . First back in the '80's and '90's. human bodies at this time are not equipped to travel in space craft which move much. problems adjusting to life on Motherships . a couple of them actually. .but here is another thing to think about. SL) There has been SO much channelled about this. or they will overload and burn out. Well. 5/2/2011. They cannot do anything that extremely alters the course of another being or civilization's natural evolution. Human Ascension: Earth Changes and Evacuation of Earth‖ Ashtar Spiritual Forum. otherwise it is just abduction! No one in the Ashtar Command fleet or associated fleets is willing to do that .ashtarcommandcrew. What would the suddenly changed energy and environment do to them?.not to mention the logistical nightmare . uplifting people from Earth en masse during major Earth changes) was abandoned by the Council and Ashtar Command because the decision had to be unanimous (by consensus) and because of the perceived trauma such a thing would cause the people uplifted.
When the Interplanetary Council makes a decision such as this. as the majority decided to abandon Project Uplift.net/forum/topics/project-awaken-earth#ixzz1QVhksPHZ. 5/2/2011. ―Channelling. Healer and Artist.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 31 Conspiracy Theory Aff – No Evacuation Project Uplift was thrown out in the 80s due to its high risks and negative scenarios from holographic testing Ariana. . It would involve separating people from friends and family (who were not ready and had not chosen such a destiny) and taking people away from their lessons on Earth – which could only be accomplished while there. the motion was carried – as they say on Earth. http://www.ashtarcommandcrew. I have found that at times I have been called upon to correct this information (as many of the channels were also requested to do). ―Project Uplift‖ was abandoned at the time by the Ashtar Command (in the late 1980‘s). The decision was based on rigorous discussion and holographic test scenarios which proved that such an intervention would potentially be harmful to many of those the Command was attempting to help . 2011 (Anakya. As I covered in my last article. Human Ascension: Earth Changes and Evacuation of Earth‖ Ashtar Spiritual Forum. SL) As I work on Earth as a communicator for the Ashtar Command and Interplanetary Council. accessed: 6/27/11. Therefore there is a fine line between what would constitute interfering with the natural evolutionary path of a particular civilization – and working in harmony with their free will and spiritual growth. Pleiadian Walk In and Channel and Communicator. The Ashtar Command must obey (as do all civilizations belonging to the Association of Worlds) a strict code of non-interference when observing or interacting with another civilization. The final decision must be by consensus. it affects ALL personnel involved with that planet or civilization. but .
Even if you are a Starseed. and just as Earth humanity will one day be called upon to do also.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 32 Conspiracy Theory Aff – No Evacuation Too many issues with Project Uplift – the majority of the human race isn‘t ready to accept the existence of ETs Ariana. . If that doesn‘t happen. Healer and Artist. To many of these cultures. It is different on almost every level. Unfortunately. For instance. There is also their inherent fear of the unknown. or want to eat them or something. Project Uplift raised a myriad of environmental. because there is much that has been learned from it (but never at the expense of Earth inhabitants). Unfortunately. Such a project is undertaken because it is a way to help humanity move beyond limitation and fear – just as another enlightened group once helped some of us. This project is exactly as it states – an opportunity to help souls on Earth awaken to their Divine heritage and spiritual capabilities. I am just outlining here some of the obstacles to deeper and more physical interaction with universal family. and not one that people where simply just thrown into at the deep end. This is because of what the media has projected. Therefore it would have to be a GRADUAL process. and would adjust faster). You would literally be suddenly catapulted into a truly alien environment . and you can‘t have an emotional breakdown of any kind. ―Channelling. among many people on Earth there is the idea that all ET beings are dangerous. Earth humans are not raised with the understanding that they have universal family. Human Ascension: Earth Changes and Evacuation of Earth‖ Ashtar Spiritual Forum. SL) What the Ashtar Command now focuses on (rather than Uplift) has been dubbed ―Project Awaken Earth‖ in colloquial English – but that is really only one phase of the project. so to speak. http://www. life on board the ships within the Ashtar Command and similar groups is NOT like living on Earth !. then they are required to leave the ship for a time until they regain balance. There are a lot of radically different and new things and concepts that a person would have to be adjusted to. or that intelligent life exists in different densities – some of whom have been around longer and have evolved differently. Pleiadian Walk In and Channel and Communicator. This is a major barrier to interaction with other planetary civilizations at this time. there would be extensive cultural differences that could be a problem for those who were unaware or not accustomed.net/forum/topics/project-awaken-earth#ixzz1QViCuZhL. ph ysicality is secondary to the energy and spirit. But this aspect has been very useful and valuable. On the ships there is a strict order and harmony that must be maintained at all times amongst the personnel and their families.ashtarcommandcrew. you will have become acclimatized to Earth and the density and structures there. behavioural. 2011 (Anakya. Such a vast organization and community cannot function efficiently without that harmony and order. There are healers on the ships and there is healing technology which can help when someone goes out of phase (as we call it). societal and spiritual issues that came up. It is now familiar to you and is part of your life that you have chosen (although awakened Starseeds would definitely find it easier. Regardless of what some on Earth choose to believe. And when encountering the many other cultures that live and work on the ships. you can‘t hide anything from anyone – emotionally or otherwise. But Project Awaken is not being undertaken so that people on Earth can meet all within the Ashtar Command face-to-face (although it is accepted that will eventually happen). 5/2/2011. This is because it is understood that this part must be accomplished before any physical interaction can occur (via density shift). accessed: 6/27/11. but the ‗patient‘ must be at a stage in their growth where they can assimilate the energy and quickly balance themselves.
Those who choose to transform and accept the values of the New Age will receive help and guidance from the Rishis and their workers . Our Sun completes its revolution of 26000 years around the Central Sun. http://www. This alignment is expected to bring us in direct focus of a lot of energies. As the existing systems breakdown. the Rishis observed that many major events were going to occur in our Milky way galaxy in the year 2012. employment. http://www. supplies. Only by having a strong spiritual connection with the divine can one sail through these turbulent times. thus throwing our modern life completely out of gear. This may result in the breakdown of our electrical and communication systems. volcanic eruptions and extreme weather changes. which would culminate by the end of 2012. they will be replaced by more efficient and evolved systems. The rotation slows down and stops for 3 days and then starts in the reverse direction.ashtarcommandcrew. They decided to use these events and prepone the end of pralaya to 2012. 4/29/11 (Ravinder Singh. When this occurs. The other Earth changes like the reversal of the geographic poles and change in the direction of Earth‘s rotation in 2012 will result in massive earthquakes. tsunamis and volcanic activity Singh. The Rishis chose 2012 to put an end to all the evil and negativity on this earth. accessed: 6/27/11. refusing to transform. An intense churning and transformation was supposed to occur upto the year 2036 to remove all negativities on this earth. Many other dependent systems like transportation.ashtarcommandcrew. anarchy and massive changes by any physical means. in order to reduce the difficulties and suffering of Humanity. medical facilities. where massive solar flares can disrupt the electromagnetic field surrounding our earth. ―Earth Changes Part 1: The Cosmic Events‖ Ashtar Command Center Spiritual Blog. The financial meltdown we witnessed in the middle of 2009 was the beginning of a series of collapses. All objects that are shaped in the form of pyramids will be able to absorb and radiate more of these new energies. 2012 will bring the end to negativity and evil as well as collapse of society as we know it – only a strong spiritual connection to Ashtar will save the human race Singh. However. the magnetic poles of the Sun flips over. This may result in massive earthquakes. SL) 2012 – Shift from the dark age to Light Age We have just emerged from a 5000 year dark age and are in the transitory period before moving into the Light Age. 4/29/11 (Ravinder Singh. A huge amount of Solar activity is expected in 2012 . This huge galactic alignment will facilitate many new energies and Higher Souls to take birth. which are in tune with the higher values of the New Age. Scientists and Astronomers are predicting an intense solar activity in the next couple of years. . Our Sun and the entire solar system will come in alignment with the Galactic equator. The pyramids get strengthened. will perish in these massive changes. resulting in the collapse of the electrical and communication systems. which is expected to rupture the Earth‘s electromagnetic field. Greater Central Sun and Central Sun will form an equliateral triangle in Space on 21st Dec 2012. They decided to make use of the expected earth changes to collapse the existing corrupt systems and replace them with new systems based on truth and love . But those who decide to hold on to the old values from the dark ages.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 33 Conspiracy Theory Aff . volcanic eruptions and extreme weather changes. SL) Some of them are: The Galactic Centre. governance etc will also be severely affected and eventually will collapse. Our Earth will change its direction of rotation periodically.net/profiles/blogs/2012-postponed-to-the-middle#ixzz1QXNWc0Ns. resulting in the interchanging of the magnetic / geographic poles of our Earth. ―Earth Changes Part 1: The Cosmic Events‖ Ashtar Command Center Spiritual Blog.net/profiles/blogs/2012-postponed-to-the-middle#ixzz1QXNWc0Ns. This also initiates the process of many changes to occur in the Solar system. accessed: 6/27/11.2012 = Negative 2012 will flip the magnetic poles of the Sun and Earth will change direction of rotation leading to massive earthquakes. It‘s obvious that we cannot withstand such chaos.
ashtarcommandcrew.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 34 Conspiracy Theory Aff – AT: Timeframe . SL) Seven Earths have already been created. The negative forces which ruled our earth for the past 5000 years haven‘t stepped back as expected by the Rishis. an exact three years before the actual entry into the photon belt. some Spiritual masters and world leaders from whom a lot was expected and who had raised a lot of initial hopes failed in their work and did not rise to the occasion. These individuals will be shifted to these earths. That was also the date on which our earth would enter the aura of the photon belt. with varying degrees of purity levels to accomodate these people.2012 Postponed until 2015 2012 has actually been postponed until 2015 because of the strength of negativity Singh. they planned to end the pralaya period on 21st december 2012. http://www. Also. Based on this. where all evil would be removed from the face of our earth. as a result of which the pralaya period had to be extended by another two years. the churning period of pralaya which had to end on 21st december 2012 has been postponed to the middle of 2015! This also means that some of the drastic Earth changes that were expected to occur on that day have also been shifted to the middle of 2015! Next what? .net/profiles/blogs/2012-postponed-to-the-middle#ixzz1QXNWc0Ns. Hence many events and processes which had to start from 2010 could not be initiated because of the still existing stronghold of the dark forces. 4/29/11 (Ravinder Singh. accessed: 6/27/11. Why is 2012 Postponed? The expected changes The Rishis had estimated in 2007 that the evil and darkness on this earth would be reduced by nearly half by 21st Dec 2009. All these developments necessiated a change in the plans of the Rishis. determined and grown in strength as this is their last battle for survival on our Earth. The Rishis will provide them many opportunities to qualify for the Light Age on this Earth. ―Earth Changes Part 1: The Cosmic Events‖ Ashtar Command Center Spiritual Blog. Reality! But the darkness on our earth has strengthened instead of reducing by half by this time. They‘ve become united. So. depending on their purity levels. for transformation and learning.
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 35 Conspiracy Theory ***Space Travel*** .
―Majesty Twelve‖ Hourofthetime. "A Colombian Enterprise to Endeavor for the Discovery of Atlantis..Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 36 Conspiracy Theory Space Travel Hoax Space travel is a hoax conducted by the Illuminati to create a false threat construction against extraterrestrials Cooper. accessed: 6/25/. landed on. the Christ (perfected soul imprisoned in matter). missions. 1997 (William. SI. security clearance. Any intelligent high school student with a basic physics book can prove NASA faked the Apollo moon landings. Another revelation to those who understand the symbolic language of the Illuminati is the hidden meaning of the names of the Space Shuttles.hourofthetime.com/majestyt. landing sites. All of the names.htm. if that high. and symbology of the Illuminati's secret religion : The most transparent was the faked explosion on the spacecraft Apollo 13. No man has ever orbited. . the Phoenix. No man has ever ascended higher than 300 miles. 1970 which was the metaphor for the initiation ceremony involving the death (explosion). sacrifice.. the moon. The Apollo Space Program foisted the idea that man could travel to. death and reincarnation. E-6 with a Top Secret. and the transition from the old to the new." Exploration of the moon stopped because it was impossible to continue the hoax without being ultimately discovered: And of course they ran out of pre-filmed episodes. and all Challengers shall be destroyed. temperature control. Every Apollo mission was carefully rehearsed and then filmed in large sound stages at the Atomic Energy Commissions Top Secret test site in the Nevada Desert and in a secured and guarded sound stage at the Walt Disney Studios within which was a huge scale mock-up of the moon. The tremendous radiation encountered in the Van Allen Belt. and many other problems connected with space travel prevent living organisms leaving our atmosphere with our known level of technology . SL) NASA was created to make interstellar travel believable. above the Earth's surface. http://www. named "Aquarius" (new age) at 1:13 (1313 military time) on April 13. and the raising up (of the Phoenix. rituals. and walk upon. placement in the coffin (period of uncertainty of their survival). the new age of Aquarius) by the grip of the lions paw (reentry and recovery of Apollo 13). solar radiation. If man has ever truly been to the moon it has been done in secret and with a far different technology.com. cosmic radiation. or walked upon the moon in any publicly known space program. 13 is the number of death and rebirth. First Class Petty Officer QM1. communion with the spiritual world and the imparting of esoteric knowledge to the candidate (orbit and observation of the moon without physical contact ). rebirth of the initiate (solution of problem and repairs). Q. and events in the Apollo Space Program echoed the occult metaphors.
.uk/cosmicapollo. But the biggest shock is yet to come! The camera pans left past Neil Armstrong towards the left hand side of the Apollo 11. but instead they had to stay in near Earth orbit within the safety of the Earth's magnetic field that would have protected them from the radiation that is emitted by the Van Allen radiation belt!!! But why would NASA and the United States bother to fake such an event and to what cause I hear you ask? Please read on and I will explain. of the fascinating book 'Dark Moon: Apollo and the Whistle-Blowers' (ISBN 1-898541-10-8). International Director of UFO Research Center. The majority of the film footage on this page is taken from the film 'What Happened on the Moon?'. Or so we have been led to believe . He believes that many anomalous features that would alert the eagle eyed viewer. International Director of UFORC. The window frame that comes into shot would have been out of focus if it was. On the still photo (that is pictured left) we see a flap of triangular fabric that has come loose and flapped up behind the astronauts head. Go on. There is a major discrepancy between the still photograph taken with a Hasselblad 500 EL/70 camera and the TV coverage film which was shot from a stationary movie camera placed behind the astronauts. and was President Kennedy's speech in May 1961 pressure enough to keep the hoax going? David Percy is an award winning television and film producer. To achieving the goal. Did the astronauts actually film a transparency of the Earth that was stuck to the window? You may think this odd. why would he do that? Surely you would want to get close to the window to get the best picture and also to eliminate light reflections that are evident towards the end of this sequence? But no. of landing a man on the Moon and returning him safely to the Earth. Evidence suggests that Man could not travel to the Moon's surface. but from the view of Earth in the right hand window. only 2 years later. The exposure would be clipped to the window and the Sun's luminance would light it up. we see the window frame come into view on the left of the shot. He states that it was estimated in 1959 that there was a . a feat that not many people have done. He has studied the entire transfer of the original film on video tape.000 miles away. The camera isn't set to infinity either to get the closest shot. 'I believe that this nation should commit itself. of the anomalies and to let you see with your own eyes what has become one of the biggest cover-ups in the history of Mankind. when he made the following famous speech. before this decade is out. ―The faked Apollo landings‖ 2/10/09.. watch the video by clicking the picture above and you'll see it with your own eyes! It must also be noted that the Apollo 11 at this point of the mission was supposedly half way to the Moon. http://www. accessed 6/21/11. Was man too optimistic about what we could actually do in deep space. could have been placed in the films by whistle blowers who were deeply dissatisfied to be a part of the cover-up. but still in low Earth orbit ! look at the blue sky outside. we can say that in fact they were not in deep space at all. This is the very first view ever taken of Earth on the mission and it seems strange that Buzz Aldrin would film the Earth when he was stood far away from the window. UFO-Aliens.html. What many people did not realize at the time was that a lot of the footage was actually pre-recorded and not live at all. This took into account the effects of radiation. The movie sequence (that is viewable by clicking the picture to the left) shows one of the astronauts making a jump salute whilst another astronaut takes a still photo with the Hasselblad camera. and what do we see out of the left window??? We see what appears to be another Earth. Percy firmly believes that the Apollo footage was either faked or not the original film that was shot on the Moon.co. The time elapsed was 34 hours and 16 minutes. a technique that was used to read star charts to help with navigation and star reference. that man finally left Earth and set foot on the Moon..ufosaliens. a film that also features Percy and Bennett and one which I strongly recommend if you have an interest in the Apollo missions (details of how to purchase the video are at the bottom of this article). No single space project in this period will be more impressive to mankind or more important for the long range exploration of Space. HK] Bill Kaysing was a librarian/writer of technical publications and advanced research at Rocketdyne Systems from 1956 to 1963. However the TV film which was shot from behind the astronaut doesn't show the flap? Why not? Another example that appears to be faked is the footage of Earth taken from the Apollo 11 when it was 130.0014 chance of landing man on the Moon and returning him safely to Earth. the Apollo films that we were told were filmed on the Moon are bogus and not the real footage. 09 [David. but a few minutes after filming the Earth.. solar flares and micro meteorites. He is co-author. along with Mary Bennett. American President John F.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 37 Conspiracy Theory Moon Landing Hoax We never landed on the moon-another USFG hoax Cosnette. the cameraman adjusts his lens and focuses on Mike Collins inside the craft. That is the very same window that Aldrin was filming the Earth. What we see is what appears to be an exposure of the Earth taped to the window that is in the background to the right of him. I have included the actual official Apollo film footage on this page to illustrate and also possibly educate you. .' It was just eight years later in 1969. He could not believe in 1959 that man could go to the Moon. Kennedy set a goal in May 1961. I will also explain why the US Government has tried to keep this a secret for over 30 years. a professional photographer and also a member of the Royal Photographic Society. I would like to show you some astonishing evidence that shows glaring mistakes or anomalies on the 'official record' of NASA film footage and still photographs. That would also explain why they would be filming an exposure of the Earth that was far away. However. The first anomalous piece of footage I would like to discuss is from the 1972 Apollo 16 Mission. to give the impression that they were in deep space. the reader. I would like to suggest that if Man did go to the Moon during the missions.
of Neil Armstrong on the moons surface (supposedly) in his spacesuit holding his Masonic Apron in front of his groin. E-6 with a Top Secret. It was his reward for pulling it off." both involving the actor/producer Tom Hanks. is now the Sovereign Grand Commander of the Council of the 33rd Degree of the Ancient and Accepted Scottish Rite of Freemasonry of the Southern Jurisdiction. The effect upon the people of the world was.com/majestyt. the United Nations Flag depicts the nations of the world encircled by the laurel of Apollo . Osiris. As Bill Cooper points out.hourofthetime. All of the first astronauts were Freemasons. (End Excerpt from William Cooper's Recent Conspiracy Overview) Apollo is "Lucifer. SL) C. etc. that if we could go to the moon other creatures from other worlds could travel to our Earth. head of NASA at the time of the Apollo Space Program. television programs.C. 1997 (William. Q.com. SI. accessed: 6/25/.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 38 Conspiracy Theory Moon Landing Hoax The head of NASA faked the moon landings to acquire a higher rank in his freemason lodge Cooper." And remember. Hanks who walks forward revealing a huge representation of the "God" Apollo (Sun. There is a photograph in the House of the Temple in Washington D.htm. First Class Petty Officer QM1.) guiding his chariot pulled by 4 horses through the heavens. ―Majesty Twelve‖ Hourofthetime. Fred Kleinknect. The recent revelations of the fraudulent nature of NASA and the Apollo space program by the Intelligence Service and others has resulted in a flood of propaganda. The latter opens with a monologue by Mr. http://www. lost word. The most ambitious are "Apollo 13" and "From the Earth to the Moon. security clearance. and films designed to keep the sheople trapped in a deep ignorant sleep . The escalation of the artificial alien threat scenario since that time is obvious. that the international flag of the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry is the United Nations Flag (according to their own site).
I'm told by sceptics that the picture appears as it does because you have to remember that two light sources are present on the Moon's surface (the Sun and Earth glow). or added them over the crosshairs! Why does this rock have a letter 'C' on it? There is also a 'C' on the ground in front of the rock. Take the picture to the left for example. During the Apollo missions. Jan Lundberg has stated that the only way that you could calculate the distance in the shot using the crosshairs would be if you had two cameras set up to take a stereo picture! Take a look at the pictures presented here and you will see that parts of the crosshairs have disappeared from the film. It doesn't! Question: How can an astronaut cast a shadow several feet taller than his colleague who is standing a few feet away from him? Answer: He is standing farther away from the arc light that is illuminating them both. We proceeded to make the alterations that were accepted by NASA.co. http://www. Unless the sceptics are saying that Sunlight is falling in the middle of the picture and there is Earth light at the forefront of the picture? And that would go against known physics. International Director of UFORC. then they presented what they had done to us and asked if we could do the same. If the guy on the left was near a vertical rise of ground (as has been suggested) his shadow would show a definite 'crease' where the land begins to rise. it is sure capable of also producing another shadow behind him. How could the film emulsion have withstood such temperature differences? The astronauts can be seen to move between the shadows of the rocks and then into full sunlight in some shots. why are Kodak not publicly selling them in today's market? On all Apollo footage there should be cross hairs or reticules present on the film. He says 'Originally NASA made all the alterations themselves. the reflectivity is only 7% so the theory of the light bouncing from the surface is highly suspect.ufos-aliens. Sceptics believe that he is illuminated by light reflecting off the Moon's surface. I truly believe that this footage is taken on a film set. you cannot reproduce this strange shadow phenomenon with natural light.' Protective plates were added to the case and film magazine. Jan Lundberg was the Manager Of Space Projects at Hasselblad from 1966 to 1975 and responsible for the production and building of the Hasselblad 500 EL/70 cameras that were used on the Apollo Missions. and that includes taking into consideration two natural light sources (the Earth and Sun) as many sceptics would have you believe. I do not doubt that there could be reflective light from the Earth. So. how did the Hasselblad stills camera manage to pick up more detail than the movie cameras? NASA have confirmed that no artificial lighting was used on the Moon's surface. 12 and 14 missions that would suggest that there are many light sources lighting the so-called Moon's surface.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 39 Conspiracy Theory Moon Landing Hoax– Footage Anomalies Prove Footage anomalies prove people never set foot on the moon Cosnette. An important factor to take into consideration is the great variations in temperature that the film would have had to endure whilst on the lunar surface. Now compare it with the Apollo 12 footage that shows a longer shadow. One sceptic on the Bad astronomy sceptics web group has even said it is a hair??? on both the rock and ground? Now who's trying to cover things up? One of the biggest anomalies that appear on the Moon shots are the way in which shadows seem to be cast in totally different directions. Due to the atmospheric conditions on the Moon's surface. Surely the film would have perished under such conditions? If the film used during the Apollo missions had such qualities as to withstand such differences in temperature. Look how dark the shadows are on the side of the rocks. If this were the case. This is impossible unless the film has been tampered with. accessed 6/21/11. and yet the whole of the astronaut is caught in bright light? The shot should appear like the one on the right which was simulated by David Percy. so how can the stills camera take pictures that were brighter and sharper than the movie cameras that were fitted with special lenses to compensate for the dark conditions? The picture to the right shows you just how dark a place the Moon is. placed on the film to help calculate distances on the Moon. the sun angle is estimated at 10 degrees above the horizon. they would combine together and the shadows would fall accordingly. ―The faked Apollo landings‖ 2/10/09. 09 [David. HK] Hasselblad were the manufacturer of the camera that took all of the photos on the Apollo missions. As I've stated elsewhere on this page. . These crosshairs were. The use of the letter C on film props is well known by the people in Hollywood and is used to show where the centre of the scene should be. The temperature during the Apollo missions were recorded as being between -180F in the shade to an incredible +200F in full Sunshine. to which we replied yes we can. In the Apollo 11 film the shadow cast by Armstrong is strange. I have had quite a few debates on the web about the picture above and the others on this page. if a light is bright enough to light up this astronauts suit.uk/cosmicapollo. The video on the left contains film footage from the Apollo 11. even when the objects making the shadows are a mere few feet apart? A classic example can be viewed by clicking the picture to the right..html. The sun is at a 15 degree angle and so therefore the Apollo 12 shadow should have been shorter. only 7% of light is reflected from the ground (that's the same reflectivity as asphalt). the movie cameras were fitted with special night lenses to compensate for the lack of light. In the Apollo 14 footage look at the shadow as it does some truly amazing manoeuvres! this is consistent with moving away from a source of light that is close to the astronauts. UFO-Aliens. The crosshairs were actually built into the camera and therefore should be visible on every single picture taken by the astronauts on the surface of the Moon. taking this into consideration. Some of the lighting on 'official NASA film' are very suspect. The shadow on the LEM is due East and yet the shadows on the rocks in the foreground are South East? A simulation by David Percy of how the shadows should normally appear is illustrated in the picture to the right. The only solution must be that NASA has gone to the trouble of either airbrushing out certain objects in the film. The crosshairs should be completely visible in all shots and not hidden behind objects in the pictures. International Director of UFO Research Center. not at random points. If two light sources are at work on the Moon's surface. in my opinion.. The NASA picture to the left should show the astronaut in complete shadow because the sun is behind him. but. Incidentally. and we can do it better. the rock on the left of the picture would have hardly a shadow because it is closer to the source where the light is reckoned to be reflecting from! Shadows do not appear to be correct on several of the Moon shots. according to NASA.
http://www. . a condition that would have caused explosive decompression of the astronauts resulting in almost immediate death if they had really been surrounded by the vacuum of space. These are just two of over a hundred very simple and very easy to prove valid scientific reasons why NASA and the Apollo Space Program are two of the biggest lies ever foisted upon the unsuspecting and trusting People of the world. Experiments prove absolutely that such gloves are impossible to use and that the wearer cannot bend the wrist or fingers to do any dexterous work whatsoever when filled with 5 psi over ambient pressure either in a vacuum or in the earth's atmosphere.com. it is a very simple experiment and does not require a rocket scientist to perform. . First Class Petty Officer QM1. security clearance. or electrical devices which would aid the astronauts in the dexterous use of their fingers and hands while wearing the gloves. Q. SL) NASA claims that the space suits worn by the astronauts were pressurized at 5 psi over the ambient pressure (0 psi vacuum) on the moon's surface. . E-6 with a Top Secret. SI.hourofthetime.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 40 Conspiracy Theory Moon Landing Hoax– Video Science says moon landings were faked – video discrepancies Cooper. NASA actually showed film and television footage of astronauts using their hands and fingers normally during their EVAs on the so-called lunar surface.htm. .com/majestyt. hydraulic. accessed: 6/25/. 1997 (William. We have examined the gloves NASA claims the astronauts wore and find they are made of pliable material containing no mechanical. If you don't believe it try it yourself . ―Majesty Twelve‖ Hourofthetime. . The films show clearly that there is no pressure whatsoever within the gloves .
is a perfect insulator. A heat exchanger simply takes heat gathered in a medium such as freon from one place and transfers it to another place. ―Majesty Twelve‖ Hourofthetime. . NASA claims that water was sprayed on the coils causing a coating of ice to form. Since the vacuum of space is the perfect insulator objects take a very long time to cool even when removed from all sources of heat. remember. 2) NASA has since claimed that they found ice in moon craters. First Class Petty Officer QM1. There are two problems with this that cannot be explained away.com. Think about it long and hard when you sit down and pour a piping hot cup from your thermos to drink with your lunch four hours later. Objects cool because the laws of motion dictate that the molecules of the object will slow down due to the resistance resulting from striking other molecules until eventually all motion will stop provided the object is sheltered from the direct and/or indirect radiation of the sun and that there is no other source of heat. Hot and cold do not exist in the vacuum of space. Remember this.htm. security clearance. radiated or otherwise.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 41 Conspiracy Theory Moon Landing Hoax.com/majestyt. 1997 (William. Q. An air conditioner cannot." Space is not cold. then through a system of coils sheltered from the sun in the backpack. A space suit surrounded by a vacuum cannot transfer heat from the inside of the suit to any other place.Temperatures Science says the moon landings were faked – temperature variations Cooper. NASA claims the spacesuits were cooled by a water system which was piped around the body. In order for an object to cool it must first be removed from direct sunlight. The same laws of physics apply to any vehicle traveling through space.hourofthetime. NASA claims that ice sheltered from the direct rays of the sun will NOT evaporate destroying their own bogus "air conditioning" explanation. SL) Space is NOT hot. and will not work without a heat exchanger. http://www.. Space is NOT cold. Think about it the next time you go off in the morning with a "vacuum bottle" filled with hot coffee. accessed: 6/25/. This requires a medium of molecules which can absorb and transfer the heat such as an atmosphere or water. SI. 1) The amount of water needed to be carried by the astronauts in order to make this work for even a very small length of time in the direct 55 degrees over the boiling point of water (210 degrees F at sea level on Earth) heat of the sun could not have possibly been carried by the astronauts. and then think about it again when you pour the last still very warm cup of coffee at the end of the day.. A man would roast in his suit in such a circumstance. The ice then supposedly absorbed the tremendous heat collected in the water and evaporated into space. The vacuum. E-6 with a Top Secret. Objects which are heated cannot be cooled by space. NASA insists the space suits the astronauts supposedly wore on the lunar surface were air conditioned. Objects which are in the shadow of another object will eventually cool but not because space is "cold. An air conditioner will not and cannot work in a vacuum.
Q. ―Majesty Twelve‖ Hourofthetime. In fact the only thing that could have been accomplished by a rotation of the spacecraft is a more even and constant heating such as that obtained by rotating a hot dog on a spit..com. NASA knows better than to claim. per cubic foot.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 42 Conspiracy Theory Moon Landing Hoax – Temperatures Science says moon landings were faked – spacecraft logistics Cooper. They spoke of using heaters that did not give off enough heat to overcome the intense cold of space . security clearance. SL) NASA claims that the spacecraft was slowly rotated causing the shadowed side to be cooled by the intense cold of space.htm. an intense cold that DOES NOT EXIST. .com/majestyt. E-6 with a Top Secret. It is also proof of the arrogance and contempt in which the Illuminati holds the common man. SI. that a water cooling apparatus such as that which they claim cooled the astronauts suits cooled the spacecraft. in addition.hourofthetime. In the glaring unfiltered direct heat of the sun the Astronauts could never have been cold at any time whatsoever in the perfect insulating vacuum of space. where it is common to see temperatures well over 100 degrees. What we heard is in reality indicative of an over zealous cooling system in the props used during the filming of the missions at the Atomic Energy Commissions Nevada desert test site. http://www. In reality a dish called Astronaut a la Apollo would have been served. Space and weight capacity were critical given the lift capability of the rockets used in the Apollo Space Program. No such extra water was carried by any mission whatsoever for suits or for cooling the spacecraft . 1997 (William. At the very least you would not want to open the hatch upon the crafts return. First Class Petty Officer QM1. On the tapes the Astronauts complained bitterly of the cold during their journey and while on the surface of the moon.. Fresh water weighs a little over 62 lbs. It was imperative that NASA use this ruse because to tell the truth would TELL THE TRUTH. No rocket could ever have been launched with the amount of water needed to work such a system for even a very short period of time. accessed: 6/25/.
hominoids from Orion. depending on its capabilities.) The official story of American flights to the Moon says that the larger command module rocket "Columbia" remained in lunar orbit while the lunar module "Eagle" separated and descended with firing retro rockets to the lunar surface . for which all the described obstacles don't exist. during the first flight to be transmitted by television. The "Columbia" broke out of lunar orbit to go back to Earth and splash down with parachutes. Perhaps NASA. not wings. it is the starcraft's construction that determines whether it will be able to fly to stars.) Plus. Its velocity can vary from 10 meters per second to overlight speeds. plus the weight of details for deploying a temporary launching site. and a powerful space-vehicle launching site. by many persons who visit observatories.5 tons of weight. They then returned to the lunar lander module to return back to the "Columbia" command module. Antigrav only means that the device uses antigravitation for flying (i. and that it has them now. etc). at least an Ariane-5 class rocket is needed. or maybe those who mutilate cattle)? One detail suggests this might have occurred: one of the astronauts. with its absolutely impossible (for the lunar landscape) shadows -.e.. But if even it is a Dnepr-1 class rocket. weighs 750 tons (the rocket itself and the fuel). the Lunar launching site deployed? Onsite by astronauts in spacesuits? And why was all this praiseworthy process not shown on the photos or videos? Where are photographs of such a praiseworthy achievement like the Lunar launching site? And if somehow no launching site construction was required to take off from the Moon. ―Apollo Moon Flights: NASA Hoax or Alien Technology! 1/16/2003. starship. or only to the Sun system's planets and planet satellites. This seems more plausible.500 pound "Eagle" from the Moon would be about 35 tons (211/6). which is approximately equal to the Space Shuttle carrier rocket by its parameters. i. then how was. but even in this case the rocket would weigh about 750/6. and flying saucer). writer and computer technician. none even close to that. or about 5. (Such a device is not necessarily able to fly to stars. Perhaps the aliens imposed this as a condition for NASA's lease of their craft: to have NASA astronauts say something on TV that would prove to viewers that the astronauts had met craft from another civilization? This may be confirmed by the following fact: several years after the moon landing. taking into account that the American flag. and the "lite" carrier rocket Dnepr-1 (created based on the strategic intercontinental ballistic missile SS-18 Satan) weighs 211 tons.. why are there no photographs or videos of the spacecraft taking off from it? Wasn't it possible to take photos or videos of the spacecraft taking off from the Moon. Titan-4. "feels ashamed" for the mystification. To take off.e. "which remained in lunar orbit". both modern and of that time (1960-70s). intersteller travel depends on the device's capacities. But this means NASA already had antigravs in the 1960s. said on air that he was seeing giant artificial objects.com] It may be that both Americans and Russians never flew to the Moon . The astronauts exited "Eagle" to take pictures and recover lunar material from the surface. i.T. and therefore provided such photos as hidden hints? . Or did NASA borrow antigravs from an extraterrestrial civilization (Zetas Reticuli. using the rope that was hanging out of it? And where are the Russian photographs and videos dedicated to their "Lunar takeoff" preparations? Unless we assume that by 1969 NASA could build an antigravitation craft (aka antigrav.500 pounds if we mean lunar gravity. starcraft.e. needs a carrier rocket weighing many hundreds of tons. because of a very simple thing: Take-off after landing on the Moon (to return to Earth). then why weren't at least preparations for this takeoff photographed or videotaped by astronauts on-site? Did the NASA astronauts return to "Columbia". HK] [WeeklysUniverse. are reported.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 43 Conspiracy Theory Moon Landing Hoax – Aliens Helped Fake It The USFG faked the moon landing with the help of E. Voron. a 35-ton rocket itself needs to be delivered to the Moon. Before launching "Eagle" from the Moon. a spacecraft.htm.. launching satellites even of this mass requires deploying a launching site. to be clearly seen on the Moon surface. from the "Columbia" rocket? And if this was a hard technical task in those times. then the spacecraft should be able to take with itself a minimum weight of ~175 tons. accessed 6/24/11. (For example.looking as if they were created with the use of multiple projectors shining at different angles -. A rocket able to launch a spacecraft from the Moon should have the power of about 6 times less than here on the Earth (as Moon gravitation is 6 times smaller). The NASA photo (see right). and a plaque with inscriptions on it next to the flag. (See above for delivering capacities even of modern spacecraft. the American Congress acknowledged the existence of extraterrestrials in a special report. Weekly Universe. which diminishes the speed of similar modules when these land on the Earth).com/skies/skies2. Even if the weight of these details equals to the minimum possible weight of about 50 tons. is able to carry only about 17. for example. They develop the power of about 10-20mn KWt. "Eagle" weighed about 16 tons. 2003 [Der.weeklyuniverse. for example. rotors. let's say. then the mass of rocket for launching 5. To launch satellite of such a mass. about 125 tons minimum (the rocket and the fuel). one of the most modern Russian carrier rockets. How to take all this with a spacecraft to be able to take off from the Moon after landing on it? The mid-rank carrier rocket Ariane-5. How was such a site deployed on the Moon? If even we suppose that several carrier rockets like "Columbia" could deliver all this to the Moon in several lunar module "Eagles" (seems this should have been a very hard task for such modules to land on the Moon since the Moon has no atmosphere.is additional proof for a faked moon landing. hundreds of tons of fuel for it. No such spacecraft were developed before the flight to the Moon. today's most powerful spacecraft's weight carrying capabilities couldn't approach even the numbers thrice smaller than this. ‖ http://www.
and the very large alien craft described in sighting reports as mother ships exist there.html 6/26/11 BLG) Is there an "Alien Base" on the Moon? More and more people are coming forward with stories that might prove this is true.Moon Anomalies‖ http://www. " . lined up on the far side of the crater edge! They're on the Moon watching us! In 1979. -Milton Cooper There were UFO sightings during moon landing Hecht UFO casebook No Date (John Hecht. I remember hearing one of the astronauts refer to a "light" in or on a carter during the television transmission. Vladimir Azhazha. Maurice Chatelain. a mining operation using very large machines.Moon Anomalies‖ http://www. UFO casebook ―Alien Presence on the Moon?. Apollo: These "Babies" are huge." he revealed.ufocasebook. the encounter was reported immediately after the landing of the module." Soviet scientists were allegedly the first to confirm the incident. mysterious objects were watching them after having landed near the moon module.ufocasebook." that there is a huge mining operation going on there.Aldrin and navy confirm Hecht UFO casebook No Date (John Hecht. It was seen and filmed by the Apollo astronauts.html 6/26/11 BLG) According to hitherto unconfirmed reports." said Dr.S. LUNA: The Alien base on the far side of the Moon. UFO casebook ―Alien Presence on the Moon?. A base. According to a former NASA employee Otto Binder.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 44 Conspiracy Theory Aliens Already On Moon Aliens on the moon. "The encounter was common knowledge in NASA. "According to our information. Sir! Enormous! OH MY GOD! You wouldn't believe it! I'm telling you there are other spacecraft out there. Naval Intelligence Community refers to the Alien Moon Base as "Luna. the side we never see from Earth. former chief of NASA Communications Systems confirmed that Armstrong had indeed reported seeing two UFOs on the rim of a crater.com/moon.. "Neil Armstrong relayed the message to Mission Control that two large. Did you ever wonder why the Moon landings stopped and why we have not tried to build a Moon Base? It does seem like a better and easier idea than a floating space station with no access to any raw materials or supplies? According to the NASA Astronaut Neil Armstrong the aliens have a base on the Moon and told us in no uncertain terms to get off and stay off the Moon! Sound far fetched? Milton Cooper. "but nobody has talked about it until now. and that is where the aliens keep their huge mother ships while the trips to Earth are made in smaller "flying saucers". followed by a request from mission control for further information. Nothing more was heard.. a Naval Intelligence Officer tells us that not only does the Alien Moon Base exist but the U. But his message was never heard by the public-because NASA censored it. a physicist and Professor of Mathematics at Moscow University.com/moon. both Neil Armstrong and Edwin "Buzz" Aldrin saw UFOs shortly after their historic landing on the Moon in Apollo 11 on 21 July 1969. Rumors say that there is an Alien Moon Base on the far side of the moon. unnamed radio hams with their own VHF receiving facilities that bypassed NASA's broadcasting outlets picked up the following exchange: NASA: What's there? Mission Control calling Apollo 11.
July 19 2009. ABC News On Campus .go. The benefits of landing on the moon are still being questioned to this day.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 45 Conspiracy Theory Moon Landing Real Moon Landing Conspiracy theories live on because of the internet Caron. As the 40th anniversary of the moon landing approaches. Managing Editor. "they canceled three [missions scheduled to fly to the moon] because of budget problems. Between 1961 and 1972. We haven‘t gone back because its expensive. the most recent data available. Opponents suggested the money spent to hire Oberg would be a waste. July 19 2009. ABC News On Campus . abc news ―Refuting the Most Popular Appollo Moon Landing Hoax Theories‖ http://abcnews. It's not comfortable -. ABC News On Campus. there's no doubt that the moon landing happened. We Would Be Able to Return. conducted in 1995. and it's been suggested that another trip to the moon simply isn't necessary.com/Technology/Apollo11MoonLanding/story?id=8104410 6/27/11 BLG) For the majority of people in the U. Managing Editor." he added. Quite frankly the moon is giant parking lot. also revealed that six percent believe the moon landings were faked. to a small group of conspiracy theorists.go. a former space engineer and the author of 10 books about space flight. and the project would end up acknowledging." Sibrel is perhaps best known for a 2002 incident where Buzz Aldrin punched him on camera after Sibrel called Aldrin a thief and a liar during an interview for Sibrel's film. challenging the "evidence" presented by moonwalk skeptics who claim NASA faked all six manned lunar landings." In 1970. abc news ―Refuting the Most Popular Appollo Moon Landing Hoax Theories‖ http://abcnews. perhaps aided by NASA's recent announcement that they accidentally erased the original moon landing footage.S. ABC News On Campus. Space is dangerous place. ‗09 (Christina. to write a book for teachers. . Just six percent of Americans think the government staged the Apollo moon landings according to a 1999 Gallup poll. the phrase "apollo moon landing hoax" is one of the top 10 hottest searches on Google. Why Haven't We Gone Back? Going to the moon is expensive. the Apollo program cost $25 billion.com/Technology/Apollo11MoonLanding/story?id=8104410 6/27/11 BLG) The Claim: If We Had Really Visited the Moon. in large part thanks to the Internet.. Moonwalk conspiracy theories still live on.not because we never went Caron. Managing Editor. There's a lot of radiation. . He claims the tapes weren't accidentally erased because "they long ago disassembled the machine that could play or record them" and is currently working on a book based on his 2002 documentary. according to the NASA Web site. there's just not much there. NASA's mistake also caught the attention of Nashville filmmaker Bart Sibrel. Several years ago NASA responded to the public's conspiracy fascination by asking Jim Oberg. Managing Editor. But the project was cancelled in 2002 due to political pressure. and therefore lending some degree of credibility. . "A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Moon. And humans become ill in low gravity. one of today's most vocal skeptics decrying government-sponsored moon fakery.it's not someplace you want to live. Germann says "There's no reason to go back. A similar poll by Time/CNN. At the time Sibrel had asked Aldrin to swear on a Bible that he had walked on the moon. ‗09 (Christina.
Managing Editor." . ‗09 (Christina. but Germann says there are several reasons why: the surface of the moon is uneven. ABC News On Campus .com/Technology/Apollo11MoonLanding/story?id=8104410 6/27/11 BLG) The Claim: On the Tape. If someone were to touch the metal it would vibrate. "In one sense I guess it's good that people are interested enough to doubt [the moon landing].no breeze required!" The Claim: If the Apollo Landed on the Moon. Caron. ‗09 (Christina.com/Technology/Apollo11MoonLanding/story?id=8104410 6/27/11 BLG) The Claim: There Isn't Any Wind on the Moon. abc news ―Refuting the Most Popular Appollo Moon Landing Hoax Theories‖ http://abcnews. it's a technical question. But he has little patience for the skeptics. And for that reason it's important to people.000 miles away from the earth. ‗09 (Christina. On the top it is "powdery and fluffy" but a half an inch down it's hard. The flag is attached to a metal pole. "If it was a floodlight the shadows are wrong. whereas the Hubble Telescope orbits approximately 380 miles above the earth. not Hollywood lights. Managing Editor. . Caron. the Shadows Look Translucent -. ABC News On Campus . it is true that there is no air or wind on the moon. In addition." "If they were faking the thing they would arrange it so that the shadows would look right. According to the moon hoax rebuttal on the NASA Web site. That's what gives it an edge for me. ABC News On Campus . July 19 2009. Was This Taped in a Studio with a Floodlight? The shadows you see in NASA's film footage do seem odd. "Because of the way the Hubble is operated it can't resolve an object that small. It's an iconic event. the moon's low gravity would have eased the impact of the shuttle." he said.go. "Unfurling a piece of rolled-up cloth with stored angular momentum will naturally result in waves and ripples -." he said.go." The flag rippled because it was touched and a landing wouldn‘t cause a crater. Why Doesn't It Take a Picture? The moon is about 240. and so would the flag. abc news ―Refuting the Most Popular Appollo Moon Landing Hoax Theories‖ http://abcnews. "This I don't fault people for.the moon landing was real. "The lower layer isn't going to blow.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 46 Conspiracy Theory Moon Landing Real The Shadows are a result of the moon‘s surface. Why Wasn't There a Giant Blast Crater? Germann explained that the moon is a rock that has been compacted for millions of years. July 19 2009. Germann explained that the flag moved because the astronauts touched it. and there's "lots of light kicking back from surface of moon. ABC News On Campus." Germann said. Managing Editor." Germann said. Caron. The Flag Shouldn't be Rippling Yes. July 19 2009. . The Hubble Telescope is too far away to take a picture.hoax theories are an insult to the astronauts. ABC News On Campus.That Wouldn't Happen on the Moon. .go. creating ripples in the fabric. Managing Editor. The astronaut closer to the [supposed] floodlight would have a longer shadow. ABC News On Campus. Managing Editor. "To say it's a fake is an insult to the many people who worked on this and risked their lives to make it happen. Managing Editor. it stands for a whole era. abc news ―Refuting the Most Popular Appollo Moon Landing Hoax Theories‖ http://abcnews.com/Technology/Apollo11MoonLanding/story?id=8104410 6/27/11 BLG) The Claim: If the Hubble Telescope Is Up There.
should work quickly and meet a goal. Pasley asked why the moon landing would be any different. flag planted there was waving even though there's no wind on the moon.S. People believe the hoax because they can protest the government without any real political convictions. History and Culture. The momentum alone caused the flag to wave. which states in its opening words that the site "was written to prove. including exploding shuttles and failed launches.columbiamissourian. 2009 Missourian ―MU professor debunks hoax theory of moon landing‖ http://www. The moon hoax is so popular because "it doesn't really matter. 2009 Missourian ―MU professor debunks hoax theory of moon landing‖ http://www. July 19. no air required. Kennedy gave a speech. A moon landing failure would be as popular as other NASA failures McGuire ‗09 (Cheston McGuire.com/stories/2009/07/19/debunking-moon-myth/ 6/27/11 BLG) Another supposed piece of evidence that the moon landing couldn't have happened is that astronauts couldn't have survived the radiation of space. One of the most common arguments against the reality of the lunar landing is that the U. "Belief in the moon landing isn't a cause. it doesn't seem they could have faked (the moon landing).Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 47 Conspiracy Theory Moon Landing Real Moon Landing Real. President John F. "Given what we know about NASA. Pasley questioned how many people actually believe it. that we are not being told the truth about the NASA film footage of the Apollo missions. videos and diagrams poking holes in the moon landing. One Web site that does believe the theory is The Apollo Hoax.columbiamissourian." Pasley said the moon landing hoax theory is the third most popular conspiracy theory behind the John F." he said.Flag waving legitimized. Kennedy assassination and 9/11. Given all of the other well-publicized NASA failures. . The goal was to send people to the Moon and back. An August 2008 episode of the TV show MythBusters recreated the scenario by planting a flag in the ground within a vacuum. That kind of argument is what Pasley calls "negative subjunctive reasoning." Pasley said.S. He said that the U.com/stories/2009/07/19/debunking-moon-myth/ 6/27/11 BLG) MU history professor Jeff Pasley. Pasley said." Pasley said. July 19. In 1961. McGuire ‗09 (Cheston McGuire." The site is filled with pictures. so it's OK to believe it. who teaches "Conspiracy Theories and Conspiracies in U.S." calls the moon landing hoax theory "the most ridiculous and insignificant of all the popular conspiracy theories that don't involve the supernatural. once and for all. "It's a belief." While many people might be interested in the theory." When people believe one facet of an event is impossible — like someone surviving the radiation of space — it allows them to believe an entire event is a conspiracy.
They had taken TV cameras with them.html 6/27/11 BLG) The U.gov/audience/forstudents/k-4/home/F_Apollo_11. The astronauts had much work to do. Apollo 11 began to orbit around the Moon. Apollo 11 launched towards the Moon. There is no wind to blow them away. What did they say when they landed on the moon? "The Eagle has landed.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 48 Conspiracy Theory Moon Landing Real NASA confirms.S. Then. They left Collins in orbit. More people watched this Moon landing than any other show on TV. On July 20. They picked up rocks and dirt to bring back to Earth. It had three astronauts on it.nasa.gov. 1969. the Eagle went back to meet astronaut Collins. Neil Armstrong put his left foot on the rocky Moon. The astronauts were safe at home. Apollo 11 splashed down in the Pacific Ocean on July 24. people all over the world watched when it happened. Credit: NASA A few days later. He was in the Command Module working. It was the first human footprint on the Moon. So." Eagle was the name of the Lunar Module. 7/8/04 Student Features ―Apollo 11 – first Footprint on the Moon‖ http://www. And it only took eight years. One day in July. They were Neil Armstrong.Moon landing real NASA ‗04 (NASA. Image above: The first footprints on the Moon will be there for a million years. . did meet the goal. Edwin (Buzz) Aldrin and Michael Collins. 1969. Image above: Buzz stands in front of the Lunar Module named Eagle. The two astronauts walked on the Moon. Then Armstrong and Aldrin took the Lunar Module to the Moon.
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011
49 Conspiracy Theory
Aliens will block Mars Mission
The moon Phobos, is actually a hollow alien spaceship capable of shooting down Russian probes – would just shoot down our mission to Mars Howard, 2010 (Harv, ―The Trouble with Phobos‖ Cosmic Mars, http://www.ufos-aliens.co.uk/cosmicmars.htm,
accessed: 6/25/11, SL) In July 1988, the Russians launched two unmanned satellite probes - Phobos 1 and Phobos 2 - in the direction of Mars, with the primary intention of investigating the planet's mysterious moon, Phobos. Phobos 1 was unfortunately lost en route two months later, reportedly because of a radio command error. Phobos 2 was also ultimately lost in the most intriguing circumstances, but not before it had beamed back certain images and information from the planet Mars itself. Phobos 2 arrived safely at Mars in January 1989 and entered into an orbit around Mars as the first step at its destination towards its ultimate goal: to transfer to an orbit that would make it fly almost in tandem with the Martian moonlet called Phobos (hence the spacecrafts name) and explore the moonlet with highly sophisticated equipment that included two packages of instruments to be placed on the moonlet's surface. All went well until Phobos 2 aligned itself with Phobos, the Martian moonlet. Then, on 28th March, the Soviet mission control center acknowledged sudden communication "problems" with the spacecraft; and Tass, the official Soviet news agency, reported that "Phobos 2 had failed to communicate with Earth as scheduled after completing an operation yesterday around the Martian moon Phobos . Scientists at mission control have been unable to establish stable radio contact." What had caused the Phobos 2 spacecraft to be lost? According to Boris Bolitsky, science correspondent for Radio Moscow, just before radio contact was lost with Phobos 2, several unusual images were radioed back to Earth, described by the Russian as "Quite remarkable features". A report taken from New Scientist of 8 April 1989, described the following: " The features are either on the Martian surface or in the lower atmosphere. The features are between 20 and 25 kilometers wide and do not resemble any known geological formation. They are spindle - shaped and proving to be intriguing and puzzling." An unusual photo of a thin shadow across mars was shown on the Russian television segment. Seen on the surface of Mars was a clearly defined dark shape that could indeed be described , as it was in he initial dispatch from Moscow, as a "thin elipse" (this photo is a still from the Soviet television clip). It was certainly different from the
shadow of Phobos recorded eighteen years earlier by Mariner 9. The latter cast a shadow that was a rounded ellipse and fuzzy at the edges, as would be cast by the uneven surface of the moonlet. The 'anomaly' seen in the Phobos 2 transmission was a thin ellipse with very sharp rather than rounded points (the shape is known in the diamond trade as a "marquise") and the edges, rather than being fuzzy, stood out sharply against a kind of halo on the Martian surface . Dr. Becklake described it as "something that is between the spacecraft and Mars, because we can see the Martian surface below it," and stressed that the object was seen by both the optical and the infrared (heat seeking) camera. All these reasons explain why the Soviets have not suggested that the dark, "thin ellipse" might have been a shadow of the moonlet. While the image was held on the screen, Dr. Becklake explained that it was taken as the spacecraft was aligning itself with Phobos (the moonlet). "As the last picture was halfway through," he said, "they [Soviets] saw something that should not be there." So what was it that collided or crashed into Phobos 2? Was the space probe shot out of space for "seeing too much"? What does the last secret frame show? Well... Cosmic Conspiracies have managed to track down this ellusive last picture (see below). In his careful words to 'Aviation Week and Space Technology', the chairman of the Soviet equivalent of NASA, referred to
the last frame, saying, "One image appears to include an odd-shaped object between the spacecraft and Mars." This "highly secret" photo was later given to the Western press by Colonel Dr. Marina Popovich, a Russian astronaut and
pilot who has long been interested in UFO's. At a UFO conference in 1991, Popovich gave to certain investigators some interesting information that she "smuggled" out of the now ex-Soviet Union. Part of the information was what has been called "the first ever leaked accounts of an alien mother ship in the solar system". The very last picture taken by Phobos 2
The last transmission from Phobos 2 was a photograph of a gigantic cylindrical spaceship - a huge, approx, 20km long, 1.5km diameter cigar-shaped 'mother ship', that was photographed on 25 March 1989 hanging or parked next to the Martian moon Phobos by the Soviet unmanned probe Phobos 2. After that last frame was radio-transmitted back to Earth, the probe mysteriously disappeared; according to the Russians it was destroyed - possibly knocked out with an energy pulse beam. The cigar shaped craft in the penultimate frame taken by Phobos 2 is apparently the object casting the oblong shadow on the surface of Mars in the earlier photo. Australian science writer Brian Crowley says that because of the convex cats eye shadow - which, because the overhead solar inclination prevented shadow - casting by Martian surface features, implies a shadow thrown on the surface from something in orbit - beyond the orbit of Phobos 2 itself. The shadow - spindle - or cigar shape is inconsistent with any possible shadow cast by the moon Phobos, which is an irregular potato shape .
One needs little imagination to postulate a giant, hovering cigar- shaped mother craft similar to those documented down the years by UFO investigators.
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011
50 Conspiracy Theory
Aliens will block Mars Mission
Mar‘s moon Phobos is an artificial hollow shapeship orbiting Mars Aym, 2011 (Terrence, ―Astrophysicist: Giant spaceships are orbiting Mars‖ BEFORE IT‘S NEWS,
http://beforeitsnews.com/story/539/387/Astrophysicist:_Giant_spaceships_are_orbiting_Mars.html, accessed: 6/25/11, SL) Phobos is spaceship says famous scientist Astrophysicist Dr. Iosif Samuilovich Shklovsky calculated the orbital motion of Martian satellite Phobos and came to the jaw-dropping conclusion that the moon is artificial, hollow, and basically a titanic spaceship. Dr. Iosif Samuilovich Shklovsky The scientist is world-renown for penning the
classic science book, "Intelligent Life in the Universe" with famous Cornell University professor, the late Carl Sagan of PBS and Voyager space probe fame. Fear and Horror Mars' two moons, Phobos and Deimos, translate into "fear" and "horror." As Mars is named after the god of war, the names seem appropriate. Both satellites were discovered in 1877 by U.S. astronomer Asaph Hall who never guessed they were artificial. Both moons are extremely odd, especially the tumbling moon of fear: Phobos. Shklovsky puzzled over them. Phobos and Deimos. Deeply troubling facts Two facts deeply troubled Shklovsky. First, both moons are too small. No other planet in the solar system has moons as tiny as the Martian moons. They're unique. Second, their origin bothered him. Were they captured asteroids as others assumed? No, they could not be! Their orbital plane was all wrong. And they're too close to Mars. Much too close. Even more amazing--Phobos changes its speed from time to time. Impossible, yet true!
Phobos is shaped like interstellar spaceship Russian astronomer Dr. Cherman Struve spent months calculating the Martian moons' orbits with extreme accuracy early in the 20th Century. Yet, Shklovsky astutely noted, as the years progressed into decades the mystery moon's orbital velocity and position no longer matched its mathematically predicted position. After lengthy study of the tidal, gravitic, and magnetic forces, Shklovsky came to the inescapable conclusion that no natural causes could account for the origins of the two odd moons or their bizarre behavior , particularly that exhibited by Phobos. The orbit of that fantastic moon was so peculiar, so bizarre, that Phobos had to be a gigantic spaceship. Every other possible cause was carefully considered and resignedly rejected . Either alternate explanations had no supporting proof or the math was wildly off. So, Phobos had to be accelerating as it lost altitude, yet could the outer fringes of the thin Martian atmosphere be affecting it? Was the atmosphere actually causing a braking action like the deteriorating orbit of a slowing Earth satellite ? A hollowed out Martian moon Phobos is a hollow, empty tin can During an interview about the peculiarities surrounding Phobos, Shklovsky said, "In order to make this braking action so significant, and taking into account the extremely rarefied Martian atmosphere at this altitude, Phobos should have very small mass, that is, very low average density, approximately one thousand times smaller than the density of water." A density that low, less than an Earth cloud, would have dispersed Phobos eons ago. That could not be the solution. "But can a continuous solid have such low density, probably smaller than that of air ? Of course not!
There's only one way in which the requirements of coherence, constancy of shape of Phobos, and its extremely small average density can be reconciled. We must assume that Phobos is a hollow, empty body, resembling an empty tin can ." A tin can indeed! Like a spaceship is a tin can in the cosmos. For all intents and purposes, the Apollo Lunar Excursion Module was a tin can exceedingly smaller than Phobos, of course. Computer modeling of weird 'moons' "Well, can a natural celestial body be hollow? Never! Therefore, Phobos must have an artificial origin and be an artificial Martian satellite. The peculiar properties of Deimos, though less pronounced than those of Phobos, also point toward an artificial origin." Alien spaceships the size of small moons orbiting Mars? That makes the so-called "Face on Mars" look ridiculously feeble by comparison! Strange monolith on surface of Phobos Yet, no less than the United States Naval Observatory weighed in on the Russian astrophysicist's amazing revelation, stating: Dr. Shklovsky quite correctly calculated that if the acceleration of Phobos is true, the Martian moon must be hollow, since it cannot have the weight of a natural body and behave in the prescribed manner. Thus, even that august American institution conceded that mysterious alien ships might be orbiting Mars...the objects' strange origins and ultimate purposes completely unknown . Speculations over what
the giant artificial spaceships might be have ranged from massive Martian space observatories, to halfcompleted generational interstellar spaceships, or even gargantuan planet-killing space bombs left over from an interplanetary war waged millions of years ago. If they are world-destroying bombs, hopefully they're
[The Chairman of the Soviet equivalent of NASA = Sergei Pavlovich Korolev, lead Soviet rocket engineer and spacecraft designer
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011
51 Conspiracy Theory
Aliens will block Mars Mission
Mars‘ moon Phobos is an artificial spaceship sent by the aliens to orbit mars and sweep up radiation Rense, host of the right-winged radio program ‗The Jeff Rense Program‘ 2002
(―Mars‘ Moon Phobos Being Artifical‖ Rense.com, http://www.rense.com/general20/eisenhowerWH.htm, accessed: 6/27/11, SL) March 1960 - The Martian moon Phobos, generally accepted as a celestial body, actually may be an artificial satellite launched long ago by an advanced Martian race , according to Dr. S. Fred Singer, special advisor to President Eisenhower on space developments. No mention was made of the other Mars moon, Deimos. In his published opinion, Dr. Singer backed a claim first made by the Soviet astrophysicist Shklovsky. The Russian scientist's announcement that Phobos was a hollow, artificial satellite, proving the existence of a Martian civilization, set off heated arguments among astronomers. Shklovsky based his decision on a long study of Phobos' peculiar orbit, which other astronomers have noted. The Russian claim has calculations and those of earlier astronomers prove Phobos cannot possibly be an ordinary moon. Though Dr. Singer said the figures still had to
be proved, his Phobos statement in the February Astronautics, rejected other astronomers' objections. "I would be very disappointed if it turns out to be solid," said the White House advisor. If the figures were correct, he stated, then Phobos undoubtedly is a hollow, artificial satellite. If it is, he said, its purpose would probably be to sweep up radiation in the Mars' atmosphere, so that Martians could safely operate around their planet . Dr. Singer also pointed out that Phobos would make an ideal space base, both for Martians and earthlings . **** In light of this article, there was an interesting assessment of Mars given during a space briefing presented during an Eisenhower cabinet meeting. The briefing, by Eisenhower Science Advisor Dr. James Killian, was given March 14, 1958 -- "Mars - Much more exciting. Conditions more similar to earth -- Undoubtedly some form of life, although probably not ones which we would recognize." In 1963, Raymond H. Wilson Jr., Chief of Applied Mathematics at NASA, joined Shklovsky and Dr. Singer in their Martian conclusions. He stated that " Phobos might be a colossal base orbiting Mars." He also stated that NASA itself was considering the possibility, and was planning for special probes that would answer the question. Dr Iosif Shklovsky based his conclusion on calculations that had been done by the U.S. Naval Observatory (rumored in the 1980s to have been the home of the elusive MJ-12 group). Shklovsky stated Phobos was being "slowed by electromagnetic drag and tidal friction more than was possible was an actual solid moon."
When applied to various hypotheses bearing on the origin of Phobos. and a "reflection void interior geometry" .QuantumJumping..html. ―You Couldn‘t Make This Up Dept: ‗Why is Mars‘ Moon Phobos Hollow?‘‖ Enterprise Mission. they were the primary source of the decidedly "internal. From "The Phobos Blog" -. under any likely astrophysical formation scenario cannot exist as just a "natural" moon.detectable via the semi-regular 'structure of the returning. Science 25 March. geometric rooms ... Ads by Google 2 Stocks to Hold Forever Buy them.StreetAuthority.dailygalaxy... these results are inconsistent with the proposition that Phobos is a captured asteroid.' as they were impressed upon the reflected MARSIS signals . with internal. The concurrence of all three of these independent Mars Express experiments -.... which strongly "supported the idea that this is what radar echoes would look like.. 3-D geometric-looking" radar signature.Phobos is artificial. from multiple perspectives. .'" MARSIS was physically seeing (via this radar) a three-dimensional. www. curator of astronomy & space science and winner of the Ig Nobel Prize for Astronomy. The MARSIS radar imaging experiment -..published on March 25th: General . and floors -. interior radar echoes .. "internal mass distribution" (tracking) . http://www.. totally artificial." No natural "space rock" could possibly possess such an enormous range of "natural radar absorbers and reflectors"..now agreed that "the interior of Phobos is 'partially hollow ..... right-angle walls .... geometric . and separated by ~20 years . contained explicit scientific data. 2010 (Richard C.com For a Martian moon that is demonstrably "1/3 hollow" .. which correlated eerily with the earlier (lower-resolution) Phobos "interior gravity tracking data ..com What is Quantum Jumping? Discover Why Thousands of People are "Jumping" to Change Their Life www.. which has triggered some wild and utterly fascinating rumors and speculation that we've featured below.. We conclude that the interior of Phobos likely contains large voids.'" Meaning that. and hence the mass of Phobos... interior world .the MARSIS radar reflections officially published on the official ESA Phobos website. 2010 17:21 Radio science result from 2008 Phobos Flyby now accepted for publication: We report independent results from two subgroups of the Mars Express Radio Science (MaRS) team who independently analyzed Mars Express (MEX) radio tracking data for the purpose of determining consistently the gravitational attraction of the moon Phobos on the MEX spacecraft.. SL) Mars' Moon Phobos has been analyzed as being one-third hollow according to European Space Agency reports... nothing "natural" could reflect (or absorb) EM energy that way across so many orders of magnitude.. and "internal radar imaging" -..according to "inside" ESA sources recounted "a Phobos' interior filled with 'cavernous..Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 52 Conspiracy Theory Aliens will block Mars Mission The ESA says Phobos is filled with geometric cavernous rooms with right angle floors and walls Hoagland. hollow spaceship' In fact... within Phobos. and never sell them.. as measured by two totally independent space programs.. geometric "voids" inside it ."imaging" . forget about them. coming back from inside 'a huge .com/my_weblog/2010/05/you-couldnt-make-this-up-european-space-agency-rumors-marsmoon-phobos-is-an-artificial-satellite. In other words -. accessed: 6/27/11.
This data. Jurgen. Also. where did the original material come from . the climate is more harsh than a night in Antarctica. In another scenario. spectroscopic data from Mars Express and previous spacecrafts show that Phobos has a similar composition to these asteroids. Head of the Department German Aerospace Center Institute of Planetary Researchn. Phobos could have been made of Martian rocks that were blasted into space during a large meteorite impact.de/mars/en/desktopdefault. Usually captured asteroids are injected into random orbits around the planet that gravitationally tie them. October 16 2008 Mars Express ―Mars Express closes in on the origin of Mars‘ larger moon‖ http://www. Scientists do not yet understand how it could do this. However. Stickney was seen by Mars Global Surveyor to be filled with fine dust. some of which started landslides that left dark trails marking the steep slopes of giant craters.aspx/tabid-207/422_read-13776/ 6/27/11 BLG) The particular class of asteroids that share Phobos's density are known as D-class. held together by gravity.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 53 Conspiracy Theory AT: Aliens block Mars Phobos is a rubble pile held together by gravity Krause. at that rate. Solar System Exploration ―Mars:Moons:Phobos‖ http://solarsystem. but some scientists show evidence that contradicts this theory. High temperatures for Phobos were measured at 25 degrees Fahrenheit (-4 degrees Celsius) and lows at -170 degrees Fahrenheit (-112 degrees Celsius). with evidence of boulders sliding down its sloped surface. It's clear though that the whole truth will only be known when samples of the moon are brought back to Earth for analysis in laboratories.a very specific case.gov/planets/profile. Scientists call them rubble piles. it will either crash into Mars in 50 million years or break up into a ring.dlr. They are believed to be highly fractured bodies containing giant caverns because they are not solid. German Aerospace Center ‗08 (Henning. Phobos is similar to an asteroid. Oberst.not hollow. Its most prominent feature is the 6-mile crater Stickney. and is so close to the planet's surface that in some locations on Mars it cannot always be seen. It orbits Mars three times a day. Dr. These pieces have not fallen completely together. is on a collision course with Mars.Mars's surface or the asteroid belt? The MARSIS radar on board Mars Express has also collected historic data about Phobos's subsurface. while only a few kilometers away. Dr. and probably its smaller sibling Deimos. gouged and nearly shattered by a giant impact crater and beaten by thousands of meteorite impacts.8 m every hundred years. Phobos and Deimos appear to be composed of C-type rock. NASA No Date (National Aeronautics and Space Administraion. Observations by Mars Global Surveyor indicate that the surface of this small body has been pounded into powder by eons of meteoroid impacts. So the question remains. on the dark side of the moon. Measurements of the day and night sides of Phobos show such extreme temperature variations that the sunlit side of the moon rivals a pleasant winter day in Chicago. similar to blackish carbonaceous chondrite asteroids. which is unable to retain heat. its impact causing streak patterns across the moon's surface. they are a collection of pieces.cfm?Object=Mar_Phobos 6/27/11 BLG) The six-mile wide Stickney crater dominates this image of Phobos taken by the Viking 1 orbiter. Prof. Phobos is the larger of Mars' two moons and is 27 by 22 by 18 km in diameter. Phobos has no atmosphere. Ralf. This suggests that Phobos. Phobos is nearing Mars at a rate of 1. together with that from the moon's surface and surroundings gathered by the other Mars Express instruments. Professor of Mathematics at Bielefeld University. This intense heat loss is likely a result of the fine dust on Phobos' surface. It may be a captured asteroid. will also help put constraints on the origin. Prof. Jaumann. Phobos. but Phobos orbits above Mars' equator . are captured asteroids. one observation remains difficult to explain in this scenario. Instead. .nasa. thus creating the rubble pile. deputy director of the DLR Institute of Planetary Research.
. The European Space Agency's Mars Express satellite has been in orbit since 25 December 2003.bbc. Scientists suspect the moon is simply a collection of planetary rubble that coalesced around the Red Planet sometime after its formation.stm 6/27/11 BLG) No manmade object has ever been so near to the natural satellite.uk/2/hi/science/nature/8550362. It has made many discoveries including measurements of previously unrecognised methane in the planet's atmosphere. Previous flybys have indicated that Phobos has an extremely low density.co. ―Cloest Phobos flyby gathers data‖ http://news. March 4 2010.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 54 Conspiracy Theory AT: Aliens block Mars Phobos is a collection of planetary rubble BBC News ‗10 (BBC News Staff Writer. The Mex latest measurements will test this idea further. The approach is one of a series being made by Mex as it seeks to understand the origin of the moon. suggesting that its surface probably hides many large interior voids. Phobos is very slowly falling in towards Mars and tidal forces are expected to tear it apart one day. Very precise radio doppler data was gathered during the pass which will provide additional information on the moon's gravity field. Knowing the gravity field will help scientists to better understand the distribution of mass inside the moon.
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 55 Conspiracy Theory ***Flat Earth*** .
PLEASE NOTE: This means that pictures confirming the roundness or flatness of the Earth DO NOT CONSTITUTE VALID PROOF. And the atmosphere. The pictures are faked using simple imaging software. Dec 12. You could do it with a few hundred men and some basic equipment. and in those pictures the Earth is clearly a globe. covers the entire surface. Q: "There's no way the government could possibly guard the entire Ice Wall! It would take too many men! Millions of men!" A: Not really.org/forum/index. Space travel is impossible and photos are doctored. however. Q: "Why has this site not been shut down by the government?" A: Not enough people take this site seriously for it to be perceived as a threat by those involved in the Conspiracy. While flatEarthers know that the ocean is really just a large bowl. ―Flat Earth FAQ‖. 1998 (Daniel. The difference is why. Q: "If you're not sure about the motive. nobody has been to the edge of the Earth and lived. http://www. might open them up to suspicion. Q: "What is the motive behind this Conspiracy?" A: Although their main objective can only be speculated upon. SL) Q: "What about satellites? How do they orbit the Earth?" A: Since sustained spaceflight is not possible. the backwards "round-Earth" way of thinking would have you believe that all those trillions of gallons of water and air just "stick" to the planet's surface. even those in the highest positions of these governments are probably unaware of the Conspiracy . they could. instead.‖ The Flat Earth Society. and the atmosphere is contained by a large dome. if the Earth is in fact flat. And even in those cases only a limited number of people within those governments need necessarily be involved.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 56 Conspiracy Theory Flat Earth = No Space Travel NASA is part of a conspiracy using their ―space program‖ to uphold the premise that the Earth is round. Q: "Why is NASA's space shuttle runway curved?" A: It was specially constructed by NASA to be so. in this day and age. In a nutshell. For the most part. After all. and navigation methods become unreliable that far south.htm. SL) Water. Shutting it down. Q: "How did NASA create these images with the computer technology available at the time?" A: NASA did not send rockets into space. Regardless of which train of thought you follow. It is also possible that the Conspiracy is guarding the edge to prevent people from getting too close to the truth. ―Why the Earth is Flat. NASA is at the heart of the conspiracy. why do you say there is a conspiracy?" A: Well it's quite simple really. president of the Flat Earth Society.net/~clund/e_djublonskopf/Flatearthsociety. they spent a fraction of their funding on developing increasingly advanced computers and imaging software to cover their lies. 2008 (The Flat Earth Society. conditions on the Ice Wall get increasingly treacherous the further you get out. But even so there's no reason to assume the Ice Wall is guarded. the harsh conditions of the region make it very difficult to reach anyway. Q: "How are the world governments organized to carry out this conspiracy?" A: Only those governments with space agencies that have actually been to space and produced round pictures of the Earth need be in on the Conspiracy. The signals we supposedly receive from them are either broadcast from towers or any number of possible pseudolites. Jack W. it would logically cost much less to fake a space program than to actually have one. Accessed: 6/22/11. so those in on the Conspiracy profit from the funding NASA and other space agencies receive from the government.0. Q: "Why has no one taken a photo of the Earth that proves it is flat?" A: Only those connected to the Conspiracy have access to heights from which the shape of the Earth can be discerned . However. Earth is flat and covered by a dome – no space travel possible – oceans prove Shenton.alaska. temporary space-flight is possible. the most favored theory is that of financial gain. . Also. (with great sheets of ice around the edges to hold the ocean back). it covers over seventy-five percent of our planet's surface." A: Actually.php?topic=11211. Space Exploration and Government Q: "NASA and other world space agencies have pictures of the Earth from space. Q: "No one could possibly pull off such a conspiracy successfully. Q: "Are you saying NASA had Photoshop in the 1960s?" A: Of course not.theflatearthsociety. Back then the pictures taken were of far lower quality and were likely produced using analog means. http://www. satellites cannot orbit the Earth. also a fluid. Administrator Flat Earth Forums. then the space agencies must be lying when they say it isn't. hasn't it been proven beyond any doubt that the Earth is round?" A: NASA and the rest of the world's space agencies who claim to have been to space are involved in a Conspiracy to keep the shape of the Earth hidden.
you can see right over it. reputed to be a wall 150 feet high. the Shuttle will land when it returns from orbiting the earth. The moon shines by its own light and is not eclipsed by the earth. "Nobody knows anything about the true shape of the world. and tumbleweeds surrounding his southern California hillside home." he contends. Jesus ascended up into heaven.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 57 Conspiracy Theory Flat Earth = No Space Travel NASA is a lie. Near Lancaster. "The spinning ball thing just makes the whole Bible a big joke. lunar eclipses are caused by an unseen dark body occasionally passing in front of the moon. Just as a guess. creosote bushes. beyond the next hill. "The earth is flat. the known world is as circular and as flat as a phonograph record. you have a spectacular view of the Mojave Desert. "The known." . and therefore what lies beyond is unknown. Johnson. and their apparent rising and setting are tricks of perspective." he says. where the Shuttle was tested. "The Space Shuttle is a joke—and a very ludicrous joke. are only about 32 miles in diameter. "The whole point of the Copernican theory is to get rid of Jesus by saying there is no up and no down. To the north. According to the New Testament. He believes that the main purpose of the space program is to prop up a dying myth—the myth that the earth is a globe. Nearly 20 miles to the west lies the small city of Lancaster. Johnson's beliefs are firmly grounded in the Bible.lhup. but there's more to it than that. intelligent people have always recognized that the earth is flat. (At least. http://www. Rather. the Tehachepi Mountains rise up from the desert floor. lies Edwards Air Force Base. Johnson. President of the National Center for Science Education. The North Pole is at the center. no one has ever crossed it. inhabited world is flat." says Charles K. you see the Rockwell International plant where the Space Shuttle was built. "they don't believe idiotic things such as the earth spinning around the sun.edu/~dsimanek/fe-scidi. also. From among the Joshua trees. At the outer edge lies the southern ice. in the Johnson version. SL) "The facts are simple. Reasonable. The sun and moon. He contends that sensible people all over the world. president of the International Flat Earth Research Society." declares Johnson. 1980 (Robert J." As shown in a map published by Johnson." says Mr. and space travel is impossible Schadewald. They circle above the earth in the vicinity of the equator.000 miles away.) "You can't orbit a flat earth.htm. not just Bible believers. "Wherever you find people with a great reservoir of common sense. It looks as flat as a pool table.. and the stars are about as far as San Francisco is from Boston. it is hard to argue the point. Beyond Lancaster." As you stand in his front yard. realize that the earth really is flat. I'd say that the dome of heaven is about 4. ―The Flatout Truth: Earth Orbits? Moon Landings? A Fraud! Says This Prophet‖ Science Digest." His soft voice carries conviction. like railroad tracks that appear to meet in the distance. Many verses of the Old Testament imply that the earth is flat." Not the Bible but Johnson's own common sense allowed him to see through the globe myth while he was still in grade school. that's NASA's story. There. Los Angeles is not far to the south. 20 more miles as the cueball rolls. the earth is flat. for Charles Johnson is on the level.
This omnipresent medium was that through which visible light and other electromagnetic waves were supposed to have traveled. giving the physicists a tangible "absolute" speed of the earth. So in 1887. conducted an experiment to "prove" whether or not ether actually existed. And even if the Earth did.alaska. or be thrown off completely .net/~clund/e_djublonskopf/Flatearthsociety. Yes. everything on the surface would be thrown off Shenton. and therefore must be moving at least with a critical orbital velocity. spherical shaped ball of rock flying through space at hundreds of thousands of miles per hour. the planet Earth is supposed to be a large. The results speak for themselves: the Earth does not move. During the day.‖ The Flat Earth Society. Morley were baffled by this. buildings would be crushed and humans beings squashed like grasshoppers in a centrifuge . 1998 (Daniel. and humans wouldn't stand a chance. the problems inherent in keeping it moving through this light medium called ether are overwhelmingly supportive of "Flat-Earth" theory. Were this the case. ―Why the Earth is Flat. Michelson and Edward W. http://www. Moving quickly to avoid having to admit that they were wrong. the general idea was to try to calculate the absolute speed of the earth relative to the fixed ether.alaska.‖ The Flat Earth Society. trees and buildings would be ripped from the ground and flung into outer space. president of the Flat Earth Society. in fact. operating under the Efimovich-based assumption that the Earth was moving through outer space and not the fixed center of the Universe . including Hendrik A. Obviously. there is a flaw in Efimovich's "orbit" theory. Shouldn't it have slowed somewhere along the line? What would keep the Earth from grinding down to a stop at some point on the Efimovichian timeline? If the earth was orbiting around the sun. The Earth accelerating in circular motion would behave no differently than would a car taking a corner: loose objects (humans and animals would act like loose change or a cup of coffee on the dashboard) would slide around. the Earth would be an accelerated object in circular motion around its sun. Because of the ether. two American scientists. when things would be facing the sun and therefore on the inside of the "orbit". SL) In the Efimovich model. The earth would have to have been pushing its way through the ether for all those billions of years . it is instead filled with ether . In a sense.net/~clund/e_djublonskopf/Flatearthsociety. SL) In classical physics. Their calculated speed: Zero . ether was assumed to be a ephemeral substance which permeated all matter . And thereby are the problems introduced. if ether existed. It was assumed that. wondering how the Earth could be sitting in one spot. And at night. and calculate how far it "trailed" behind the earth. . 1998 (Daniel.htm.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 58 Conspiracy Theory Flat Earth Proofs – No Orbit The Michelson-Morley experiment illustrated that the earth is stagnant in space Shenton. to be allowed to exist. president of the Flat Earth Society. There would be an apparent centrifugal force on everything. orbiting the sun at a radius of around five-hundred million kilometers. and the actual purpose of the experiment was to determine the existence of that medium. they would emit a light pulse. the earth can‘t orbit Shenton. ―Why the Earth is Flat.net/~clund/e_djublonskopf/Flatearthsociety. president of the Flat Earth Society. namely. while every aspect of the teachings of Grigori Efimovich indicated that the planet must be orbiting its own sun. In this experiment. scientists Albert A. But light waves would still require a medium for transmission. several billion years. by Efimovich's teachings. Lorentz) and the "ridiculous" notion of ether was thrown out. But space is not a vacuum. It is. If outer space were a vacuum. then there would be no problem. SL) A second critical piece to the Efimovich model is that the Earth is not the center of the solar system either. But how could the Earth continue to move at the same speed for as long a time as the "round Earthers" say that it has existed for. http://www. Their inference was generally accepted by the scientific community (save a few notable exceptions.‖ The Flat Earth Society. they were able to instead "infer" from their results that the ether must not exist . much like tossing a napkin out the window of a moving car to calculate the car's speed. and that light must propagate through no medium at all (impossible for a wave by the very definition of a wave). http://www.htm. It was assumed to have qualities which now seem rather bizarre . according to "round Earth" theory.too bizarre. the light pulse would fall back in one direction. when everything would be at the outside.htm. ―Why the Earth is Flat.alaska. 1998 (Daniel.
Why. The Earth. SL) Conventional thinking would suggest that the water would just run down the sides of the Earth (to use the analogy again. the oceans should all fall "down" into the sky. Stray to the outside fringes of the "safe zone".right around the top.alaska. Because the top is a very localized region on a sphere. leaving the planet dry and barren.htm. the more you slant. It is round. Great ocean currents run both at the surface and deep below. only the north and south poles would be inhabitable Shenton. . just look at the moon.but when you stray too far from the absolute top of the ball. president of the Flat Earth Society. the oceans would fall off the surface and evaporate Shenton. SL) Using the "round Earth" theory. ―Why the Earth is Flat. And windblown rainclouds carry vast quantities of evaporated seawater across miles of ground. Reach a certain point. keeping the solution far from stagnant.alaska. If the fluids were static. while the air would dissipate. Certainly a few grains would stay . http://www.net/~clund/e_djublonskopf/Flatearthsociety. The further out you go. http://www. and you start walking at a tilt. 1998 (Daniel. and the atmosphere would simply float away. president of the Flat Earth Society. if the Earth were in fact round.htm. With all this turbulence and motion. carrying water across huge basins. like droplets running down the sides of a beach ball) and fall into outer space.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 59 Conspiracy Theory Flat Earth Proofs – No Orbit If the earth was orbiting around the sun. ―Why the Earth is Flat. Obviously. then exposure to the gravitational field for a long enough period of time would allow their molecules to align themselves with and be pulled in by the field. until your very survival is determined by the tread on your boots.net/~clund/e_djublonskopf/Flatearthsociety. releasing their load far from its starting point. should behave in exactly the same fashion . 1998 (Daniel. something is wrong. Water or air that (according to "round-Earth" theory) starts on one side of the planet could end up completely on the other side in a matter of only a few days. Jet streams of air travel at hundreds of miles per hour through the atmosphere. and yet it has no atmosphere at all. If the earth was round. and you slide off the face of the planet entirely.‖ The Flat Earth Society.‖ The Flat Earth Society. especially not in the atmosphere and oceans. Using the earlier mentioned idea of "gravitational charge" gives some credibility to the theory. the grains of sand start sliding off and falling onto the ground. like a ball. setting an object on the earth would be like setting grains of sand on a beach ball. there would be only a very small area of land that would be at all inhabitable. But fluids are not static. if round. the surface is nearly horizontal . if the world were round.
" If the Shuttle ever does orbit on its own. http://www. "Buck is a much better science program. because the moon landings were faked by Hollywood studios. After the war. and half fell off!" The Shuttle had other problems besides heat resistant tiles that wouldn't stick. But Franklin Roosevelt died coincident with the UN's birth. and it wouldn't fit! They had to call in a handyman to drill some new holes to make the thing fit. when the U. but they didn't have a picture of the way it was. The landings converted a few of them. "George Washington.edu/~dsimanek/fe-scidi. but many are coming back now and getting off of it. they took the flat-earth map as their symbol." he sneers. when the testers tried to mount it on a 747 for its first piggy-back test flight. began space programs. as we have today. the space race was on in earnest. on the other hand. considerably more authentic." This could be fulfilled by admitting that sunrise and sunset are optical illusions.. I recommend that the government get out of the space business and turn the whole thing over to ABC. When the UN Charter was drafted in San Francisco. The tv networks do a far superior job. That. " They moved it across the field. and Roosevelt laid the master plan to bring in the New Age under the United Nations. was a flat-earther. "The world ruling power was to be right here in this country. according to conventional historians. After the Russians sent up Sputnik in 1957." he says. No prominent American politician is known to have publicly endorsed the flat-earth theory in the past two centuries. The UN did adopt for its official seal a world map identical with the one on Johnson's office wall. "and we hope to be instrumental in making it do so. the world would be declared flat and Roosevelt would be elected first president of the world. "and it almost fell apart. "In the old days. it will be the first nation in all recorded history to be known as a flat-earth nation. and NBC. he knows many people who worked on it. people believed the earth was flat. alone. 1980 (Robert J. it wouldn't fit. He even names the man who wrote the scripts: the science-fiction writer Arthur C. In fact.htm." says Charles Johnson. SL) "It's the Church of England that's taught that the world is a ball . landed men on the moon. because it's logical. is nonsense." he argues. They could actually pay the government for rights. What they've told him about some aspects of its construction only reinforces his convictions. Our concept of the world is new. Because it was built and tested almost in his back yard. " If Johnson is right. All those little side pieces are on with epoxy. But he acknowledges that the moon landings were at least partly successful.lhup. Edwards is strictly a science-fiction base now. Clarke. Then they took it up in the air—and some more of it fell to pieces. Churchill. He broke with England to get away from those superstitions. "'Buck Rogers in the 25th Century' is made right where they claim they're going to land the Shuttle. that's appropriate enough. For instance. CBS.S. was that Russia and the U. "When the United States declares the earth is flat. it's supposed to return to Edwards Air Force Base." Why declare the world flat? Johnson responds that a prophesied condition for world government (Isaiah 60:20) is that the "sun shall no more go down. ―The Flat-out Truth: Earth Orbits? Moon Landings? A Fraud! Says This Prophet‖ Science Digest. the American Revolution failed. "Can you imagine that?" chortles Johnson. To Johnson. "almost no one seriously considered the world a ball.S.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 60 Conspiracy Theory Flat Earth Proofs – United Nations The UN insignia proves that there is a movement to declare the earth flat again Schadewald. and it wouldn't cost the taxpayers a penny. and the other imminent events described by Johnson never came about. not for the U." Johnson discloses with confidence. Johnson contends that this nearly happened right after World War II. "Until then. The high point came in 1969. What did happen. "Do you know what they're doing at Edwards right now?" he asks. Nevertheless. "Millions of dollars they spent." Perhaps the Space Shuttle is intended to bolster the beliefs of these backsliders. but for the entire world. Consider the United Nations: "Uncle Joe (Stalin). They hope to force the government to let the public in on what the power elite has known all along: the plane truth. according to Johnson.S." Flat Earth Society members are working actively to bring the Shuttle charade to an end. . Whatever its purpose. Johnson is convinced that it is not intended to actually fly.
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011
61 Conspiracy Theory
AT: But we know it is Round
The only reason we believe the Earth is round is because it‘s deeply ingrained in our culture. The claim is actually dishonest and unscientific. Shenton, 2009 (Daniel, ―In Defense of the Earth‖ Earth Not a Globe 1 Exhibit,
http://www.earthnotaglobe.com/library/daniel_shenton_flat_earth_essay.pdf, SL) The Earth is flat. This is a belief I hold as the beginning of an ongoing search for truth and certainty. It is a starting point - an intellectual foundation on which I feel further knowledge can soundly be built. Much as Descartes did in his
Meditations on First Philosophy, I wish to start from a place of certainty and build upon it. The Flat Earth is an obvious truth to me now. My senses show me and my reason confirms it. However, my belief that the Earth is flat is not a popular one and it is not a belief I have always held. Like most people, I was taught from an early age that the Earth is a rotating sphere which, along with a collection of other spherical bodies, revolves in an elliptical orbit around our Sun. To most of you, this will seem like an obvious and unarguable fact. It is something you have been told by teachers. Told by parents. Told by textbooks. It is something you are utterly sure of. And, more than likely, it is something you have never truly investigated. It isn't surprising, then, that people believe so strongly that the Earth is a sphere. We are bombarded every day of our lives with information. Television, radio, books and the Internet all compete to tell us things. Society agrees that some ideas are worth debating and that others are not. The idea of a spherical Earth falls into that second category. At some point, our society decided with great certainty that the Earth is a sphere and, consequently, that further consideration is unnecessary and anyone holding an opposing viewpoint is unworthy of debate. That the Earth is spherical is a 'fact' and
we are, from an early age, told to accept it without question and in the face of our own first-hand experience. But as 16th Century mathematician Pierre-Simon Laplace stated, "The weight of evidence for an extraordinary claim must be proportioned to its strangeness." The Spherical Earth model is truly extraordinary and runs contrary to all of our senses. Consequently, the burden of proof is extraordinary - and this burden has never been met. But, because the idea is so firmly ingrained in our culture, few of us bother to hold the Spherical Earth model to account. This tendency to firmly maintain beliefs while intentionally disregarding opposing evidence - particularly evidence in the form of firsthand experience -is intellectually dishonest and unscientific. Man's quest for truth is furthered only through experience and reason. During the 19,h Century, Samuel Birley Rowbotham pioneered an approach to astronomy called Zetetic Astronomy. Zeteticism stresses the importance of reason and experience over the trusting acceptance of dogma. This emphasis on experience as the only source of true knowledge dates back to ancient Greek empiricists such as Aristotle and was also prominent in the more recent British empiricism espoused by [ohn
Locke. In his An Essay Concerning Human Understanding, Locke states, "No man's knowledge can go beyond his experience."
The earth is flat based on the translation of the Bible Hare, founder and architect of the Sacred Text Archive, 2005 (John Bruno, Preface to ―The Earth is
not a Globe‖ Ebook, http://www.sacred-texts.com/earth/za/, SL) Rowbotham believed that the earth is flat. The contients float on an infinite ocean which somehow has a layer of fire underneath it. The lands we know are surrounded by an infinite wilderness of ice and snow, beyond the Antarctic ocean, bordered by an immense circular ice-cliff. What we call the North Pole is in the center of the earth. The polar projection of the flat earth creates obvious discrepancies with known geography, particularly the farther south you go . Figure 54 inadvertantly illustrates this problem. The Zetetic map has a severly squashed South America and Africa, and Australia and New Zealand in the middle of the Pacific. I think that by the 19th century people would have noticed if Australia and Africa were thousands of miles further apart than expected, let alone if Africa was wider than it was long! The Zetetic Sun, moon, planets and stars are all only a few hundred miles above the surface of the earth . The sun orbits the north pole once a day at a constant altitude. The moon is both self-illuminated and semi-transparent. Eclipses can be explained by some unknown object occulting the sun or moon. Zetetic cosmology is 'faith-based', based, that is, on a literal interpretation of selected Biblical quotes. Hell is exactly as advertised, directly below us. Heaven is not a state of mind, it is a real place, somewhere above us. He uses Ussherian Biblical chronology to mock the concept that stars could be millions of light years away . He attacks the concept of a plurality of worlds because no other world than this one is mentioned in the Bible.
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011
62 Conspiracy Theory
Round Earth Proofs – Multiple Reasons
The Earth is round due to the gravitational force pulling it into a sphere Cain, Masters in Computer Science and Engineering, 2009 (Fraser, ―Why is the Earth Round‖ The
Universe Today, http://www.universetoday.com/26782/why-is-the-earth-round/, SL) Don‘t listen to the Flat Earth Society, they‘re wrong; the Earth is round. But did you ever wonder why the Earth is round? It all comes down to gravity. One of the effects of mass is that it attracts other mass. For small objects, like your computer, your car, and even a building, the force of gravity is tiny. But when you have millions, and even trillions of tonnes of mass, the effect of the gravity really builds up. All of the mass pulls on all the other mass, and it tries to create the most efficient shape… a sphere. You can also check out these books about the planet Earth from Amazon.com for more information. For smaller objects, like asteroids, the force of gravity trying to pull the object into a sphere isn‘t enough to overcome the strength of the rock keeping it in shape. But once you get above a certain mass and size, the strength of the object can‘t stop the force of gravity from pulling it into a sphere. Objects larger than about 1,000 km in size are able to pull themselves into a sphere. In fact, the International Astronomical Union decided in 2006 that this ability was one of the requirements for an object to be considered a planet. They must orbit the Sun, they need to have cleared out all the smaller objects in their orbit, and they need to have enough gravity to pull themselves into a sphere. When an object has the gravity to pull itself into a sphere, astronomers say that it‘s in hydrostatic equilibrium. And that‘s why the Earth is round. Of course, the Earth isn‘t perfectly round. Because it‘s turning on its axis approximately once every 24 hours, the Earth‘s equator bulges outwards. And there are mountains and valleys that make the Earth‘s surface rough.
Pictures prove - The earth is smoother than a billiard ball Cain, Masters in Computer Science and Engineering, 2009 (Fraser, ―Why is the Earth Round‖ The
Universe Today, http://www.universetoday.com/26782/why-is-the-earth-round/, SL) The Earth isn‘t flat, that‘s for sure. And if you look at a photograph, the Earth really looks round . But how round is it? The actual shape of the Earth is actually an oblate spheroid – a sphere with a bulge around the equator. The Earth is bulged at its equator because it‘s rapidly rotating on its axis. The centripetal force of the rotation causes the regions at the equator to bulge outward. And it actually makes a pretty big difference. The diameter of the Earth, measured across the equator is 43 km more than when you measure the diameter of the Earth from pole to pole. This bulge has some interesting implications. For example, it means that the point on Earth furthest from the center isn‘t actually Mount Everest, but Mount Chimborazo in Ecuador. Only because Chimborazo is closer to the Earth‘s equator. So how smooth is the Earth. When billiard balls are manufactured, they aim for a tolerance of 0.22%. The Earth has a tolerance of 0.17%, so it‘s actually smoother than a billiard ball. If you could hold the Earth in your hands, it would feel smoother than a billiard ball. But the Earth definitely isn‘t flat.
Lunar eclipses confirm the earth is round Schottlender, PhysicsQuest Intern at American Physical Society, 2008 (Muriel, ―Top Ten Ways
to Know the Earth Isn‘t Flat,‖ August 19, 2008, http://www.smarterthanthat.com/astronomy/top-10-ways-to-knowthe-earth-is-not-flat/, SL) Now that humanity knows quite positively that the Moon is not a piece of cheese or a playful god, the phenomena that accompany it (from its monthly cycles to lunar eclipses) are well-explained. It was quite a mystery to the ancient Greeks, though, and in their quest for knowledge, they came up with a few insightful observations that helped humanity figure out the shape of our planet. Aristotle (who made quite a lot of observations about the spherical nature of the Earth) noticed that during lunar eclipses (when the Earth‘s orbit places it directly between the Sun and the Moon, creating a shadow in the process), the shadow on the Moon‘s surface is round. This shadow is the Earth‘s, and it‘s a great clue on the spherical shape of the Earth. Since the earth is rotating (see the ―Foucault Pendulum‖ experiment for a definite proof, if you are doubtful), the consistent oval-shadow it produces in each and every lunar eclipse proves that the earth is not only round but spherical – absolutely, utterly, beyond a shadow of a doubt not flat.
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011
63 Conspiracy Theory
Round Earth Proofs – Multiple Reasons
The way ships appear on the horizon prove the earth is round Schottlender, PhysicsQuest Intern at American Physical Society, 2008 (Muriel, ―Top Ten Ways
to Know the Earth Isn‘t Flat,‖ August 19, 2008, http://www.smarterthanthat.com/astronomy/top-10-ways-to-knowthe-earth-is-not-flat/, SL) If you‘ve been next to a port lately, or just strolled down a beach and stared off vacantly into the horizon, you might have, perhaps, noticed a very interesting phenomenon: approaching ships do not just ―appear‖ out of the horizon (like they should have if the world was flat), but rather emerge from beneath the sea. But – you say – ships do not submerge and rise up again as they approach our view (except in ―Pirates of the Caribbean‖, but we are hereby assuming that was a fictitious movie). The reason ships appear as if they ―emerge from the waves‖ is because the world is not flat: it‘s round. Imagine an ant walking along the surface of an orange, into your field of view. If you look at the orange ―head on‖, you will see the ant‘s body slowly rising up from the ―horizon‖, because of the curvature of the Orange. If you would do that experiment with a long road, the effect would have changed: The ant would have slowly ‗materialized‘ into view, depending on how sharp your vision is.
How we view stars proves the earth is round Schottlender, PhysicsQuest Intern at American Physical Society, 2008 (Muriel, ―Top Ten Ways
to Know the Earth Isn‘t Flat,‖ August 19, 2008, http://www.smarterthanthat.com/astronomy/top-10-ways-to-knowthe-earth-is-not-flat/, SL) (3) VARYING STAR CONSTELLATIONS This observation was originally made by Aristotle (384322 BCE), who declared the Earth was round judging from the different constellations one sees while moving away from the equator. After returning from a trip to Egypt, Aristotle noted that ―there are stars seen in Egypt and [...] Cyprus which are not seen in the northerly regions.‖ This phenomenon can only be explained with a round surface, and Aristotle continued and claimed that the sphere of the Earth is ―of no great size, for otherwise the effect of so slight a change of place would not be quickly apparent.‖ (De caelo, 298a2-10) The farther you go from the equator, the farther the ‗known‘ constellations go towards the horizon, and are replaced by different stars. This would not have happened if the world was flat:
How shadows form proves the earth is round Schottlender, PhysicsQuest Intern at American Physical Society, 2008 (Muriel, ―Top Ten Ways
to Know the Earth Isn‘t Flat,‖ August 19, 2008, http://www.smarterthanthat.com/astronomy/top-10-ways-to-knowthe-earth-is-not-flat/, SL) If you stick a stick in the [sticky] ground, it will produce a shadow. The shadow moves as time passes (which is the principle for ancient Shadow Clocks). If the world had been flat, then two sticks in different locations would produce the same shadow: But they don‘t. This is because the earth is round, and not flat: Eratosthenes (276-194 BCE) used this principle to calculate the circumference of the Earth quite accurately. To see this demonstrated, refer to my experiment video about Eratosthenes and the circumference of the earth – ―The Earth‘s curvature is tasty!―.
2008 (Muriel. what we know of speeds and movements in space (like planets orbits. I can‘t wait seeing the pictures from the new plane by ―Virgin Galactic‖ – the horizon should look absolutely curved. and climbing upwards we have a clear view. We know it.com/astronomy/top-10-ways-to-knowthe-earth-is-not-flat/. Correction (Courtesy of Klaynos. A flat planet (ours or any other planet) would be such an incredible observation that it would pretty much go against everything we know about how planets form and behave. then take out your favorite binoculars and stare through them. and later Venus was observed too) are all spherical. This observation also showed that the planets (Jupiter. PhysicsQuest Intern at American Physical Society. You then look again. we tend to relate this to Earthly obstacles. Neptune. that much is true. strain your eyes. see the curvature of the earth in the horizon. specifically long-destination trips. though with stops along the way). He described them as small planets orbiting a larger planet – a description (and observation) that was very difficult for the church to accept as it followed a geocentric model where everything was supposed to revolve around the Earth.net): Apparently. This phenomena is caused by the curvature of the Earth as well.‖ August 19. just be careful not to drop those binoculars and break their lenses. you look ahead of you towards the horizon. It would not only change everything we know about planet formation. but that‘s not the true reason. After all. from scienceforums. ―Top Ten Ways to Know the Earth Isn‘t Flat.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 64 Conspiracy Theory Round Earth Proofs – Multiple Reasons Increases in distance seena t higher altitudes proves the earth is round Schottlender. Then. You strain your eyes. 2008. http://www. and the effects of gravity. it‘s also obvious why they are taking this shape). you would see much farther from greater height than you would on the ground. we have life. and all orbit the sun.‖ August 19.smarterthanthat. In other words: If so many planets that were created in different locations and under different circumstances show the same property. 2008. and it will be quite logical to assume that if all planets behave a certain way. most of the times.‖ August 19. http://www. PhysicsQuest Intern at American Physical Society. planes can circle the Earth without stopping! If you look out the window on a trans-Atlantic flight. http://www. SL) Standing in a flat plateau. and would not happen if the Earth was flat: Air planes prove the earth is round Schottlender. theoretically (and some do.com/astronomy/top-10-ways-to-knowthe-earth-is-not-flat/. you could notice two interesting facts about planes and the Earth: Planes can travel in a relatively straight line a very long time and not fall off any edges.smarterthanthat. (A picture of the curved horizon from a Concorde plane can be seen here). Usually. In short. you can.com/astronomy/top-10-ways-to-knowthe-earth-is-not-flat/. Unless we have a very good reason to think otherwise (which we don‘t). our planet is very likely the same. Even if you would have a completely clear plateau with no obstacles between you and the horizon. Other planets‘ shapes prove the earth is round Schottlender. The best view of the curvature used to be on the Concorde. They can also. but also about star formation (as our sun would have to behave quite differently to accustom a ―flat earth‖ theory). In 1610. Galileo Galilei observed the moons of Jupiter rotating around it (click here to see a beautiful video reconstruction of his observations). . 2008 (Muriel. circle the earth. SL) If you‘ve ever taken a trip out of the country. you climb up the closest tree – the higher the better. there are certain characteristics all planets have. stare through the binoculars out to the horizon. However. 2008. SL) The Earth is different from other planets. 2008 (Muriel. All of our observations show planets are spherical (and since we know how they‘re created. we don‘t just suspect that our planet is spherical. etc). and we haven‘t found any other planets with life (yet). ―Top Ten Ways to Know the Earth Isn‘t Flat. or show certain characteristics – specifically if those planets are in different places or were created under different circumstances – our planet is the same. it‘s likely that our own planet has the same property as well. but that plane‘s long gone. as far as your eyes (with the help of the binocular lenses) can see. PhysicsQuest Intern at American Physical Society.smarterthanthat. as it actually is from a distance. The higher up you are the farther you will see. ―Top Ten Ways to Know the Earth Isn‘t Flat. like the fact we have houses or other trees obstructing our vision on the ground.
the ant‘s only indication of movement would be the fact it‘s moving its feet. The scenery (and shape of the surface) would not change at all. ―Top Ten Ways to Know the Earth Isn‘t Flat. Simply said. 2008 (Muriel. To find the center of mass. gravity will pull toward the center of mass of the objects. Since a sphere has a consistent shape. The center of mass of a flat plane is in its center (more or less – if you want to be more accurate. I am quite positive that even for Australians an apple falls downwards. you have to examine the object. The force of attraction (gravity) between two objects depends on their mass and the distance between them. The only way to create two distinctly separate timezones. Imagine an ant (perhaps the same one from the previous point) walking around on a crystal ball. where Michael Phelps is likely getting ready for yet another gold medal. and the force of gravity will pull a person toward the middle of the plain. you have exactly the same amount of sphere under you. . the sun and flat/spherical Earth: If the sun was a ―spotlight‖ (very directionally located so that light only shines on a specific location) and the world was flat. In Adelaide. Just in case gravity is consistent after all. Another point concerning timezones. where there is complete darkness in one while there‘s light in the other. Here‘s a list showing what time it is around the world when it is 12:00pm in New York city. we would have seen the sun even if it didn‘t shine on top of us (as you can see in the drawing below). feel free to do the entire [shriek] integration [shriek] process).Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 65 Conspiracy Theory Round Earth Proofs – Multiple Reasons Timezones prove that the earth is round Schottlender. no matter where on it you stand. Australia. it is 1:30am. that it‘s soon going to rise up again in the beginning of a new day. PhysicsQuest Intern at American Physical Society.com/astronomy/top-10-ways-to-knowthe-earth-is-not-flat/. Consider a flat plane. not straight down like you usually experience. Properties of mass prove the earth is round Schottlender. even though you – the crowd – are in the dark. SL) There‘s an interesting fact about mass: it attracts things to it. Consider a sphere. That means that if you stand on the edge of the plane. http://www. SL) The time in New York. midnight. and the sun is nowhere to be found.smarterthanthat. 2008. I urge you to try it out – just make sure it‘s nothing that can break or hurt you. but if you have your doubts. More than 13 hours ahead.smarterthanthat. This can only be explained if the world is round. In Beijing. the sunset is long gone – so much so. specifically ones that are larger than 12 hours. http://www. gravity will be pulling you toward the middle. and rotating around its own axis. PhysicsQuest Intern at American Physical Society. is if the world is spherical. is 12:00pm. 2008. The same way you can see the light coming out of a spotlight on a stage in the theater.com/astronomy/top-10-ways-to-knowthe-earth-is-not-flat/.‖ August 19. That allows for time differences and timezones. The sun is in the middle of the sky (though it‘s hard to see with the current cloud coverage). At a certain point when the sun is shining on one part of the Earth.‖ August 19. ―Top Ten Ways to Know the Earth Isn‘t Flat. at the moment these words are written. 2008 (Muriel. There. the opposite side is dark. it‘s 12:00am. and vise versa. Assuming the crystal ball is polished.
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 66 Conspiracy Theory ***Hollow Earth*** .
repressed. leakage of the events served to strengthen the notion and reality that our planet is indeed hollow.librarising. was however. via McMurdo Sound in the Antarctic in 1956.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 67 Conspiracy Theory Earth is Hollow Science can only theoretically discredit hollow earth but Admiral Byrd‘s trip there proves that it exists Libra Rising 11 (Libra Rising. and Byrd was sworn to silence as well. The first was 1700 mile trip. .S. accessed 6/21/11. however.com/hollow/hollowarchives. in February of 1947.government. While the purpose of these trips was to gather sensitive data concerning the Earth's interior. some of which were leaked and described the Admiral's ecstatic descriptions of "The Unknown Country". June 2011. http://www. both funded by the U. Byrd. where he also saw vegetation and bodies of water before returning for lack of fuel. The second was a 2300 mile trip to the south polar opening. to the north polar opening.html. CW) Admiral Byrd made two historic but unnanounced trips to the hollow earth. where Byrd described seeing vast forests and what looked like running herds of animals. via airplane. Further news of this. ―Hollow Earth Archives‖. did leave some writings. via Alaska.
accessed 6/21/11. CW) Most of us grew up learning in science class that our planet is a round solid ball of earth with molten fiery core at its center from whence comes our volcanic activity.html. Here mind becomes ruler over matter and there is no ageing or degeneration.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 68 Conspiracy Theory Hollow Earth solves Extinction Scenarios We could retreat into the inner earth or relocate Earth Libra Rising 11 (Libra Rising. accessed 6/21/11. a hollow planet would be easy to relocate should the need arise whereas a solid one would tax everyone‘s energy (planets can be moved by the levitating beams of huge space ships). All of these conditions intensify as you approach the planet's gravity center 700 miles down from the outer surface. June 2011. A hollow oblate earth with polar openings also maximizes energy flow (electrical or magnetic). where breath and heartbeat cease. June 2011. the flaws soon start to come out. This minimal gravity and its cocooned state are what make inner earth paradise-like. ―Hollow Earth Archives‖. stronger. has way too much weight and mass to spin so quietly and perfectly on its axis. therefore no breathing or bloodflow is required. provides greater room for multi-plane or multi-level existence. Not everyone knows that nearly every major city on the planet has its roots in an inner city beneath it. and simplifies or eases travel. while this sounds reasonable at first.com/hollow/hollowarchives. Some of these are government or scientific installations while others are more alien or otherworldly bases. CW) The heaving of our chest(breathing) and the beating of our heart(blood flow)are abnormal conditions brought on by an abnormal environment. down to its core. Here aging slows down and hunger and thirst begin to dissapear . The air. Secret elevators or shafts in some buildings lead to these duplicate cities. our bodies must work extra hard to distribute oxygen evenly throughout -hence the heaving and beating. and need very little rest or sleep . or even invasions – it would be akin to the interior of a house or car. accessed 6/21/11. In John Uri Loyd's "Etidorpha". CW) There are hundreds of large cities miles beneath the earth. . using magnetics for propulsion. First of all. Secondly. The inner earth surface is also quite good with only one-sixth the gravity of outer earth. This perfect state of equilibrium is experienced in the Earth's central gravity sphere some 700 miles below the outer surface. and gravity are stabilized and/or equalized as a result. whoever designs. however.html. June 2011. This is all described in the book Etidorpha by John Uri Loyd. The living conditions solves for physical and mental health Libra Rising 11 (Libra Rising. a solid Earth. In zero gravity. You also become younger. being protected indefinitely from dangerous rays. CW) Gravity decreases dramatically just 10 to 25 miles beneath outer Earth's ocean level greatly improving your physical health. to which only certain individuals are allowed or have access to. and where thoughts move and shape matter.librarising. it would have regulated heating and a light source (an inner central sun). http://www. Outer earth can also become paradise-like once the planet's water canopy is restored and climate.com/hollow/hollowarchives. as well as for secret and often forbidden projects or activities. many of which are interconnected by tunnels through which high speed shuttles navigate. or creates planets would see the wisdom of both minimizing weight and maximizing space‘ a solid planet can only be mostly inhabited on its outer surface. Also. Nearly everyone knows about Telos a mile or so beneath Mt. Shasta in California. Winds.html. ―Hollow Earth Archives‖. The interior of a hollow planet would in fact be much more liveable or comfortable than its outer area. Below 25 miles you lose two thirds of your weight and can hop around like the astronauts did on the Moon. builds. especially in caverns. is richly revitalizing due to the solar light which is filtered and dispersed as it penetrates the earth and surrounds you as a halo. The underground cities in inner earth are to protect us from war and natural disasters Libra Rising 11 (Libra Rising. http://www.librarising. collisions.com/hollow/hollowarchives. Most underground cities are built for protection in times of war or natural catastrophes.librarising. Light emanates from everywhere so that there are no shadows. Hollow earth would decrease the human mortality rates Libra Rising 11 (Libra Rising.com/hollow/hollowarchives. June 2011. http://www. where telepathy becomes natural. Some of these cities or communities are located in or under mountains while others are in large underground caverns.html. where there is no weight. smarter. I Am The Man's guide explains that because of outer earth's intense gravity. ―Hollow Earth Archives‖. accessed 6/21/11. no such pressure exists. http://www. whereas a hollow one would have two livable surfaces.librarising. And just like a house or car. light. ―Hollow Earth Archives‖.
CW) There is a massive conspiracy to hide the true nature of our planet – that it is hollow.librarising. There is a noticeable rise in temperature in these latitudes and salt water turns into fresh and wildlife is more abundant and the compass needle goes wild and then points south instead of north. June 2011. oblate. Inner Earth leaders. and inhabited within. regularly sending reconnaisance UFO ships as well as using satelite surveillance and other means. Access to the hollow interior is principally through the north polar opening which is some 1200 to 1400 miles wide. http://www. both good and bad.html. . Before every golden age the ice and snow around the polar openings melt and evaporate forming water or ice canopies around the planet and liberating access to the inner earth. Eradicating what's left of the negative forces.librarising. There is also a south polar opening. whereas the positive inner earth people located mostly on the planet's inner concave surface want our liberation and regeneration. but they are restricted entry by the more powerful inner earth governments or societies which they fear. Admiral E.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 69 Conspiracy Theory AT: Hollow Earth Solves Extinction Inner Earth denizens will not let us in. Byrd flew over and into the north polar opening in a secret American expedition in 1947 and confirmed all of these facts but was sworn to silence over the matter.html. The problem is that there are two opposing forces with contradictory agendas for this unity. will be no easy matter. At about 77 degrees north lattitude the the planet starts flattening out an around 82 degrees north lattitude it starts curving inwards and one can catch glimpses of the earth‘s inner central sun which lights and warms the interior and which is behind aurora borealis. have stepped up the monitoring of our Outer Earth surface. All of the major powers have bases stationed in the Arctic in a united but hushed attempt to probe the secrets of the hole at the pole and the interior world. but it is mostly covered with snow and ice. http://www. June 2011. The bridge between our technologies is closing and the time for a reunification of both worlds(inner and outer) is at hand. There is a way for us to get to hollow Earth. Fortunately the negatives are dwindling in number as more and more of us here on outer earth are waking up and choosing the path to peace and harmony. The negative inner earth denizens located mostly in Middle Earth(Earth's cavernous shell) want our enslavement. at best they will enslave us Libra Rising 11 (Libra Rising. ―Hollow Earth Archives‖. ―Hollow Earth Archives‖. accessed 6/21/11. but it will and must be done if the prophesied Millennium or new Golden Age is to become a reality. accessed 6/21/11. Even the prophecies indicate that the vast majority of humankind will choose life over death and truth over lies.com/hollow/hollowarchives. but the inner earth government is keeping it a secret Libra Rising 11 (Libra Rising. however.com/hollow/hollowarchives. CW) Ever since the first nuclear detonations in 1945 over Nagasaki and Hiroshima.
and was titled The Shaver Mystery.co. others insist that the Inner Earthers are degenerate lizard creatures of malicious intent who are plotting some kind of takeover of the surface world. . the "Taos Hum" from Taos. New Mexico. They went on to compile quite a library of information. and the Deros. most famously in Bristol as the "Bristol Hum. The view that there are multiple ET races or factions within the inner world is also encountered. Whether they originated here or they came here long ago is a place where researchers have a variance in opinion.uk/aliensfrominnerearth. ―UFOs… Truth or Deception? Part 3: Aliens from Earth. In those days. Proponents of a Hollow Earth make much of certain satellite photographs of the planet which were released by NASA.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 70 Conspiracy Theory Aliens live in Hollow Earth No matter what kind of aliens you believe in they don‘t come from ―space‖ they‘re from hollow earth Geraghty 10 (Paul. accessed 6/24/11. they are up to no good. People hearing the sound are often found within the same general locale. drag them into their caverns. and their attitude towards us. critics insist that the photographs referred to are composites. they say. and there have even been cases of people committing suicide after being driven mad by the incessant hum. and they are incredibly extensive. human-like beings. because it consists of very many tiers of caves? The caves are connected by broad highways.html. And in one very famous account. From Shaver‘s original manuscript: With the most positive finality. Shaver submitted his tale to Amazing Magazine. suggesting that they are not making the whole thing up. it was common to submit stories to the cult or pulp magazines that were so popular at the time. and that perhaps the possess technology beyond what we‘ve been able to achieve. carved through the solid rock for thousands of miles." Internationally. Who Are The Aliens Within The Hollow Earth? Among Hollow Earth believers. accessed 6/23/11. These appear to show a crater-like dark aperture in the centre of the Earth. Not everyone hears the sound. Shaver claimed that there was a civilization living in underground caverns. created by layering multiple photographs together. creator of Google Earth. descended from an extremely advanced prehistoric race that formed civilizations below the Earth‘s crust. ―The Hollow Earth Theory and Aliens‖. However. http://extraordinaryintelligence. are the home to beings that are alien to us. Some are convinced that these "inner Earth aliens" are benevolent Atlanteans who are much like us in appearance. some people have claimed to hear a distinct humming sound in their head which sits on the fringe of their awareness but which. is probably the best known. Not the most pleasant thing to imagine. Editor/Publisher Ray Palmer began to correspond with Shaver. Shaver‘s tales were printed by Palmer as a work of fiction. What matters. These strange hums have been reported in several places in the UK. be they mere caverns and passages or an entire inner Earth underworld. at various times.com/2924/the-unexplained/ufos-truth-or-deception-part-3-aliens-from-earth/. supposedly benevolent. Those left behind fell into 2 categories.ufoencounters. UFO Encounters. much of which can still be purchased today. and that the dark area in the centre is nothing more than an area which happened not to be illuminated by daylight at the time the images were taken. nonetheless. These were mostly sinister beings. but those who do are deeply affected by it. The Teros. the whole inner earth being a vastly complicated network of tunnels connecting literally thousands of great caved as large as any surface city. in the United States. he truly believed Shaver‘s accounts. and then eat them. 11/24/10. CW) In certain places. ―A Warning to Future Man‖. we‘ve gotten a bit off base. CW) Anyway. The Deros apparently like to kidnap humans. can be extremely irritating to them. Richard Shaver had a story to tell. In 1943. Palmer insisted that while he presented the story in a fictional setting. The good and the bad aliens are both subterranean species from hollow earth Natalina 10 (Extraordinary Intelligence.000 word document titled. http://www. torture them. with stories as fantastic as Shaver‘s. opinions differ about the nature of the beings inside the Earth. Here‘s a selection of what I was able to find. is that they are here. the caverns do exist. Back to UFOs and aliens. and some so large as to dwarf a New York to insignificance. Hollow Earth theorists speculate that the humming sound comes from advanced machinery used by the race of "Others" or aliens deep within the Earth. 8/23/10. so that the possible population (were not so many dead) could be thousands of times that of the surface of the earth. who were sadistic and cruel. and ultimately received a 10. but who may be concerned that some of our technological developments might pose a threat to their way of life. but left because of the sun‘s damaging radiation. It is believed by some that these underground dwellings.
html. Could the great Alaska earthquake of 1964 have anything to do with the attempted removal of such infestations? . accessed 6/21/11. The bulk of the most devastating earthquakes in recorded history tend to occur in and around China.librarising. and his evil serpentine magicians. June 2011. only through liberating the good people in hollow earth can we ever solve for environmental imacts Libra Rising 11 (Libra Rising. who were reputedly ousted from their stronghold in 1948 by a group of 500 empowered Lamas. A particular target is the Agarthian citadel of the King of the World beneath Tibet. Earthquakes and other natural disasters are cause by the battle between good and evil in hollow earth. http://www. ―Hollow Earth Archives‖. Some of these lairs are imbedded in the north and south polar ice caps waiting to be reactivated(when the ice melts).com/hollow/hollowarchives.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 71 Conspiracy Theory AT: Natural Disasters Adv. CW) Many of the numerous earthquakes around the globe are being caused by titanic inner earth struggles between the forces wishing to liberate this planet and those who wish to continue keeping it enslaved. Nuclear and ray weapons are used in an outer/inner earth joint effort to destroy the reptillian lairs which pocket the planet. the most recent of which occurred in July of 1976 in Tangshan which killed a quarter of a million people.
"The Earth has a radius of 6. Without that magnetic field.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 72 Conspiracy Theory Earth not Hollow No entrance at the North Pole disproves hollow earth theory Krystek 97 (Lee. "The radius of the outer core is 3.unmuseum.400 kilometers (2. With her finding. Contributor Discovery News. but future inhabitants of Earth certainly will notice the difference. and that of the inner core is 1221 kilometers (763 miles). teaches in Career & Community Studies at The College of New Jersey http://www. That will continue and eventually there won't be a liquid outer core anymore. One believer did seize on a NASA photograph showing a black hole at the North Pole and called it proof of an entrance to a hollow-earth. ―Is the Earth's core solid? ―. the world learned that Earth's core is solid at the center and liquid on the outside. The liquid portion of the core is crucial to the processes that produce Earth's magnetic field. http://news. as Princeton geosciences professor Jeroen Tromp explains. but the outer core is more than half the radius of the Earth.371 kilometers (3.htm. As it turned out the photo was actually a composite of several pictures taken over 24 hours so that all sections were seen in daylight and the black hole at the top was the portion of the arctic circle never illuminated during the day over winter months. a deadly stream of highly charged particles.113 miles). The core is composed mostly of an iron-nickel alloy and. Earth isn‘t hollow Lamb. slowly. It will be gone. Danish seismologist Inge Lehmann made the discovery in 1936 when she noticed seismic waves bouncing off a boundary point deep within what was believed to be a liquid center .html) Even if you breezed through a few geology classes in your day. . the UnMuseum. Perhaps this has happened because new discoveries continue to show there is no validity to most of the hollow-earth ideas. "The temperature drops below the melting point at the inner core boundary so over time." Tromp says.discovery. United States Navy Admiral Richard Byrd flew across the North Pole in 1926 and the South Pole in 1929 without seeing any holes leading to inner-earth." explains seismology professor Xiaodong Song of the University of Illinois at UrbanaChampaign." The solidification of the outer core will take billions of years. 10 (Robert. Modern geology indicates the Earth is mostly a solid mass. Yet we've known for more than 60 years that the very center of the Earth is actually solid. accessed 6/21/22. it's easy to think of the Earth's interior like a Cadbury Egg: solid on the outside and molten in the center. it didn't always possess a solid center. Photographs taken by astronauts in space show no entrances either. So the size of the inner core is just slightly smaller than the Earth's moon.959 miles).org/hollow. April 26. the inner core has crystallized within the liquid outer core. "The inner core is basically the result of the slow cooling of the outer core. the planet would be much more exposed to solar wind. 1997. CW) As time has gone on the idea of a hollow-earth has become less a theory of fringe science and more a subject of science fiction and fantasy.com/earth/is-the-earths-core-solid.
The technique is not new. Aimin Cao of the University of California-Berkeley and colleagues studied archived data from about 20 large earthquakes. and that's surrounding by a molten core. Around the core is the mantle. are bent when they pass through layers of differing densities. the solidity of the core has remained in the realm of theory.livescience. only the compressional wave can travel through. Yet for more than 60 years." Cao told LiveScience. some jargon: P is what scientists call the wave K stands for the outer core J is the inner core So a wave that rolls through it all is called PKJKP. much can be inferred about the Earth's insides. In the liquid material. First. and near the planet's surface is a thin crust -. theory holds. But no PKJKP wave has ever been reliably detected until now. CW) Scientists have long thought Earth's core is solid. The core is thought to be a two-part construction. The waves. TechMediaNetwork: The science. all monitored by an array of German seismic detectors back in the 1980s and '90s. accessed 6/22/11.com/6980-finally-solid-earth-core. The results were published today online by the journal Science.the part that breaks now and then and creates earthquakes.html. Editor in Chief. technology and business of life. 5 (Robert Roy. which indicates a solid core. The inner core is solid iron. Now they have some solid evidence. so this is the direct evidence that the inner core is solid. . http://www. which are much like sound waves. which send seismic waves rippling through the planet . say water. a Solid Look at Earth‘s Core‖. Seismic waves passing through the mantle and traversing much of the planet's interior are routinely studied when they reach another continent. TechMediaNetwork. The surface waves are sometimes frighteningly obvious. What starts out as a compression wave changes to what scientists call a shear wave (explanations and animations of these are here). The trick to detecting a PKJKP wave is in noting the changes it goes through as it rattles from one side of the planet to the other. The core was discovered in 1936 by monitoring the internal rumbles of earthquakes. Live Science. An earthquake sends seismic waves in all directions. By noting a wave's travel time.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 73 Conspiracy Theory Earth not Hollow Earthquakes send waves through the earth that would only be possible with a solid center Britt. "because only in the solid material the shear wave can exist." The arrival time and slowness of the waves agree with theoretical predictions of PKJKP waves. just as light is bent as it enters water. Editor in Chief. 4/14/05. A study announced today involved complex monitoring of seismic waves passing through the planet. but this is the first time it's been employed so effectively to probe the heart of our world. ―Finally. "A PKJKP traverses the inner core as a shear wave.
In fact. about 70% the size of the Moon.000 to 5. The solid part is the inner core of Earth. ―Hollow Earth: A Mostly Nutty Idea‖. the publisher of Universe Today. and the liquid part is known as the Earth‘s outer core. But recent evidence has found that it has detailed structures. This is similar to how light waves refract differently as they pass through liquids. like gold. and should be visible from space. if the surface is less dense than the Earth. what if a fog or cloud constantly covers that part of the earth? What if the opening is actually smaller? Could it exist without us knowing? How much do we know about what's inside our planet? I can't answer these questions. the Seeker Books. Welsh 11 (Theresa. are the lights of the internal sun shining through the opening and asks (as he frequently does in this book) "what else could they be?" I laughed when I read this because there are plenty of other things they could be! The November '01 issue of National Geographic has a nice story on the aurora borealis phenomena and attributes it to interaction between the solar wind and the earth's magnetosphere (although it adds.440 km across. However.com/articles/hollowearth. platinum and uranium.5 g/cm3. The most interesting piece of evidence is the testimony of Admiral Richard Byrd who supposedly flew into the opening at the north pole and found a warm climate. was first discovered in 1936 by seismologist Inge Lehmann. on average. During the formation of the Earth. the planet was a molten ball of rock and metal. while the surface is only 3 g/cm3. In other words. inner core. Universe Today. solid object. however. accessed 6/27/11. It‘s very hot.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 74 Conspiracy Theory Earth not Hollow There is no stable proof of hollow earth – only folk tales and stories passed on through generations. Admiral Byrd made his flights before any such technology existed) Although we have pictures from space.000 Kelvin. 6/1/11. the validity of Byrd's story is hard to evaluate from an author who makes sweeping generalizations that defy logic. scientists have been able to map out the size of the inner core. and of course. Why don't airplanes routinely see this opening? The book claims airplanes never fly over the actual pole and that no one has ever been to either pole (except for Admiral Byrd and a few others who report seeing the green area with a warm temperature). http://www. CW *The ―book‖ = The Hollow Earth by Raymond Bernard ) The so-called "proof" for this hardly holds up. the heavier elements like iron and nickel were able to sink down into the center. But the fact that the Earth had two cores. due to problems computing their real location. CW) Deep beneath the Earth lies the core. He observed that seismic waves created by earthquakes on its surface would bounce off the two cores differently. This is a ball of solid metal surrounded by liquid metal. Because it was a liquid.theseekerbooks. he says that the northern lights. (what about GPS? This book was written before we had GPS technology. probably 3. 4. Science proves there‘s nothing in the center of the Earth except rock and liquid metal Cain. that the details of how this works are still unknown) The book claims the openings at each pole are 1400 miles wide! That is quite a large opening.6 billion years ago. but they would make a good start for future research. the brightly-colored auroras of the extreme north. then the core must be much denser. 3/9/9. The books says that the explorers who claim to have reached the poles did not actually get there.htm. Scientists have long suspected that the interior of the Earth is much denser than the rest of the planet. Scientists once believed that the inner core was possibly a single. mysteriously. the inner core of the Earth probably has vast amounts of the heaviest elements. maybe even a single crystal of iron. ―Earth‘s Inner Core‖. green pastures and pre-historic animals in 1947 and into the Antarctic opening in 1955. http://www. For instance. By measuring these seismic waves. That‘s because the average density of the planet is 5.com/26710/earths-inner-core/. Compasses point straight down near the poles and there was no simple way to determine someone's position at the time of the early explorers. . inner and outer. accessed 6/28/11.universetoday. 9 (Fraser. The inner core of the Earth is thought to be about 2. and even has an inner.
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 75 Conspiracy Theory ***Planet X*** .
Rogue tides from rising oceans Increased solar radiation 18. These symptoms include but are not limited to: 1. When that happens." rejected totally the theory of "global warming. causing the molten iron core of Earth to heat up. Magnetic pole migration that have been going on since 2004 4. The effects of it were recognized by planetary scientists as far back as 1995. not from the surface. FEMA buying food and supplies for an expected New Madrid Fault .com/planetx/planetx. The increased heat from Earth's core is filtering through the mantle of Earth to the surface. 1/3/03. Planet X is the cause of global warming and we will never be able to solve for it End Times Watcher. solar flares are increasing on the Sun. Remember "El Niño" and the 500 year floods of 1993? Weather patterns have changed dramatically. Weather/climate-induced food shortages 24. who were not in on the "coverup. ." But a number of highly respected scientists. producing "strange" weather. Global Warming of all planets in our solar system 20. 11 (Mystery of the Iniquity. A recent news release revealed that there is now somewhere between 20 and 200 feet of water under the polar ice caps." Rather. Unprecedented changes in sun and planets 21. planet X is the true cause of climate change McCanney. accessed 6/22/11.wordpress. 2/22/11. Moon out of place 17. The polar ice caps and mountain glaciers are melting. Major super storm floods taking place everywhere 3. Wacky Compasses 22. Global ocean conveyor disruption This list could grown to more than a thousand things that are going wrong on the earth for the same reason. Severe winter weather 13. Massive migrating animal deaths taking place all over the globe 2. http://www. No media coverage of Planet X/Comet Elenin calculated to pass only 21. Its magnetic field had probably began to effect Earth even earlier. 14 15. online writer about space topics. Such a claim is disinformation put out by those involved in the coverup. could cause the ice caps to suddenly slide into the ocean. Mega solar flare activity 25. Increased volcano eruptions 6. Increased earthquakes 7. This amount of water under the ice caps serves as a lubricant. Increased sink hole activity and large cracks forming 19. Airports closing down to remark their runways over magnetic pole migration. The wobble in the earth‘s rotation getting worse 8.htm. Almighty Wind.amightywind. The lying science community and media and our corrupt politicians want you to believe that human beings are causing all of these problems when in reality they are all caused by the approach of a brown dwarf entering our inner solar system for a once every 3600-year orbit around our Sun.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 76 Conspiracy Theory Planet X = Global Warming There is no such thing as global warming. CW) This is a short list of twenty five symptoms of Nibiru the brown dwarf with multiple moons in the alignment of an ‗X‘ in pictures from a south pole observatory telescope. causing the melting of the ice caps and glaciers from beneath. Sunrise coming 2 days early in Greenland 9.com/2011/02/22/effects-of-planet-x/. and in the event of a major earthquake and polar shift. http://mysteryoftheinquity. accessed 6/23/11. Why? Due to the approach of Planet X. Climatic conditions are changing. Catastrophe 12. The Sun is ejecting massive amounts of electromagnetic energy into space.6 million miles from earth 11. Google. Yellowstone ground bulging from active magma swells 10. There is no "global warming" being caused by household sprays and fossil fuels. the US Govt and the Media are doing everything possible to hide Nibiru from the people in order to avoid sending the global population into panic. NASA. Sea Level Strangeness 16. Professor at Cornell University 3 (James. Leaky magnetic field 23. Some of this electromagnetic energy is being attracted and absorbed by Earth's magnetic core. they [rightly] pointed out that the polar ice caps and mountain glaciers are melting from underneath. CW) Planet X is also already effecting the Earth. Irregular weather causing food shortages 5. when in reality they are withholding valuable lifesaving information as accomplices to deliberate global genocide ." blaming the strange weather patterns on "Global Warming. ―What is Planet X?‖. as this link describes 600+ things caused by global warming alone. ―Effects of Planet X!‖. This Planet X/Nibiru/ELEnin Brown Dwarf Event Timeline has the most comprehensive analysis and commentary describing a chronological sequential timeline of events than you can find anywhere on the internet . It has been revealed that in 1995 a worldwide "disinformation" campaign was launched by government "insiders. it will cause massive tidal waves that will wash over whole continents. and never has been.
. Once the peak is reached. http://www. accessed 6/22/11. in the day that the Lord bindeth up the breach of His people." Isaiah 30:26 It is an established fact that the Moon has no light of its own. then solar flares decline for approximately five and a half years. Therefore. McCanney and other Planet X researchers are convinced that the increase in solar activity is due to the electromagnetic field of Planet X interacting with the electromagnetic field of the Sun. . What is happening? Dr.com/planetx/planetx. After 2000 scientists fully expected solar flares to decline. YAHUVEH inspired the prophet Isaiah to write. But something has changed. The largest solar flares ever recorded have occurred since the eleven year peak in 2000. 1/3/03. "Moreover the light of the moon shall be as the light of the sun. just as they always have done in the past. But the Sun only gives off light according to the amount of heat being produced by its nuclear fusion electromagnetic generator. Almighty Wind. As Planet X comes closer. and healeth the stroke of their wound. and the light of the Sun increases sevenfold. when the light reflected by the Moon becomes as bright as the light of the Sun is today. CW) Planet X is already having a tremendous effect on the Sun. but is rather a reflector of the light of the Sun. But they didn't! Instead. as the light of seven days. they have steadily increased in both frequency and intensity. Professor at Cornell University 3 (James..Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 77 Conspiracy Theory Planet X = Solar Flares Planet X is drastically increasing solar flares on the sun and the heat that it omits affecting the earth McCanney. Astronomers and scientists began keeping a record of solar flares (explosions.amightywind.Coronal Mass Ejections) on the Sun in the 1700's. This eleven year cycle has been going on ever since men of science began keeping records of their observations. The last eleven year peak was reached in 2000. The the next five and a half years they increase until they peak again in the eleventh year.htm. and the light of the sun shall be sevenfold. Over a period of time it became obvious that solar flares reach a maximum every eleven years. consider the "heat" effect it will have on Earth and its inhabitants. Many centuries ago. ―What is Planet X?‖. it is expected that solar flares on the Sun will continue to increase in frequency and intensity.
But the public was never told about these observatories being built with their tax dollars. Only a select few top scientists and government officials have been allowed to view the photographs of Planet X picked up by Hubble. hysteria. 3 (James. NASA and other agencies have continued to diligently study Planet X. with two of them being in New Mexico. ―What is Planet X?‖.htm. This information was passed on to the political leaders in our government." They must survive in order to rebuild a "New World Order" and rule over those who survive the devastation caused by Planet X. accessed 6/22/11. etc. corporate heads. classifying it as "Super Top Secret. It was determined that it would cause massive earthquakes. but all information obtained by it has been hidden from the public. But what about the masses of people on Earth who have no bunkers? The ultra-rich political and financial leaders of the world couldn't care less about the survival of the "common man.com/planetx/planetx. the melting or shifting of the polar ice caps. Almighty Wind. medicine.com/planetx/planetx. astronomers began to study it seriously. Professor at Cornell University. water. accessed 6/22/11. and presumably the political leaders of other nations.htm. Almighty Wind. 1/3/03. alcohol. These bunkers have been stocked with enough food. It is now known that the Hubble Space Telescope has been repeatedly used to observe Planet X. money. They soon discovered that it was inbound. and others deemed necessary for their survival and pleasure. the governments of the wealthy industrial nations of the world have quietly built vast underground complexes (bunkers) capable of housing thousands of people. . Professor at Cornell University 3 (James. and technological equipment to guarantee the survival of the occupants for several years. counting them of more value than the lives of their fellow human beings. They are the "nobles. It has also been revealed that the Hubble telescope is equipped with special technological equipment that prevents any interception of its signals by anyone other than NASA. there have been leaks. sudden fluctuations in temperature and climatic conditions." Yet.amightywind. volcanoes. clothing.) in order to preserve these things for their future use. Why? The Government is only concerned with saving the ―rich‖ people from planet X while the rest of us are left in its destructive path McCanney." The only important thing to them is that they survive. In spite of the best efforts of astronomical and political leaders. it was decided that if the news about Planet X and the worldwide disaster that it is expected to cause was released to the public. and anarchy. ultra-rich bankers. the government has quietly financed and built eight new observatories. tidal waves. in the years since 1982-83.S.. Wicked men will protect their precious dollars at any cost. CW) During the twenty-two years since the discovery of Planet X. the public would react in fear. So. accumulating a vast amount of information about it. automobiles. working in collusion to suppress all information about Planet X. The result would be the total collapse of the world economy.amightywind. a decision was made to suppress all information about Planet X. panic. emerging only after the chaos and danger is over. Since it is only taking pictures of things in the heavens.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 78 Conspiracy Theory Planet X – Government Secret The government is keeping the disastrous impacts of planet X a secret McCanney. http://www. etc. CW) After the discovery of Planet X in 1982. After some consultation.. headed towards the inner solar system again. 1/3/03. for the specific purpose of studying Planet X. http://www. earthquake proof bunkers. why is it so important that only NASA receive those pictures? Do they have something to hide? It has also been revealed that since 1982-83. ―What is Planet X?‖. equipping them with the most advanced technological equipment available. Those "selected" to use the bunkers have also placed various treasures in them (art. and probably a shift in the polar axis of Earth. These observatories are in various locations around the U. These bunkers are intended to guarantee the survival of certain wealthy political leaders. where they expect to "ride out" the devastation caused by Planet X. reinforced. At the proper time these "special" people plan to enter their secret.
NASA provided us with the ELEnin Comet orbit diagram data to create the illusion that these Nibiru ‗Events‘ will be a harmless comet show.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 79 Conspiracy Theory Planet X – Government Secret The Government is keeping the effects of planet X a secret from the public while they protect the rich End Times Watcher 11 (online writer about space topics. Mystery of the Iniquity. This supposed comet (brown dwarf) reaches perigee position on September 11. FEMA is preparing for Nibiru under the disguise of getting ready for a New Madrid Fault Line Catastrophe while you sit there unprepared. accessed 6/23/11. Supposedly in December 2010 an Russian discovered a mystery comet approaching earth named LEOnid ELEnin using a little 18-inch telescope. or the same day that JFK was murdered . http://mysteryoftheinquity.com/2011/02/22/effects-of-planet-x/. CW) This Is What Google/NASA/Govt Do Not Want You To See.wordpress. . while you are being left out of the information loop to be caught by surprise on March 4. 2/22/11. 2011 exactly ten years after the 9/11 attacks. The third conjunction alignment takes place on November 22. ―Effects of Planet X!‖. 2011. which stands for Extinction-Level Event from Leo Constellation. their bought-and-paid-for corrupt politicians and their Media mogals are right now loading food and supplies into underground bunkers in preparation for Nibiru. 2011. The Global Banksters. when the brown dwarf breaks through the solar ecliptic plane.
because of our entry into the Photon belt and the Galactic alignment. These Energies are expected to become more prominent post 2012. SL) d) Second Sun Our Sun has a twin. Since the Second Sun exists at a higher level.Not Destructive Planet X won‘t destroy us – it will open up new realities Singh. it supports life of a higher order . As we go into the New age. accessed: 6/27/11. This star exists at a subtle level and although it usually isn‘t visible to the naked eye.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 80 Conspiracy Theory AT: Planet X . it sometimes becomes visible to those who are spiritually evolved and has been photographed. They help us in our spiritual evolution and in opening up to newer realities.net/profiles/blogs/earth-changes-part-1-the#ixzz1QXLlbuGP. which is called as the Second Sun. the life in the New Age. 4/29/11 (Ravinder Singh. . http://www. This is also referred to many as Nibiru and Planet X. we‘ll use more of the energies from the Second Sun .ashtarcommandcrew. ―Earth Changes Part 1: The Cosmic Events‖ Ashtar Command Center Spiritual Blog. another star. that is.
there was a big Internet concern that Nibiru would destroy the Earth in May of 2003. and it was known also to the Mayans.but that this information is being kept from the public as part of a worldwide conspiracy.yousaytoo. including tax-payer dollars. apparently. yet a substantial minority of Americans thinks the world was formed less than 10. or to quote Carl Sagan no "baloney detector. When none of this happens.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 81 Conspiracy Theory AT: Planet X – Not Real Planet X is just another example of the publics inability to see things anyway but their own Morrison. "Why are you lying. They also say Earth's axis is already tilting and the length of the day is changing under its influence. As a scientist.000 years ago and deny that evolution is possible. I'm both fascinated and astonished by the deluge of questions from people who are genuinely frightened and. unable to distinguish astronomical fact from fiction. As one believer recently I began to receive questions about this bizarre story in December 2007 through NASA's "Ask an Astrobiologist" site. senior scientist at the NASA Astrobiology Institute. yousaytoo. In Web sites. I can always hope that Nibiru will turn into a teaching moment. yet now the same myth is resurrected. Many Americans seem to prefer uncritical acceptance of this story worries me as a warning of the dangers of our current scientific illiteracy coal-fired generators to nuclear power plants without realizing the toll in public health that coal imposes. In spite of my frustrations. the southern hemisphere. who named it Nibiru. a small but vocal group of conspiracy theorists is convinced that a rogue planet is about to enter the inner solar system and doom the Earth They say that this threatening planet on a 3600-year orbit was discovered by the ancient Mesopotamians. ―Another Hoax: Planet X Nibiru?‖. because by 2009 Nibiru will be visible to the naked eye from An astrobiologist calls for a reality check Unbeknownst to most of us." Now a blockbuster wrote to me. and everyone knows it. dealing mostly with life in the universe -.com/rdy/another-hoax-planet-x-nibiru/13831. NASA Ames Research Center. It's coming. and its effects on the rotation and orbit of the Earth will be obvious by summer (just in time for the release of the film "2012"). a space scientist at NASA Ames Research Center and interim director of NASA's new Lunar Science Institute. And legislators often resist efforts to collect the data that could actually demonstrate which government programs are effective and which ones don't work as intended .but in the past 6 months the Nibiru traffic alone has grown to 20-25 messages a week. They say the official silence can't be maintained for much longer. and the commercial enterprise is clearly trying to cash in on people's concern (perhaps contributing to their fear as well) My guess is that only a tiny fraction of people truly believes that Armageddon is coming in December 2012. I hope they'll realize that they need better tools to distinguish fact from fiction But maybe they won't One of funniest things about this Nibiru story is that it is a rerun -. however. http://www. Billions are spent. CW) The scoop: Conspiracy theorists are convinced a rogue planet will destroy the Earth in 2012. accessed 6/28/11. they insist that NASA is tracking Nibiru -. Its proponents are convinced that it will be visible to the unaided eye this coming spring. who associated it with the end of their calendar "long count" in December 2012. for so-called alternative medicine with no scientific evidence for its efficacy. and radio talk shows. But their We're facing monumental problems with global warming and loss of habitat. ranging from the anguished "I can't sleep. Normally I receive up to a dozen questions per week from the public. or will people come to their senses? . Something tells me this didn't happen. and movie makers are already trying to cash in on the hysteria. Are we condemned to suffer a Nibiru scare every decade in this century. blogs. They're watching YouTube videos and visiting slick Web sites with nothing in their skeptical toolkit. 11/7/8." "I am really scared" or "I don't want to die" to the abusive "you are putting my family at risk" and "if NASA denies it then it must be true. 8 (David. disaster film called "2012" is set for release in the summer of 2009.
Exposing PseudoAstronomy. where asteroids will be. we don‘t observe dark matter. ―Planet X and 2012: Why Planet X Is NOT Coming in 2012‖. unseen Planet X that was fast-approaching Earth – even if it were 4 years away – we would know about it. accessed 6/28/11.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 82 Conspiracy Theory AT: Planet X – Not Real If planet X was really out there it would have been discovered a long time ago Robbins. A professional astronomer – even if they are an observationalist. on the other hand. For the same reasons given above that many thousands of amateur astronomers would see the gravitational effects of this object.D. Amateurs. After all. may know a few constellations. but likely they will only know where their object or objects of interest lie (I‘m speaking from experience here). the masses of people who rely upon calculated orbits without that object would notice that something was wrong. http://pseudoastro. The argument that amateurs wouldn‘t know any better is also fallacious because quite often.wordpress. There‘s no way that they would miss a planet – or especially a star – that is only 4 years away from hitting us. The other claim is that Planet X is known about but Big Government is hiding it from You. amateur astronomers are better-versed with the sky than most professional astronomers. what you can see if you look in a certain patch. this is really not possible. CW) The claim has often been made that it‘s out there but we just haven‘t observed it yet — after all. We don‘t have to observe the object with telescopes to know it‘s there.‖ But again. are very well-versed with where objects are in the sky. but we know it‘s there (and I will cover dark matter denialism in another post). 2/3/9. they would also very likely find the object. Amateur telescopes can observe asteroids that are as small as a few tens of kilometers across (the size of a city). And so if there were an unobserved. Ph. If a planet were experiencing the gravitational effects of an incoming planet or star. in Astrophysics. and where comets will be. Spacecraft would be slightly off-target. Planets would be where they‘re supposed to be. In other words. . the sky is a big place! But. We know dark matter is present because we observe its gravitational effects. this claim is just wrong. 9 (Stuart. There are thousands if not tens or hundreds of thousands of amateur astronomers out there who are searching the sky every night to look at known objects or looking for unknown objects. So amateurs are more likely to notice the perturbations than professionals. And there‘s no way to keep many thousands of amateur astronomers from all over the world quiet.com/2009/02/03/planet-x-and-2012-why-planet-x-is-not-coming-in-2012/. the ―conspiracy theory.
wordpress. 2/6/9. somehow.) . http://pseudoastro. the evidence that I can present that it didn‘t come by should either convince you or cast serious doubt on much of the other evidence that people present for it having come by. After all. . Ph. there exist no records whatsoever of a planetary body encroaching on the inner solar system. has been kept hidden by the world governments.com/2009/02/06/planet-x-2012-why-a-3600-year-planet-x-nibiru-doesntexist/. Yet they all managed to miss this gigantic event. much farther away than Mars (by a factor of around 25 times). which you really can‘t do in astronomy. this is the blatant logical fallacy of ―inconsistency. If nothing else.C. They recorded them. apparently revised their calendar within the next 5 years due to observing Earth‘s year had switched from 360 days per year to 365 . And that‘s really in this simple statement: Planet X folks place huge emphasis on the skill of ancient civilizations to make astronomical observations. the Chinese could see comets. The Chinese have the oldest records of comets. These are all major pieces of ―evidence‖ for various claims in the Planet X and 2012 doomsday scenario and conspiracy. accessed 6/28/11. However. So let‘s assume that‘s correct.D. to be brought into the Light. And yet.‖ They were great astronomers. Practically every civilization knew about them. ―Planet X and 2012: Why a 3600-Year Planet X‖ (Nibiru) Doesn‘t Exist. past the Army of Darkness. (Yet somehow they are not subject to attempts of silencing. The only efforts I‘ve seen that attempt to explain this simply are required to resort to conspiracy theories: The evidence was there but every single shred of it. much smaller than a planet. If that is correct. The Mayans had their amazing calendar and knew everything about Venus‘ orbit. All 15 major civilizations in 705 B. Except for those token few who manage to get the truth out. And they knew that these objects were different than regular stars. Exposing PseudoAstronomy. CW) Disclaimer: This is another case of proving a negative. They could see Saturn.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 83 Conspiracy Theory AT: Planet X – Not Real History doesn‘t side with Planet X theorists – it‘s merely their own misinterpretations of history Robbins. and everyone who knew about it. a mere 3600 (nearly) years ago must have observed something as large as a planet that reached – if nothing else – as close as the inner solar system. then these same civilizations. in Astrophysics 9 (Stuart.
Zetatalk. A planet can't just "stop" rotating. the Mayas. look for it. how could they ever predict the end of the world via a large celestial body? 4. so it is obvious that even if Planet X does exist. with is larger than both Pluto and Eris. 3600 years before the year 2012. so it is no longer the tenth planet. there was the Fifteenth through eighteenth dynasties of Egypt.. the Greek. the Mycenaean. http://2012predictions. To WhatsUpWithThis.150m. we're still here. but it was just a distant galaxy. If they couldn't figure out the Earth was round. or Marduck as it was also referred to. And as for the Babylonians? They sometimes used the word to describe the movement of Jupiter. and just about any other name for a giant f**king planet speeding towards Earth in a very elliptical orbit. To Pandora. I am referring to "Nibiru". but you don't have to.. and not a hypothetical planet (Not dwarf planet. as Pluto is no longer the ninth. http://www. the Vedic civilization of India. The following website disproves Planet X quickly.C. then we wouldn't be alive right now. 8. For one. CW) That link leads to a website full of doomsday scenarios. 2. Planet X cannot exist. is only 23% larger than Pluto. humans were already on the face of the Earth. 2003 UB313. the Shang Dynasty of China. ― A helping of TRUTH (Why Planet X can not and does not exist)‖. as well as many others. The former doesn't exist period. but I'm leaning towards that it doesn't exist. Furthermore... It is also classified as a dwarf planet now. it would eventually become apart of the same kind of orbit Earth and all the other planets follow . In fact. but the facts are good otherwise) 7. (I know it refers to the 2003 prediction. but still resides in our Solar System. So Nibiru is nothing more than another way to say Jupiter. so that's my fault). as would Pluto and our Earth. Mathematically. then why didn't Planet X affect the entire world? Why didn't fire and brimstone wipe out entire civilizations? Why didn't giant meteors of death kill thousands? Why didn't anyone notice anything in the sky? Because Planet X did not pass us by.html. The laws of physics prevent an object with the supposed mass of Planet X to orbit around the sun in the same way as a comet. such a thing was never predicted. One man (Zecharia Sitchin) managed to mix up the word of ancient civilizations and accidentally came up with a doomsday prophecy when. accessed 6/28/11. 10/25/11. You can read it if you want. Eris would be dwarfed many times over if compared to Neptune. mind you) that is beyond Neptune. I am not completely rejecting the latter. 3. or Eris as it is now known as. 9.planet-x. and if Planet X comes around ever 3600 years like I've heard it does. it has a much wider time frame than 3600 years. 5. Largest body discovered since Neptune? I don't think so. Finally. but the proof would otherwise be scientifically and historically sound) 1. The Earth wouldn't just "stop" if Planet X came along.C. in fact. since I'm basically going to summarize scientific reasons why Planet X is impossible. During the entire 16th century B.C. 10. . Nibiru doesn't mean what Planet X doomsayers believe they are. And what does the Solar Plain have to do with anything? 6.html (Still on 2003.com/index. there were plenty of civilizations running around before and after this year. none of them have left any known mention of any strange events. "Marduck". when I say Planet X. the year when Planet X would have passed us by. If Planet X DID pass us by when Pompeii was destroyed. Even if it could. And as for the so-called discovery in 1983? It's true that two astronomers found a strange body in the sky. There is a page about Planet X. the First dynasty of Babylon. In the Year 1588 B. (I only checked one source for the year. both the Sumerian's and the Babylonians thought the Earth was a disk. Planet X was predicted to come in 2003. Nope. and there for astronomically ignorant. If Planet X is coming in 2012 like people think it will. It means ferry boat in Sumerian.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 84 Conspiracy Theory AT: Planet X – Not Real It‘s physically impossible for Planet X to exist NoPlanetX 8 (2012 predictions. Go ahead if you have any other pro-X theories you want to challenge me with.org/helping-truth-why-planet-can-not-and-does-not-exist-t201. And they all lived through the year 1588 B.
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 85 Conspiracy Theory .
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 86 Conspiracy Theory .
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 87 Conspiracy Theory ***Aliens*** .
asp. 2012 something will change. There is a genuine attempt being made to protect our civilization. Mars and so on. A slow but steady process is on to slowly make people of the world ready to see the representatives of the Federation of the Universe. 2012 the world will change forever as major Governments are forced to confess the existence of advanced extraterrestrial UFOs‖ India Daily. Accessed: 6/22/11.com/editorial/2656. nebulae. 2005 (Staff Reporter. ―December 21. Accessed: 6/22/11. etc. SL) The world is getting ready for something spectacular in 2012. According to some. In 2012 the world will come to understand finally the actual evolution process. The Federation represents all the 88 constellations of stars. India and China are taking the lead in this matter. The world will secretly use the help of the extraterrestrials to avert massive disaster for out civilization. According to researchers. Emergency evacuation plans will be created in case of an unseen and unperceived calamity like what happened to Mars millions of years back. galaxies. SL) The Maya prediction of a cataclysmic end to the world as we know it is near. ―An orderly visit of Extraterrestrial Federation in 2012 representing 88 star constellations – the world is getting ready for the most spectacular event‖ India Daily. Secret preparations are being made in many countries for the Governments to come out clean what they have been hiding for decades – the existence of unexplained advanced extraterrestrial UFOs. Constellations are patterns seen in the positions of stars. the Federation of the Universe representing all the 88 star constellations will officially visit earth in 2012 and reveal themselves. Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering University of Notre Dame 2006 (Mihir. where is our origin and where is out future . http://www. The earth will be made ready to understand who we are. The map of the Universe and charted position of galaxies will be presented to the earth. Apollo mission was real but it was an eye opener to the space agencies. the human civilization has finally reached a level when the earth can officially become part of the Federation of the Universe .. They want to make sure the emerging new world understands that we have to coexist with our advanced extraterrestrial neighbors. The world can finally become an official member of the Federation . Celestial Sphere is an imaginary sphere surrounding the Earth on which all heavenly objects (stars. Brazil. The earth will also be exposed to possible dangers to our planet that we do not even perceive. In many countries all over the world the rumors are floating around that many Governments are being contacted at this time slowly to announce their presence and coming official visit. They want an order and mo panic among people. the process of bending time and space. There was a reason why Russia and America stopped lunar missions. In December 21. The Federation of the Universe will visit earth in 2012 and invite us to be part of the Federation in hopes to protect our civilization India Daily.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 88 Conspiracy Theory Disclosure in 2012 2012 will be the year where governments admit the existence of aliens and enlist their help in saving the human race from disaster Sen.) seem to lie. the fact that gravity is a wave and not a force and the fact that the whole Universe is run through electromagnetic flux generated through natural process or artificial means. There are reasons why the pictures from Apollo mission in Moon look fictitious. The major Governments may not be able to keep the facts the under the rug any more..com/editorial/14929. There was reason why no one dared to travel to Mars on manned mission. It will bring an end to all UFO cover-ups in various countries. Negotiations are on with future manned travel to Moon.asp. each containing a different constellation of stars. The modern celestial sphere is divided into 88 regions. The world is getting ready for the facts slowly but steadily .indiadaily.indiadaily. The extraterrestrials were already in Moon to greet us. http://www. Even things like what happens to us after death and so on will also become clear in 2012.
was established operational unit to deal with the ever-increasing scenarios of crashed disks and aliens. 89 (Richard K. James Forrestal was found hanging outside of a 16th story windows of the hospital with a sheet around his neck. In December of 1950. Contact was made in 1953 with a race known thereafter as the Big-nosed Greys. and therefore the semantics describing "unidentified" flying objects could be truth fully used. and continued overflights over sensitive military installations. http://www. . fearing for his brothers' life. By now. convened the Robertson Panel. ―The United States Government and Extra-terrestrial Entities‖. We would let them do what they want and also establish underground bases here in exchange for alien technology. the NSA was successful at this task. Astronomers in 1953 made a rather disturbing discovery of a large object that entered the solar system.thewatcherfiles. Project Plato. Within one month. Professor of Genetics and Burns Professor of Molecular Microbiology at Washington University. Editorial Board of the World Affairs Journal. 1949. in the same year. It was a name coined by study group member Detlev Bronk. which President Truman ordered into production in January of 1950. He voiced his concern to President Truman. especially in New Mexico. It was also the same month that the Government decided to seize all USS railroads in order to prevent a general strike. 1954 at Muroc (Edwards) Air Force Base. the White House had all 3. On the same day his brother was due to pick him up. alien craft were often seen hovering over sensitive nuclear installations. who asked him to resign on March 3. endeavored to establish some sort of diplomatic relations with the alien species that had appeared . p. The disk crash at Roswell. they were presumably monitoring something to do with radiation. The meeting is said to have resulted in the establishment of an agreement called the GREADA Treaty which.htm. Secretary of Defense James Forrestal became disenchanted with the whole handling of the alien problem. and meeting was arranged with the aliens at Holloman AFB in New Mexico for 1954. That same month a disk crashed in the El Indio-Guerro area of Mexico and was taken to the AEC facility at Sandia in New Mexico.71. There were near misses with commercial airline flights. By August of 1950. The summation report. California. even "higher than the H-bomb". Exopolitics Journal 3:2. ―The Global Crisis and the Ultimate Secret of the Empire‖. and probes known as "green fireballs" were frequently seen all over the state. between President Eisenhower in person and certain space-faring visitors.‖ Like Salla.hk) In 1949. They reportedly also extracted US consent for carrying out a number of abductions of humans for scientific research purposes. issued in January of 1953. In 1953. The Watcher Files. could only be unequal. In 1950.Alien Treaties The USFG established secret peace treaties with aliens Wilson. The Air Force. It is said the US Government agreed to provide support when required by the aliens and that the latter would not intervene in human affairs.000 pages of the diaries of James Forrestal locked up in a white house safe and had sent him to Bethesda Naval Hospital under the care of Dr. some of the aliens were KNOWN. Raines.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 89 Conspiracy Theory USFG . a unit called IPU. in view of the tremendous technological superiority of the visitors. several researchers have reported the secret meeting that allegedly took place on 20 Feb. In 1950. and the CIA.com/vol-3/vol3-2-Carpentier. July.com/alien-treaty. Forrestal's brother decided to take him out of the hospital. Canadian scientist Wilber Smith reported in a letter that the disks were one of the most highly classified issues in the United States Government. problems continued with alien disks. They were alien craft. Eisenhower signed treaty with aliens allowing abductions in exchange for technology de Gourdon. and Sylvan L. perceiving that more public disinformation was needed. stated that there was "no threat to national security from UFOS". governed by the NSA. . Smith assume Forrestal's vacant position in the study group. The sheet broke. would not come out in the open and would in exchange supply some technologies to the host government.. in the circumstances. A Secret Treaty was formed where the aliens would not interfere in our affairs and we would not interfere with their affairs. 9 (Come Carpentier.pdf)sbl The author quotes at length testimonies submitted by various witnesses acting as whistle blowers who. Interplanetary Phenomenon Unit. accessed 6/21/11. it was decided to let General Walter B. which later proved to be an object that was intelligently guided and emitted communication signals. discovered huge orbiting objects between 100 to 500 miles altitude. named EBE (Extra-terrestrial Biological Entity). New Mexico netted on live alien. and Forrestal fell to his death. http://exopoliticsjournal. with varying degrees of personal credibility all allege that ―secret treaties or agreements have been signed by senior security officials and implemented through Presidential executive orders since the 1950s at least.
While at Muroc Air Field. He said. "Zetas work in underground facilities." as my former-NSA informant put it. A year later.S. Ph.HK] In July of 1952 the world was electrified by large newspaper headlines and photos of squadrons of UFOs flying repeatedly over the nation's Capital in Washington.) Between that and the first publicly-announced Roswell UFO crash in 1947. "they will be the ones introduced to Earthlings . "The first UFO came down in 1941 into the ocean west of San Diego." My ex-NSA informant reported that the U. consultant. Eisenhower was present while an extraterrestrial disc landed. ―Extra-Terrestrial Base on Earth Sanction by Officials Since 1954‖. night-vision equipment. purportedly for a golfing vacation.S. and was retrieved by the Navy. The ETs are not breaking the U. and trying to fire on UFOs.abovetopsecret. Shortly after establishing itself. Michael Wolf has previously revealed in his book The Catchers of Heaven that he worked with ETs as part of his governmental duties. Prince Bernhard of Netherlands." Dr. certified clinical hypnotherapist. lasers. and other Western power leaders convened the inaugural meeting of the Bilderberg Group.D. and needed time to be prepared for adjusting to this stupendous reality. in the California desert. as documented by Gerald Light. "I met with extraterrestrial individuals every day in my work. obtained was the lion's share of extraterrestrial scientist consultants.'" "They are the diplomatic corps. This arrangement afforded them an opportunity to monitor closely Earth cultures and behavior. aerospace ceramics. which recommended expansion of an Air Force study of UFOs. and others." Wolf also disclosed that in 1954 the U. 1954. and shared living quarters with them. Walter Bedell Smith. gene-splicing therapy. to assist American scientists in understanding and adapting exotic ET technologies into such devices we now know as the computer chip. 'Oh. N. but the Government has broken treaties by mistreating ETs. later-Secretary of State Dean Rusk. Government-Zeta treaties. cloning. Dayton. Government.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 90 Conspiracy Theory USFG – Alien Contact & Tech USFG has traded access to our planet for alien technology Boylan.D. President Eisenhower made a secret trip to Muroc Field (now Edwards Air Force Base). Wolf says there was another crash in 1946. university associate professor (emeritus). These bodies came from a series of retrievals of downed UFOs. the CIA's Office of Scientific Intelligence (OSI) was ordered to determine if UFOs were interstellar vehicles. Wolf also described working with very humanappearing races dubbed the Nordics and Semitics. Ohio. .com/forum/thread61318/pg1. [Richard J. by the way.) NSC's Dr. The President had previously arranged to be in nearby Palm Springs. By the end of the following month." One of the early items on the Bilderberg agenda was extraterrestrial contact. OSI convened the Robertson Panel of scientists. He "was spirited over to Muroc one night. He adds that when official public announcement of the extraterrestrial presence occurs. but [are] actually living in our place. He added. no date.S. Area 51and other Facilities. anthropologist. but history subsequent to 1954 suggests that what the U. Hanger 18 at Wright-Patterson Air Force Base. The same month President Eisenhower took office (January." (The Navy has held a leadership position in UFO matters ever since. had four extraterrestrial corpses in the "Blue Room". we want to welcome our neighbors from the Pleiades. "It became an ongoing experiment. Ph. who by the way have been here since [the beginning of Earth] time. reporter Franklin Allen of the Hearst Newspapers Group. (He did not specify what those concessions were. "a means of Western collective management of the world order. May. 1953). date. and researcher. "The Semitics and Nordics come from Altair 4 and 5 and from the Pleiades [star systems]. DC. The extraterrestrials requested that Eisenhower make the public aware of extraterrestrial contact with Earth forthwith. President Eisenhower's CIA Director." while doing research at extremely-classified underground government research laboratories. Project Blue Book.S. http://www. the Bilderberg Group collaborated with the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR)." while reporters were fed the cover story that the President had a toothache and needed to see a dentist. David Rockefeller and other top world financiers. as requested by the U. another international policy body devoted to world management. space and time. behavioral scientist. Four months later WW II General Dwight Eisenhower was elected President. Bilderberg and CFR decided jointly in the mid-1950s to enter into an arrangement with the extraterrestrials: The ETs were given an island in French Polynesia as a base on Earth. Los Angeles Catholic Bishop James McIntyre. and it permitted Earth governments a way to monitor extraterrestrial culture and behavior . accessed 6/21/11. Several Star Visitors emerged to converse with the President and the generals. fibre optics. 1954. particularly held out for many concessions before agreeing to the arrangement. later-British Minister of Defense Denis Healey. concerning the problem of adjusting humankind to extraterrestrial presence. in April. accompanied by generals. CA. Behavioral Sciences. particle-beam devices. Stealth technology.D. super-tenacity fibers (such as Kevlar lightweight armor).S. The President protested that humans were not ready. and gravity-control flight. as well as two other crashes in 1947.
Project Snowbird was created for this purpose . was headquartered in Nevada. member of the International Order of Odd Fellows. the Air Force established a number of "debriefing colonies" in the United States for contactees and their families . preferring to allow the Greys to trade technology in mind control. member of the International Order of Odd Fellows. Professor of Genetics and Professor of Molecular Microbiology at Washington University. beam weaponry and gravitation for silence on part of the United States about their abduction and mutilation operations. Wilhelm Reich began experiments with his cloudbuster equipment. and discovered that he could affect the propulsion systems of some of the alien disks. This would take the heat off the real programs. accessed 6/21/11. and Reich was hassled by the government and jailed. and despite their warnings about the Big-nosed Greys. The Watcher Files. was initiated in order to establish a continuing program of technological evaluation of alien disks. and in 1954 successful tests were made of some jointly developed disk designs. http://www. as well as providing cover stories. Professor of Genetics and Professor of Molecular Microbiology at Washington University. .hk) Concern or public probing into the "UFO" question caused the government to come up with the idea of developing disks using conventional technology and then displaying them to the public . Project Pounce was created to provide a general process of disk and occupant recovery. It too. The Government also had contact with another race of aliens in 1953. In 1954. Hew was finally murdered in Lewisburg prison in November 1957.. 1989. The United States and the Canadians had been cooperating for some time on the disk technology. Increasing numbers of people in the public domain began to have encounters with alien beings.thewatcherfiles.a practice which continued well into the 1960's and beyond.htm. Project Redlight sustains it first death of an Air Force pilot in Nevada during a test of an alien vehicle. ―The United States Government and Extra-terrestrial Entities‖. Dr. another NSA project. Reichs discoveries also involved the manipulation of biological energy in terms of conquering disease. In order to retain the element of secrecy. It too was run by the NSA. and Sylvan L. the government broke off contact with them. Project Plato.com/alien-treaty. Burns.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 91 Conspiracy Theory USFG has Alien Tech Transformers isn‘t just a movie-we‘ve been using alien technology Wilson. It didn't take the government long to realize what a threat Reich was to the established order. This race would not share technology with the government. 1989 (Richard K.
were verified to be real. as part of a binary pulse signal developed at NSA's Cryptocity specifically for communication with a federation of extra-planetary species collectively called ―Unity‖. Their motives for telling these seemingly unbelievable tales are hard to fathom unless they are simply trying to share very disturbing experiences that have changed their lives. and that cattle mutilations occurred in large numbers at the time. electronically-aided communications with his off-planet contacts at the NSA were of the kind used by the so-called radio HF short-wave ―numbers stations‖ that are generally unidentified and use artificially generated voices to read lists of numbers for unknown purposes. Much of his work was carried out thanks to a US$75. claimed the Dulce Base was the locus of a variety of genetic. http://exopoliticsjournal.com/vol3/vol-3-2-Carpentier. with or without the cooperation and knowledge of the US Government. Phil Schneider. apart from the fact that UFOs are frequently sighted in the area. both nightly and in daytime of the UFOs and had access to NASA CIR (colour.72-4. infra-red) high resolution films from the air. p. July. According to his 1978 Project Beta Report. Many of them have been tested by psychologists and are not delusional or insane. The name ―Unity‖ incidentally echoes the code name ‗Amicizia‘ (Amity) used by several Italian contactees. His work was closely monitored by Air Force Office of Special Investigations. ―The Global Crisis and the Ultimate Secret of the Empire‖. circumstantial evidence has been found that makes their stories more plausible. It is difficult to explain why so many unrelated persons would come out with such stories. some of the aliens were cybernetic organisms made out of a mixture of human and bovine genetic material upgraded with Artificial Intelligence. Dan Burisch. the electronic signals intercepted by physicist and electronics engineer Paul Bennewitz in the area of Dulce. neuro-biological and psychic experiments involving the breeding of hybrid beings carried out by the Aliens with the likely participation of certain US or supra-national authorities . to the effect that secret underground or underwater bases have been built by certain non-human entities. 9 (Come Carpentier. of films. Editorial Board of the World Affairs Journal. if they were mere inventions.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 92 Conspiracy Theory Evidence for Underground Bases Credible witness reports confirm underground bases de Gourdon. radio communications were exchanged between UFOs and a huge multi-level underground human-alien joint base located deep under the Archuleta Mesa. headed by Bruno Samaccicia. Michael Wolf) have provided independent confirmation of at least some of Bennewitz's claims . Bennewitz also detected electronic subcutaneous micro-implants in some local residents who had seemingly been abducted and tagged by the Aliens for monitoring and remote control.000 grant from the US Air Force. was derided as a mad man by US official sources. near the Kirtland AFB and Manzano Nuclear facilities. Bennewitz who. Various self-confessed participants in the secret joint research projects being allegedly carried out at Dulce and other facilities (Bob Lazar. which confirmed the existence of underground facilities at Dulce. he reported establishing radio contact with the Aliens. which reportedly drove him to a mental breakdown. In some cases. Exopolitics Journal 3:2. unsurprisingly. New Mexico. Bennewitz also took some 6000 ft. For example. With a computer and Hex Decimal Code software. but it is clear that at one point he came to know too much and was fed disinformation by the Intelligence community. It is notable that his detection of these mysterious ELINT messages seems to confirm Dan Sherman's allegation (in ―Above Black‖) that the telepathic. to designate an Alien federation based in deep underground facilities in the North Eastern region of Italy on the Adriatic coast in the 1960s and 70s.5 Reportedly.pdf)sbl There are now several reports by witnesses whose credentials have checked out as authentic. at great risk to their credibility and even personal safety. heavily monitored by the US armed forces.
p. in 1978). Steven Spielberg has reported that prior to the release of his film ―Close Encounters of the Third Kind. ―The Global Crisis and the Ultimate Secret of the Empire‖.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 93 Conspiracy Theory AT: Government/Alien Contact is False Multiple government statements & actions prove de Gourdon.72. Prime Minister of Grenada. which could be seen as confirming the widely held suspicion that the powers that be do not want such matters raised. even though they publicly make light of them to deflect attention. Editorial Board of the World Affairs Journal. Exopolitics Journal 3:2.com/vol-3/vol3-2-Carpentier.‖4 . which envisions ―the peaceful absorption of a celestial race(s) in such a manner that our culture will remain intact with the guarantee that their presence not be revealed. in 1979.‖ inspired by real events. he received a 20-page confidential letter from NASA specifying what could and could not be included in the definitive version of the movie. and the UN General Assembly where an attempt was made by Sir Eric Gairy. but his motion was defeated as were several others in democratic assemblies of other countries (USA and Japan among others. July. 9 (Come Carpentier. The alleged secret treaty or treaties seem to follow the recommendations contained in a draft memo purportedly authored by Albert Einstein and Robert Oppenheimer in June-July 1947 for the American President. http://exopoliticsjournal. In 1979 Lord Clancarty (Brinsley Le Poer Trench) introduced a resolution in the House of Lords to lift the cover-up on the UFO situation.pdf)sbl These hitherto unproven claims could be dismissed as silly rumours if it were not for the fact that a large number of historically documented facts tend to show that certain contacts have been made at the ―official‖ level in the USA and possibly in other countries as well.
associatedcontent. a food source for the reptilian. accessed 6/25/11. who claims on his web site that most world leaders come from a line of reptilians originating in the Alpha Draconis. change always happens when a new president enters office.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 94 Conspiracy Theory Obama is a Reptilian Our country is run by a shape shifting reptilian Huebsch. Whatever this "change" really means it certainly does not bode well for the future of America and even worse for the human race. . The questionable birth certificate: Why would any presidential candidate try so desperately to hide a real birth certificate? Perhaps because reptilian overlords do not receive birth certificates. they congeal out of a pile of goo! The voting public would never vote for a space reptilian and if the plan for world domination ever leaked to the general there would be mass chaos. ― Barack Obama Is a Shape Shifting Alien‖ 5/9/2009 http://www. 5/9/2009 [Russell. but as we know all the only thing the world received from Hitler was millions of lost lives and the genocide of an entire race of people. thus the Republican party could never reveal Obama's true ancestry and the reptilian conspiracy continues. HK] Is Barack Obama really a shape shifting reptilian humanoid from a far away galaxy bent on the enslavement of the human race? According to David Icke. Barack Obama is most likely a blood drinking shape shifter bent on progressing the New World Order. "Change" might also be a code word for reptilian dictators across the globe that America has elected another shape shifter as president. Baylor University.html. Even Adolph Hitler claimed to bring change for the German people. Associated Content. Icke believes the reptilians plan for world domination started to unravel with the September 11 attacks on New York and Obama's presidency will lead us into this "New World Order".com/article/1526375/barack_obama_shape_shifting_reptilian. perhaps Obama's corporeal body is crying out to the world that a shape shifting reptilian alien has hijacked his avatar."Change we need": Has Obama told us all along that he is a changeling/shape shifting reptilian? Think about it. but is this just mere babbling from a sick mind or does this theory have some legitimacy? Here are signs that the Obama reptilian conspiracy is true. Baylor University. Icke's reptilian theory makes the claim that reptilians plan to control humanity and other civilizations through fear and negative emotion.
Macklin. which of course promptly filled with water. I first heard of reptilians when planning a trip to Mt. New Mexico. So I began looking into the various elements from the LA Times story. Geophysical mining engineer G. Shasta is said to be full of secret caverns. The most outspoken proponent of the conspiracy theory that reptilian beings in disguise are actually running our planet is David Ickes. George Bush. and may well serve to be humanity's last line of defense against this threat. it's also something of a sacred hotbed for a whole range of New Age traditions. was unknown among the Hopi until the mid 1700's. Shufelt's dowsing results notwithstanding. and that's where the story came to an end. the mind controlled slave of the United States government for more than 25 years. pointing. Shufelt's crew dug a shaft 250 feet deep. as a toddler before her mother's courageous exposure of these staggering events forced the authorities to remove Kelly from the mind control programme known as Project Monarch. but since his is a conspiracy theory. They speak English and are involved in every major government and corporate decision. employ invisible four-foot-tall beings called Guardians to protect their city. and some say they are native to Earth. and whole subterranean civilizations peopled with all sorts of exotic races. Reptoids would hardly be noticed. and they perform terrible genetic experiments on humans on levels 6 and 7. It not only has a lot of Native American spiritual history.html. Don't laugh: Ickes sells a lot of these books. Skeptoid critical analyst. it's the home of the Lemurians. Bigfoots are also said to populate Shasta. 1934. This is a fair sample of most of Ickes' evidence that reptilian beings have taken over our government. whose book "The Biggest Secret" reveals information like this: Then there are the experiences of Cathy O'Brien." Shufelt said. This was all he had to guide his elaborate drawing of the catacomb layout. Some say the Reptoids are of extraterrestrial origin. They are variously said to either disguise themselves or actually shape-shift into humans. who are tall. a major player in the Brotherhood. most appallingly. He still had to dig it up. http://revolutionoftruth. Blogspot. and of gold pictures with perfect corners. parts of the story seem unlikely. an advanced race. Virtually any statement that Ickes makes is easily falsified by minimal research if not simple common sense. I did find a "Lizard clan" referenced in several ****continued*** .com. it also figures prominently for any number of modern pagan religions. 5/25/07 [Brain. Gold. Gerald Ford.000 grays are said to reside on level 5 of the base. where they have public lives in positions of national importance. HK] The concept of reptilian beings on Earth is a surprisingly widespread conspiracy theory . It was Bush. which you can see online at Skeptoid. "My radio x-ray pictures of tunnels and rooms. an ancient race whose original continent called Mu sank and now make their home inside the mountain. Shufelt stated he has taken "x-ray pictures" of thirty seven such tablets. along with a picture of Shufelt using his dowsing pendulum. Skeptoid Critical Analyst. and then revolves when over the mineral or swings in prolongation of the tunnel when above the excavation. any evidence against it is simply regarded as evidence proving the conspiracy. Kelly O'Brien. Among them were the US Presidents. and taken x-ray pictures of many of the chambers. as my books and others have long exposed. it turns out. So. toward minerals or tunnels below the surface of the ground. A lot of people believe this stuff. he asserts.blogspot. and have been secretly running things all along. Where did all of these stories come from? The earliest reference I've come across is from a Los Angeles Times news story from January 29. Among all this exotic company. Times reporter Jean Bosquet described it: Shufelt's radio device consists chiefly of a cylindrical glass case inside which a plummet attached to a copper wire held by the engineer sways continually. in the great five-level city of Telos. So was chemistry. not counting numerous modern references to Mt. It sounded like Shufelt had struck paydirt — almost. said to go by the Hopi Indian name of Little Chief Greenleaf. Shasta and the Los Angeles catacomb story. Shasta as one of the numerous entrances to their huge underground network of bases.com/2007/05/reptileconspiracy-theories. Shufelt's device has little to do with either radio or x-rays and more to do with a common dowsing pendulum. including pockets of pure gold. First on the list was Shufelt's "radio x-ray" device. As I discovered. Among the gray aliens' holdings provided them by the US government is a large underground base at Dulce. Lemurians. Warren Shufelt had been using "radio x-ray" and had discovered subterranean labyrinths beneath the city of Los Angeles. but came up empty handed. Bill Clinton and. Somehow Shufelt met with a man named L. who built the city beneath Los Angeles to escape surface catastrophes some 5000 years ago. white-cloaked beings speaking English but with a British accent. having developed intelligence before the primates. 5/25/2007.. Reptoids are said to serve at least one very useful purpose: They are sworn enemies of the gray aliens. jewel encrusted tunnels. but Macklin said that the Lizard People "perfected a chemical solution by which they bored underground without removing earth and rock.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 95 Conspiracy Theory Reptilians run the Government Reptilian aliens are among us-and they run our government Dunning. Reptilian beings have been caught trying to acquire information about the Dulce base. She was sexually abused as a child and as an adult by a stream of famous people named in her book. Most notably. well below the water table. three of which have their southwest corners cut off. and metallurgy in general. Their history was kept on gold tablets. Macklin told Shufelt of a Hopi legend of Lizard People. Shasta is one of our fourteeners here in California. in which the US government and major public companies are complicit in a vast worldwide network of underground bases housing a large population of humanoid reptilian creatures called Reptoids. are scientific proof of their existence.." I did make a pretty thorough effort to track down any such Hopi legend. a pedophile and serial killer. who regularly abused and raped Cathy's daughter. Shasta as a youth. The story goes that Reptoids use Mt. which are subsurface voids. sides and ends. accessed 6/25/11. Some 18. which is available from the Los Angeles Times archives.
I first heard of reptilians when planning a trip to Mt.com/2007/05/reptile-conspiracy-theories. its tail to the southwest . and some say they are native to Earth. and have been secretly running things all along. they were simply one subculture of the Hopi. Among all this exotic company. Reptoids would hardly be noticed. and even runs our government. Macklin or Little Chief Greenleaf in the public birth and death certificate databases for the Hopi Reservation in the Navajo Nation Court. accessed 6/25/11 CW) Collect your children and run for cover. According to the story Macklin told Shufelt: The Lizard People. Today we're going to look at the terrifying tale that says a race of tall reptilian beings lives among us. ―Reptile Conspiracy Theories‖. Shasta is said to be full of secret caverns. it's also something of a sacred hotbed for a whole range of New Age traditions. the only exceptions being those that made it into modern storybook collections. in the great five-level city of Telos.. The story goes that Reptoids use Mt. the Bear clan). http://revolutionoftruth. golden tablets. who are tall. Macklin never said that there was anything reptilian about the Lizard clan. according to the legend.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 96 Conspiracy Theory Reptilians run the Government ***continued*** Hopi stories. but again. Bigfoots are also said to populate Shasta. Most notably. It not only has a lot of Native American spiritual history.. my failure to find any evidence of such a legend doesn't prove anything: Native American legends were traditionally passed by word of mouth and never were written down. Shasta as a youth. They speak English and are involved in every major government and corporate decision. in which the US government and major public companies are complicit in a vast worldwide network of underground bases housing a large population of humanoid reptilian creatures called Reptoids. Skeptoid. jewel encrusted tunnels. and never any references to underground cities. Shasta is one of our fourteeners here in California. . They are variously said to either disguise themselves or actually shape-shift into humans. Obviously. it also figures prominently for any number of modern pagan religions. where they have public lives in positions of national importance. Shasta as one of the numerous entrances to their huge underground network of bases.html. white-cloaked beings speaking English but with a British accent. its head to the northeast. 5/21/07. The concept of reptilian beings on Earth is a surprisingly widespread conspiracy theory. it's the home of the Lemurians. employ invisible four-foot-tall beings called Guardians to protect their city. Some say the Reptoids are of extraterrestrial origin. having developed intelligence before the primates. all this proves is that I didn't find it. If Shufelt's dowsing misadventures truly were the genesis of modern Reptoid legends. Lemurians. but always among other clans (the Spider clan. though just as human as anyone else. Reptilians live among us and run our government Dunning 7 (Brian. there is an ironic aspect. regarded the lizard as the symbol of long life. the legend has it. and whole subterranean civilizations peopled with all sorts of exotic races. an ancient race whose original continent called Mu sank and now make their home inside the mountain. or any other elements from Shufelt's story.blogspot. I was also unable to find a man named either L. As I discovered. Their city is laid out like a lizard.
7 In this respect. Icke writes. and the Queen Mother herself was ―seriously reptilian‖ (Children 79). CW) Mirroring a number of claims made by the political far-right. Icke claims that in order to maintain their position of world domination down through the centuries. From the innermost secretive ―Round Table. In order to maintain their anonymity and deflect attention away from their ubiquitous presence in international finance and politics. Commenting on the Internet conspiracy. Bush. 43 American presidents. it is at this point that much of Icke‘s work has its most enduring interest. 2005. Egyptian pharaohs.‖ according to Icke. The Illuminati are the grand historical puppet masters. Again following the prevailing exocultural explanation. It allows for the easiest possible surveillance of personal communications through e-mails. In fact. volume: 16 no. hedonistic drug parties. in turn.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 97 Conspiracy Theory Reptilians Bad – 100% Solvency Takeout The aff can never solve for any human caused impacts. ―The media. take part in ritualistic sacrifices and pedophilic activities that include kidnapping. then. though he is unique in developing it in an exocultural direction. by providing historical critique that is at once trenchant political analysis mixed with what reads like an over-the-top satire in the tradition of Jonathan Swift. expand the scope of surveillance. p. and the websites visited by individuals give the authorities the opportunity to build a personality and knowledge profile of everyone. and the United Nations (Children 339). because all of those impacts are caused by reptilian mind control – as long as reptilians exist in the world humans will never have full control of their own thoughts and action Lewis. like the media itself. and restrict individual freedoms. and brutal murder. each individual will be tracked using a global positioning satellite. World Bank. In Icke‘s conspiratorial schema. in more recent history. Icke asserts a standard conspiracy-culture line that the pure Aryan bloodline has ruled the planet throughout history. The media and the Internet are two powerful tools that they have developed to achieve mind control over the general populace. 10-11. get their ‗news‘ and ‗information‘ overwhelmingly from official sources. ―The Internet is an Illuminati creation and only exists because of military technology. . Aryan lizards have been Sumerian kings. The Trilateral .‖ a handful of reptilian masterminds directs the course of human events via a network of international organizations such as the Council on Foreign Relations. The ―most important goal of the Illuminati is. Icke himself theorizes that such obscene acts as these typify the difference between alien-kind and humanity and that they are necessary else the Aryan-reptilians lose their temporary human form and revert to their original reptoid physiognomy. The Internet. presiding over all human activities through indirect channels of control and manipulation. In Icke‘s mind. professor at Montclair State University and Kahn. ―a micro-chipped population‖ (Children 368). including George Washington and George W. professor at Antioch University 5 (Tyson and Richard. are owned by the reptilian bloodline‖ (Children 260). the IMF. According to Icke. The plan is quite simply ―to complete their financial control of the human race‖ (Children 345). Thus in the 21st century the reptoids have gone digital.―The Reptoid Hypothesis: Utopian and Dystopian Representational Motifs in David Icke‘s Alien Conspiracy Theory‖. Utopian Societies. 1. which. inventing and deploying new information technologies that will further suppress the truth. the Aryan lizards have created a secret society known as the Freemasons or Illuminati. .1111Commission. American presidents and British prime ministers. like war. and. . Icke‘s work includes any number of accountings of how world leaders and other famous personalities. Once a microchip is inserted into the human body. The Bilderberg Group. in order to satiate their reptilian bloodlust. is just another step towards perfect surveillance of the human race. . It‘s about control‖ (Children 415). Icke believes that the Illuminati are very interested in mind control. are direct reptoid-lineage descendants.
destructive.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 98 Conspiracy Theory Reptilians – Most Evil The Reptilians are the most destructive and evil in their plans to take over Earth – they work with the Greys and pose the greatest risk Violet Earth Academy. These Reptilians have been interacting with Earth for a very long time. There is a second group of their race that does not have wings. In an emergency they can survive on one very large meal every few weeks. The soldier class and scientists of their race don‘t. no date (―From A to Z of Alien Species Active in Earth‘s Evolution‖ Biblioteca Pleyades. . They also have scales which makes their skin water proof. alchemy. http://www. however. Their mouth is more like a slit. The leader of this specie are called the Draco. The command progression in this Reptilian society are the Draco who are the winged Reptilians first in command Secondly the Draco who are the non winged Reptilians Then the Greys This group. They are well suited for space travel because they are able to hibernate. They have special wings.net/vida_alien/esp_vida_alien_19a. have reptilian type faces. These beings would be considered another one of the subspecies of the Greys. along with the Greys. life coaching. They have three fingers with an opposing thumb. This Reptilian species apparently directs the efforts of the working class which are only about four feet tall. In their home system they apparently live underground. They average from six to seven feet in height. and evil in their intent. accessed: 6/28/11. so must have a balanced environment to maintain body temperature.bibliotecapleyades. Ascension classes and workshops including DNA activations. These extraterrestrials are human in shape. pose the greatest danger at this time to planet Earth. SL) The Reptilian race is the other extraterrestrial race that is most negative.htm. The soldier class can bury themselves in the ground and wait long periods of time in order to ambush an enemy. and readings. clearings. which are like flaps of skin. They are cold blooded biologically.
New Mexico. . Among the gray aliens' holdings provided them by the US government is a large underground base at Dulce.com/2007/05/reptile-conspiracy-theories. Reptilian beings have been caught trying to acquire information about the Dulce base. accessed 6/25/11 CW) Reptoids are said to serve at least one very useful purpose: They are sworn enemies of the gray aliens. and they perform terrible genetic experiments on humans on levels 6 and 7.blogspot. Some 18. http://revolutionoftruth.html. Skeptoid. and may well serve to be humanity's last line of defense against this threat. ―Reptile Conspiracy Theories‖. 5/21/07.000 grays are said to reside on level 5 of the base.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 99 Conspiracy Theory Reptilians Good – Defeat the Grays Reptoids are our last line of defense against the Gray Aliens Dunning 7 (Brian.
The Greys are reportedly EXTREMELY deceitful and although they act on ‘logic‘. . May be the ‘brains‘ or ‘intellect‘ of the serpent race. they also allegedly feed off the ‘life energy‘. very prolific and intelligent. the ‘vital essence‘ or ‘soul energy‘ of humans as do other reptilian species. life coaching. whereas the larger ‘Reptoids‘ allegedly act as the PHYSICAL overlords and thus are of a higher ‘ranking‘ than the Greys. however. The other group is interested in colonization and conquest of planet Earth. Each time they reclone.) They are very telepathic in nature. The Grays from Zeta Reticuli have the ability to magnify their mental field in order to maintain control over humans. however. with skin colors ranging from gray-white to grey-brown to gray-green to grey-blue. The Grays from Rigel (click image right) were the ones that made the secret deal with the US Government. Their basic program is service to self. THE Small neo-saurian hominoids. There is one group that appears to be a little more tolerant towards human beings. and that we agreed to these abductions. These materials have been found on their crashed UFO crafts. They are technologically superior. SL) GREYS. There are some books on the market saying that they are our friends. These Grays have no stomach and digest their food by absorption through the skin or under their tongue. alchemy. The Grays seem to have influence over the Reticulans and the Beeletrax species of Grays.bibliotecapleyades. Their attitude towards humans is tolerance towards inferiors. These beings are very disturbed beings and are here to take over this planet for their own selfish purposes. This is why those humans seen working with the Greys (implanted and programmed ‘drones‘. Aside from feeding off of human and animal proteins and fluids. They have been cloning themselves instead of the practice of reproduction we use on Earth. Ascension classes and workshops including DNA activations. These different species of Grays are members of a network which is a type of loose alliance to which all have common purposes and aims. They look at us in a similar way that the unconscious mass of our society looks at animals. and like other reptilian entities they ‘feed‘ off of human and animal vital fluids by rubbing a ‘liquid protein‘ formula on their bodies. http://www. spiritually and socially backwards. The Grays have one base near the Aleutian Islands. which is part of their problem.htm. accessed: 6/28/11. The Greys are logic-based and operate on base animal survival or predatory instincts and in most cases are emotionally insensitive to humans. They are using this planet as a supply depot. which is then absorbed through the skin. Most of their biological materials comes from the cattle mutilation. for biological materials (people and cattle mutilations. and readings. whether willingly or unwillingly) have appeared ‘lifeless‘ and ‘emotionless‘ to the witnesses who observed them. Our world is not the only world they have tried to conquer. clearings. tall on the average. Like typical reptiles which shed their skins the ‘waste‘ is excreted back through the skin. The Zeta Reticulans appear to be divided into two different groups. However it s a known fact that at times they have done human mutilations.net/vida_alien/esp_vida_alien_19a. the genetic copy becomes weaker. They are the most commonly observed ‘alien‘ entities encountered during UFO events. and later extracting the fetuses. no date (―From A to Z of Alien Species Active in Earth‘s Evolution‖ Biblioteca Pleyades. The Greys range from 3 1/2 to 4 1/2 ft. They are impregnating human females on a massive scale. to them it is ‘logical‘ to use extremely complex forms of deception to bring about their goals. We are here to tell you not to believe it for a second.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 100 Conspiracy Theory Grey Aliens Bad – Human Cattle The Greys are being used by the Draconians in their infiltration plans – they are above else self-serving and view humans as cattle to exploit Violet Earth Academy.
offering him technological advances. and regain their pride. people who had no scruples. This abuse of the general population of the German people opened the door for the gray aliens. 10/22/96. For the tough sell cases direct meetings took place with the gray aliens present. They knew that the regulators. Hitler had a charisma and initially a sense of caring for the plight of the German people who had been unfairly treated after the debacle of the first world war. which they were starving. Hitler was most impressed by their technologies and was led to believe that he would have free access to this technology. which was done systematically and efficiently. He spoke with the belief that the German people. with gray aliens. This was the beginning of his rise to power. He needed people that would do whatever was necessary to eliminate the obstacles in his path to supreme rule.Hitler The Gray Aliens desire to control humanity led to Hitler‘s corruption and rise to power Doyle 96 (Sir Arthur Canon. ―The Gray Alien Alliance with Adolf Hitler and the Nazis‖. .com/docs/961022ed. particularly one as alien as the gray beings would be most impressive. http://www. Path to the Source. in which the Germanic population is a very proud people. Hitler proceeded with his plans to eliminate the obstacles to becoming ruler of the world. Mr.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 101 Conspiracy Theory Gray Aliens Bad . accessed 6/25/11. The animation. Mr. far in advance of anything humanity possesses then or now. But the loophole that they sought consisted of creating a form superior to the human form but being a part of themselves so that they could stake a claim of legitimacy to the planet Earth. Convincing people with power to follow him was a relatively simple task when he displayed proof of the aliens and their technology. Even the German people had no conception that many of the key thinking people of their country were disappearing or dying under mysterious circumstances. The down trodden German people were too willing to follow anyone who offered to feed them. His isolated mountain chalet was the meeting site for contact with these gray aliens. And utilizing the individuals in key positions that were impressed by the technology and the mere existence of the gray race was how he managed to achieve power and ultimately a dictatorship over the German people. thousands of his own people. There would not have been the seeds of the second world war planted if the dignity of the German people had been respected. were invincible. When he spoke to the German people he spoke with conviction. an alien culture. They saw it as an opportunity to achieve their goal of establishing a legitimate presence on earth. Mr. with the alliance. Their technological displays. This of course necessitated the murder of thousands of individuals.htm. was most seductive. if not unstable individual. Believing that he had full support. the war to end all wars.geohanover. Hitler chose as associates. CW) The information that I need to impart is that in the year 1930 the gray aliens approached Adolph Hitler and made the proposal promising him world control. the charisma that was a part of this brilliant but unstable personality was spurred to even greater heights by the gray's omnisentience. full access to the technology and even a promise of direct intervention if necessary. This spurred him to establish his network. would stop them from invading or subjugating humanity. This belief of omnipotence inspired by the gray aliens infused the German people. So much so that the world did not realize what was occurring. offering him supremacy. the power. obviously a very impactful presentation. the keepers of the peace. Being a brilliant. 'Tis obvious that an alien technology. he recognized the potential.
It is said by some that Aryan-Nazi scientists actually developed disk-shaped aircraft capable of very advanced aerial performance. no date (―From A to Z of Alien Species Active in Earth‘s Evolution‖ Biblioteca Pleyades. Ascension classes and workshops including DNA activations. and that swastika‘s have been seen on a few aerial disks. accessed: 6/28/11.e. It is claimed that the original "treaty" with the Greys was established by the Bavarian Thule and Illuminati societies as early as 1933. The famous abductee Barney Hill who along with his wife Betty was abducted by "Zeta Reticulan Greys" in 1961. It is said by some sources that this joint human-alien force has spread terror through this sector of the galaxy. The Antarcticans may consist largely of ‘batch consigned‘ purebred blue-eyed.net/vida_alien/esp_vida_alien_19a. . clearings. blond Aryans who became victims of Hitler‘s obsession to create a super race. and readings.Nazis Bases under the South Pole house the Aryan race created by the Greys Violet Earth Academy. and as suggested by Harbinson and others most of these may be controlled through mind manipulation and implants. and especially subterranean human societies may have developed ‘blond‘ hair due to lack of sunlight. conquering and committing untold atrocities against the peaceful inhabitants of other worlds. being ‘human drones‘ who are used to keep this hidden society functioning. There does not seem to be anything more than a peripheral connection between the Antarcticans. They may be piloted by a ‘purebred‘ blond. Antarctica. alchemy. blue-eyed Aryan race.bibliotecapleyades. life coaching.htm. and this collaboration was brought into America via the CIA. and the Pleiadeans as the ‘Nordics‘ in order to discourage confusion). the Telosian and the Pleiadean ‘blondes‘ (i. There appears to be more than one ‘Blond‘ human society involved in the UFO scenarios. A massive joint humanoidreptiloid underground system called the "New Berlin" is said to lie below the mountains of Neu Schwabenland. stated under regressive hypnosis that he had encountered an evil-eyed "German Nazi" working with the Greys on board the craft. http://www. SL) ANTARCTICAN This is allegedly a secret area of operations for both human and reptilian beings . which was established with the help of American Nazi fifth column agents as well as European Nazi‘s who were brought into America through Project Paperclip and other operations. the Telosians as the ‘Blondes‘.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 102 Conspiracy Theory Gray Aliens Bad . we will refer to the Antarcticans as the ‘Aryans‘.
were not forgiving. who led the good life and ate more than enough. based on a Nazi evaluation. The physical bodies were subjected to every form of abomination that could be devised.htm. The nature of this experimentation was crude and quite inhumane. This was strictly utilized as a learning tool. Unfortunately it was mainly conscious disassembly. Hitler had been led to believe could be created. were relegated to the concentration camps for the purpose of experimentation. how it functioned.Nazis The Gray Aliens and the Nazis aspiration for the super being led to the exploitation and brutal murder of innocent Jewish people Doyle 96 (Sir Arthur Canon. Being ignorant of the nature of the genetic code the gray aliens and the humans assisting them had no conception of what they were doing. http://www. . The German people never conceptualized the true purpose for the Jewish population being targeted. served no useful purpose. A great deal of the torture was specifically designed to evaluate the nature of the vehicle. CW) The German population who had suffered since 1919. The gray aliens were simply destroying humans simply to determine the strength and endurance of the bodies. how it reacted. The ones that had specific talents that the Nazis could exploit were exploited in that way. more extensive and destructive experimentation. to attempt genetic alteration using chemicals. 10/22/96. the human body.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 103 Conspiracy Theory Gray Aliens Bad . This did not work. that were assisting. accessed 6/25/11. It was the humans' idea.com/docs/961022ed.geohanover. what it did. Path to the Source. which is understandable when you're starving. They did not mind seeing the Jewish people disposed of their property. When this occurred a classification system was devised that divided the Jewish prisoners into various categories. They did not mind seeing the people. The starvation that was imposed upon many of the victims was designed to establish the durability of the body. The ones that. The logical choice was to find chemicals that would enhance or create a super being that Mr. ―The Gray Alien Alliance with Adolf Hitler and the Nazis‖. be it mechanical or chemical. The German people have always excelled in the fields of engineering. taken away out of their midst. Disassembly was part of that learning process. The gray aliens needed to know the nature of the human body. Those that tolerated the deprivation well were then utilized for further.
Protectors Arcturus. They teach that negativity. http://www. fear and guilt must be overcome and be exchanged for love and light. or spirit or God. . Their sense of hearing even transcends their telepathic nature. The Arcturians work in very close connection with the Ascended Masters whom they refer to as the brotherhood of the all. about three to four feet tall. It functions as a way station for nonphysical consciousness to become accustomed to physicality. not their physical eyes. which are some of the most advanced in the entire universe . It is a fifth dimensional civilization which. Their eyes are a dark brown or black color. It is also an energy gateway through which humans pass during death and rebirth. Arcturus is the brightest star in the Bootes constellation (click image right). Their main source of seeing is actually through their telepathic nature. which is approximately 36 light years from earth. There is also no sickness on Arcturus. protects the human race from warlike extraterrestrials with their advanced weapondry tech Violet Earth Academy. The higher the vibrational frequency.htm. They only have three fingers. The Arcturians pride themselves in this because this erases the pettiness of comparison of looks which is so predominant in our society. since they have the ability to transcend time and space. The Arcturians travel the universe in their starships. named after one of the Greek Gods. One of the reasons that Earth has not been attacked by more warlike negative extraterrestrials has been these civilizations‘ fear of these advanced starships of the Arcturians . Ascension classes and workshops including DNA activations. They have very large almond shaped eyes. and extremely high vibrational frequencies. Their total focus in every aspect of their society to the path of God realization. alchemy. The Arcturians are very short in physical stature. They also have an ability to sense with the back of their heads. life coaching. clearings. "The Keys of Enoch" has described it as the mid-way station or programming center used by the physical brotherhoods in our local universe. The Arcturians teach that the most fundamental ingredient for living in the fifth dimension is love . working with the Ascended Masters. These beings are revered by the people of Arcturus for the advanced knowledge. They also work very closely with what they refer to as The Galactic Command. Its energy works with humanity as an emotional mental and spiritual healer. Their skin is a greenish color.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 104 Conspiracy Theory Arcturus . and readings. is like a prototype for Earth‘s future. They have the ability to move objects with their minds. The Arcturian society is governed by what they call the elders. These ships are the cutting edge state of the art technology.net/vida_alien/esp_vida_alien_19a. They also all look very much alike in appearance. wisdom. They terminate the life when the contract that has been arranged for their existence is up.bibliotecapleyades. One of the starships circling the earth is called the Starship Athena. The source of food is an effervescent type of liquid that is highly vitalizing to their entire being. Their highly developed spiritual nature has allowed them to never age. accessed: 6/28/11. They are also very slender. and are totally telepathic. it was eliminated centuries ago. The book.The Arcturians are the most loving and non-judgmental beings you can possibly imagine. to govern the many rounds of experiments with physicals on our end of the galaxy. The average life span is from 350 to 400 of our earth years. SL) ARCTURIANS Arcturus is one of the most advanced extraterrestrial civilizations in our galaxy . in reality. the closer one is to light. no date (―From A to Z of Alien Species Active in Earth‘s Evolution‖ Biblioteca Pleyades.
The United States government was not interested in negotiating with the Procyon‘s because they would not give them new weapons systems. They frequently use mechanical vehicles for this.net/vida_alien/esp_vida_alien_19a. and readings.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 105 Conspiracy Theory Procyonians – Allies to Ashtar The Procyonians protect the human race from the Greys and Reptilians – they also serve the Law of One. The Procyonians have a philosophy of service to others rather than service of self.4 light years from Earth. http://www.bibliotecapleyades. Procyon (click image right) is a binary yellowish/white star that rises before Sirius in Canis Minoris. . They have a very strong positive spiritual attitude towards the humanity of Earth. They are here to help us help ourselves. totally respecting our free choice. about 11." The Procyonians serve the Law of One. no date (―From A to Z of Alien Species Active in Earth‘s Evolution‖ Biblioteca Pleyades. They have been involved in trying to protect us from the evil activities of the Greys and Reptilians. They are humanoid in nature with blond hair. life coaching. alchemy. SL) PROCYONIANS One of the more positive extraterrestrial groups are from a solar system that revolves around Procyon. The Procyonians have apparently cross bred with us at many stages in our evolutionary development. accessed: 6/28/11. but are not dependent on them.htm. The term Procyon translates into English as "The home of those who travel through time. They have been nicknamed the Swedes. making them allies with the Ashtar Command Center Violet Earth Academy. Ascension classes and workshops including DNA activations. clearings. This was done for a much more noble purpose than the Greys. They are able to travel in time and between dimensions of reality.
where they had a little more success.000 years ago in an extraterrestrial mission to help Earthlings with their mental and spiritual evolution. Ascension classes and workshops including DNA activations. They apparently originally had some connection with the planet Venus. in terms of the healing of mind/body/spirit. In their physical manifestation on Earth the physical bodies had a golden luster because of their high vibration. They came to Egypt in bell shaped UFO air craft. They also follow the Law of One Violet Earth Academy. http://www. and readings. however. however they are able to materialize bodies as they need to. They did not apparently stay too long in Egypt. . They refer to themselves as humble messengers of the Law of One. Their main focus geographically. accessed: 6/28/11. life coaching. although still do have individual identities within this understanding. in the Eighteenth Dynasty.. They stayed a little bit longer in South America. They are Light beings.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 106 Conspiracy Theory Ra-ans – Past Allies The Ra-ans helped the ancient Egyptian and Mayan civilizations – increasing their tech and medicinal practices. They made some contact in the Holy Land. The Pharaoh accepted the teachings of the Law of One. They attempted to help in technical ways.bibliotecapleyades. They no longer have physical bodies. They no longer operate in linear time as we do on Earth. once they realized that what they taught was being distorted. They refer to themselves as a social memory complex. however his priests only gave this teaching lip service. They were also involved in the building of the Great Pyramid of Giza. The Pharaoh they contacted was Akhenaton. no date (―From A to Z of Alien Species Active in Earth‘s Evolution‖ Biblioteca Pleyades. alchemy. SL) RA-ANS They landed on earth approximately 110. no longer do now.htm.net/vida_alien/esp_vida_alien_19a. The pyramids they helped create were used for spiritual initiation. through the use of crystals. also. was in Egypt and the Mayan civilization. The Ra refer to themselves as a sixth density social memory complex. clearings. and in this current day and age they refer to the great pyramid as a piano out of tune.
click image right. They are apparently a major part of a planned ‘invasion‘ which is eventually turning from covert infiltration mode to overt invasion mode as the "window of opportunity " (the time span before International human society becomes an interplanetary and interstellar power) slowly begins to close. alchemy. Like all reptilians. no date (―From A to Z of Alien Species Active in Earth‘s Evolution‖ Biblioteca Pleyades. clearings. life coaching. accessed: 6/28/11.htm. these claim to have originated on Terra thousands of years ago. Ascension classes and workshops including DNA activations.Aggressive The Draconians are bidding their time for a planetary takeover as the human race transitions to an interstellar presence in the universe Violet Earth Academy. and readings. food and other environmental problems. a fact that they use to ‘justify‘ their attempt to re-take the earth for their own. http://www. SL) ALPHA-DRACONIANS Reptilian beings who are said to have established colonies in Alpha Draconis (Thuban) . Being that Terrans have an inbred "warrior" instinct the Draconians DO NOT want them/us to attain interstellar capabilities and therefore become a threat to their imperialistic agendas (Draconian). pollution. which would lead to eventual Terran colonization of other planets by Earth and an eventual solution to the population.bibliotecapleyades. .net/vida_alien/esp_vida_alien_19a. They are attempting to keep the "window" open by suppressing advanced technology from the masses.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 107 Conspiracy Theory Draconians .
to be exploitive. one of which was supposedly the crystal skull.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 108 Conspiracy Theory Sirius – Past Allies The Sirius came to build tunnels. life coaching. The third dimensional Sirians visited both the Egyptian and Mayan civilizations in times past. The star Sirius is known as the Dog Star. pyramids. Sirius helped to build the great pyramids and temples of Egypt.. They will be very involved in the future in establishing the Golden Age on this planet. The beings from Sirius who are visiting Earth are very good at the practical application of very advanced theoretical ideas that are being brought forth from other very advanced extraterrestrial civilizations. alchemy.7 light years from Earth. Sirius was one of the first areas to be colonized by beings from the Lyran Star group and is more advanced in a metaphysical sense. They talk about it as an important way station for Earthlings who wish to continue their spiritual development. The Mayans and the Inca also had a very personal relationship with the Syrians. It is a meeting place for those who have mastered their own planetary systems and are preparing there for further duties and missions. They were instrumental in helping us at the time of Atlantis during that cataclysmic period.bibliotecapleyades. They are here to ground and make usable these advanced ideas and technologies. . It lies approximately 8. and pathways to Inner Earth – won‘t help humanity again until we stop being exploitive and manipulative Violet Earth Academy. At this time they are working with us primarily without direct intervention. judgmental and manipulative." Djwhal Khul says Sirius is one of the more advanced training centers or universities to which the Ascended Masters may travel. and it is interesting that the Mayan race seemed to just vanish off the face of the Earth at a certain point in their history.htm. They also. clearings. The path to Sirius is one of the seven paths to higher evolution that each soul must choose upon achieving the sixth initiation and/or their ascension.net/vida_alien/esp_vida_alien_19a. http://www. Their views currently on Earth is that they will not consider a more active partnership again. accessed: 6/28/11. at that time. It is one of the most brilliant stars that is observable in the night sky. The Sirians gave the Egyptians much advanced astronomical and medical information. SL) "During many of the Egyptian dynasties it was quite common to have a visitation from a Sirian in the disguise of one of their Gods . mixed with us genetically. and is a member of the constellation of Canis Major. Much information was shared. no date (―From A to Z of Alien Species Active in Earth‘s Evolution‖ Biblioteca Pleyades. until we outgrow the tendency as a people. In thinking of Sirius. They also helped in the building of many of the tunnels and pathways to the Inner Earth. The guides also refer to Sirius as a star system where the residents are seldom permanent residents. and readings. The Sirians left behind time capsules for our future generations to discover. Ascension classes and workshops including DNA activations. then we must think of them in terms of being a group consciousness of both physical and non physicality..
however at the same time retaining reptilian or neo-saurian internal organs. http://www. Nevada Deep Springs. Also lesshumanoid appearing Reptiloids who use a form of technosis. accessed: 6/28/11. clearings.net/vida_alien/esp_vida_alien_19a. California Fort Lewis. SL) CHAMELEON Reptilians genetically bred to enable themselves to appear ‘human‘. Utah Groom Lake. Some claim they are genetically bred ‘mercenaries‘ who are part of an advanced guard of a planned silent invasion-takeover of human society. One report alleged that the ‘Chameleons‘ may utilize artificial ‘lenses‘ to conceal "slit-pupiled iris‘". alchemy. Washington and elsewhere They are reportedly involved in some type of infiltration agenda. hairless skin behind their ‘disguise‘. New Mexico Dougway. . molecular shape-shifting and/or laser holograms to produce an outward "human" appearance. and readings. Reports of these have surface from underground jointoperational facilities near: Dulce. life coaching.bibliotecapleyades.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 109 Conspiracy Theory Chameleons The Chameleon race function as mercenaries to the silent take-over of human society Violet Earth Academy. These ‘infiltrators‘ can appear remarkably human outwardly . Ascension classes and workshops including DNA activations. Often described as appearing ‘bulge-eyed‘ with scaly.htm. no date (―From A to Z of Alien Species Active in Earth‘s Evolution‖ Biblioteca Pleyades.
possibly thousands of years old. implantation. programming. Ascension classes and workshops including DNA activations.bibliotecapleyades. (It is from these "carrier" ships that the abduction. accessed: 6/28/11.htm. It is believed that ancient ‘ruins‘. clearings. or self-reproducing Greys which are the "hosts" for the Grey "clones" which operate from various space stations that are disguised as planetoids. life coaching. . have been seen on both ‘planets‘ and that these attest to such a cataclysm. alchemy. SL) MARTIANS Inhabitants of the planet Mars. that the surfaces of these bodies may have been decimated after passing through the asteroid belt or an ‘asteroid storm‘ (consisting of debris which ‘may‘ have been torn from a planet which apparently existed between Mars and Jupiter at one time -. both human and non-human.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 110 Conspiracy Theory Martians – Original Greys The Martians are the original Grey aliens who reside in the two hollow ―moons‖ orbiting Mars – this is where people who have been abducted go to be dissected and mutilated Violet Earth Academy.is said to be under the control of the "original" Greys. no date (―From A to Z of Alien Species Active in Earth‘s Evolution‖ Biblioteca Pleyades. infiltration and other projects are carried out against planet earth ).net/vida_alien/esp_vida_alien_19a. http://www. mutilation. one of which Phobos . including the alleged inhabitants of the two Martian ‘moons‘ (which many believe to be artificially-hollowed asteroids.possibly destroyed by a close encounter with another planetary body in the tradition of Velikovsky‘s theories). and readings. It has also been suggested that thousands of years ago the surface of LUNA and MARS were much more ‘habitable‘.
Sirius and elsewhere. Nevada. This dispute between the Sirians and Orion Reptiloids dates back to the ancient invasion of Orion by the Draconian EMPIRE.htm. The ancient dispute involves just who will serve as the "landlords" of a sector of space containing 21 star systems including the most strategic star system. and readings. life coaching. Utah and near the Denver International Airport in Colorado.which has a major earthbase below Dulce. accessed: 6/28/11. as a result of which many "Nordic" type humanoids escaped to Procyon.net/vida_alien/esp_vida_alien_19a. a collective-collaboration which maintains bases under Paradox. A Collaboration of sorts (via the electronic collective mind which links humanoid and reptiloid intelligences into a master mainframe via psionic implants) still exists however.which has a major earth-base under Furnace Creek. Insectoids and Reptilian-Insectoid hybrid species as well as cybernetic "MIB" entities have collaborated in the past. The Sirians have waged war in the past with the Orion Empire or the "Unholy Six" reptilian star systems in the Orion open cluster. Sol. This war in Sirius-B is gravitating towards the Sol System. Dougway. no date (―From A to Z of Alien Species Active in Earth‘s Evolution‖ Biblioteca Pleyades.which is a virtual cosmic "oasis" of water. with many humanoids taking sides with the FEDERATION . SL) Sirius is the apparent epicenter of the ASHTAR or ASTARTE collective. mineral. New Mexico. and many of the Reptiloids taking sides with the Orion-Draconian EMPIRE .Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 111 Conspiracy Theory Intergalactic War Headed to Earth The Orion open cluster has been a stage to a war between the Ashtar Command Center and the Draconion Empire – this war is moving towards the Solar system and many extraterrestrials have already established underground bases on Earth to continue the fight Violet Earth Academy. In recent times a RIFT or SPLIT has occurred in the Ashtar collective following the discovery of massive infiltration into the collective by agents of the Unholy Six and Draconian EMPIRES. Terra or Shan -. Ascension classes and workshops including DNA activations. plant. alchemy. Sasquatch. where humanoids of various types. California (see map left). clearings. SOL and particularly planet Earth. in that the opposing agendas for this system is one of the major issues of dispute between the two [or three] warring factions.bibliotecapleyades. Greys. animal and genetic resources in incredible variety compared with most other worlds. http://www. . Reptiloids.
I wanted to just make this distinction clear because in the so-called New Age movement. The NSA refers to this ET grouping under such titles as The Link and others.‖ Mr. and reform of the Bulgarian Academy of Sciences. This is obvious.com/exopolitics-in-seattle/whistleblower-wwiii-a-war-between-hostile-ets-and-humanity-hasstarted#ixzz1PTKi1cXf Mr. Last week it lead to a heated debate between Bulgaria's Finance Minister. They claim aliens are currently answering 30 questions posed to them . deputy director of the Space Research Institute of the Bulgarian Academy of Sciences.S. and are watching us all the time . There are the benevolent ETs visiting this planet from star sectors such as the Pleiades. He said humans were not going to be able to establish contact with the extraterrestrials through radio waves but through the power of thought. "Aliens are currently all around us. the Vatican. Tau Ceti. Prince writes." The publication of the BAS researchers report concerning communicating with aliens comes in the midst of a controversy over the role. 09 [The Telegraph." Mr Filipov said that even the seat of the Catholic church. "Extraterrestrials are critical of the people's amoral behavior referring to the humans' interference in nature's processes. Lachezar Filipov. which have been referred to by contactees and secret service personnel as The Galactic Confederation of Worlds. involved in the affairs of this planet. for example. He states.telegraph. I have been told by my NSA contact. a war between hostile ETs and humanity. and their motivations and actions in these areas seem to prove their intentions. ―There have also been Human/ET treaties with these compassionate races. http://www. which they believe answer the questions.co. ―Whistleblower: WWIII. government knows of the existence of at least 118 extraterrestrial races that are involved with the affairs of Earth. there are benevolent factions of Orion Greys and Draco Reptilians and evil factions of Pleiadians. "The human race was certainly going to have direct contact with the aliens in the next 10 to 15 years. ―However. X3. ―This situation is so bizarre and gets even more so as we go deeper into highly classified areas. co-architect of the Space Preservation Treaty and the Space Preservation Act. HK] Work on deciphering a complex set of symbols sent to them is underway. they want to help us but we have not grown enough in order to establish direct contact with them. Andromeda. had agreed that aliens existed. 11 (Alfred Lambremont. there is almost a religious type of obsession with New Age advocates claiming all reptilians are negative and all Pleiadians are here to save us from them. as in any race there are good and evil elements. Sirius A. accessed 6/21/11.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 112 Conspiracy Theory Aliens . has started‖." he said.Benevolent Aliens are everywhere and they‘re watching-Bulgarian scientists and the Vatican claim The Telegraph. feasibility. that the NSA knows about. and President Georgi Parvanov. and their motivations and actions in these areas seem to prove their intentions . Lyra. ―Aliens already exist on Earth Bulgarian Scientists Claim‖ 11/26/09 http://www." Mr Filipov told Bulgarian media. confirmed the research. Not all aliens are evil Webre. rather. Simeon Djankov.examiner. "They are not hostile towards us. scientists from the country's Space Research Institute said.uk/news/worldnews/europe/bulgaria/6650677/Aliens-already-exist-on-earth-Bulgarianscientists-claim. 6/5.html. There have also been Human/ET treaties with these compassionate races. He said the centre's researchers were analysing 150 crop circles from around the world. Prince states that the U. there are at least 118 different extra-terrestrial races. Here we are going into complicated Star Warstype Exo-politics. and Ummo.
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 113 Conspiracy Theory Aliens Here – Historical Proofs Aliens exist-they built the pyramids Mayes.com. They believe that. why couldn‘t extraterrestrials visit Earth? In 1968. The second is physical specimens such as artwork depicting alien-like figures and ancient architectural marvels like Stonehenge and the pyramids of Egypt. could they make an appearance in the future? For ancient alien theorists. ―Ancient Alien Theory‖ 2011. and that humans and extraterrestrials have crossed paths before. author of ―Science the universe and god‖. aliens or men? The case for the Aliens: The pyramids are so accurately aligned with the points of the compass that only aliens could have achieved this all those thousands of years ago. one of the most impressive structures on Earth. and a strong feeling of trespassing. space travelers from other planets visited Earth. Aliens have been here for thousands of years History.htm. The pyramid carries some impressive statistics. HK] According to ancient alien theorists. I experienced an eerie feeling of stepping back into history. TheKeyboard. The angle of the slope of the sides is so precise only aliens could achieve this. Most ancient alien theorists. The first is ancient religious texts in which humans witness and interact with gods or other heavenly beings who descend from the sky—sometimes in vehicles resembling spaceships—and possess spectacular powers. Who built the pyramids. 11 [History. ―who built the pyramids?‖ 1/19/04 ―http://www. The space program played no small part in this as well: If mankind could travel to other planets.uk/Who%20built%20the%20pyramids. So impressive are the pyramids that it has caused many to wonder how they could possibly have been built some 4500 years ago. which was surprisingly cool. Impressive though the statistics are.hk) I can remember standing in the desert near Cairo and gazing across the Sphinx to the Great Pyramid of Giza. The sides slope at a perfect 52 degrees. Thekeyboard. But how did this concept develop.html.thekeyboard. He is regarded by many as the father of ancient alien theory. point to two types of evidence to support their ideas.5 tons up to 50 tons. but they would have employed the use of advanced construction equipment.com. The blocks are so heavy and the pyramid so tall only aliens could achieve this. sharing their expertise with early civilizations and forever changing the course of human history. It is one one of the original Seven Wonders of the World.org/South-America/Peru/Ica/Nazca/blog459201. thousands of years ago. extraterrestrials with superior knowledge of science and engineering landed on Earth thousands of years ago. so only aliens could have done it. including von Däniken. It stands 450 feet tall (137mtrs) and consists of two million blocks of stone . accessed 6/21/11. they do not reveal the true magnificence of this wonderful construction. http://www. driven by a wave of UFO sightings and popular films like 2001: A Space Odyssey. the answer is a resounding yes.com. but were instead made by aliens. which became an immediate bestseller. also known as the ancient astronaut theory. and counting myself extremely fortunate to be there.org. weighing from the most common at 2. the Swiss author Erich von Däniken published Chariots of the Gods?. . To have seen this pyramid when perfectly smooth and dazzlingly white in the desert sun must have been an incredible sight. How the aliens built the pyramids is not known. If aliens visited Earth in the past. he put forth his hypothesis that. they can help prepare future generations for the inevitable encounter that awaits them.com. In the period 2500 BC man did not have the tools or knowledge necessary to build the pyramids. and is there any evidence to support it? Ancient alien theory grew out of the centuries-old idea that life exists on other planets. I have to admit that upon entering the pyramid and climbing up the narrow cramped access shaft to the upper burial chamber. The weight of the pyramid is six million tons. 04 (Keith. Some even go as far as to suggest that it is not possible for these structures to have been made by the labours of men.travelblog. by sharing their views with the world. In it. The theme of human-alien interaction was thrust into the spotlight in the 1960s. accessed 6/22/11. The four corners are almost perfect right angles and align almost exactly to the four points of the compass. or would do had not the smoothly polished limestone finishing blocks been removed and used in building works in Cairo. where they taught humans about technology and influenced ancient religions.
an unidentified craft of some kind. They discovered that there were two hours of unaccounted time in the Hill's story. In our small town paper. two hours of their lives would vanish into oblivion. Part 1‖. As the two continued to the Flume." Well. she called her sister Janet. One thing about this whole subject that seems odd to me. who also had made the trip with them. and on the 19th of the month. but for someone to be taken aboard one. As they reached Indian Head. or Science Fiction Theater. neither Betty nor Barney recalled any abduction. they began their journey back home to Portsmouth. At about a quarter past 10:00 PM. and was the supervisor for the child welfare department. which seemed to move erratically. 8 [B J. but I had not. who told Betty. date acquired from page created data. They then heard the beeping a second time. Barney Hill was a 39-year-old black man who worked for the US Postal Service. They were now in Ashla. He saw multi-colored lights. In 1961. made an intensive log of the events of the night. and rows of windows on a flat-shaped object. I was intrigued. As I began to read the article. The story of Betty and Barney Hill begins in September 1961. At this time." It is important to note at this point that Barney was against calling the sighting in to the base. As the object moved to within a hundred feet of him. I was astounded to see that these two people claimed to have been abducted by aliens. Oddly though. Barney actually stopped the car to have a look at the object with his binoculars. "What is this.com/Hill. "New Hampshire Couple Encounters UFO. hoping to keep it quiet. as the movement of their vehicle caused the trees to come and go in obstructing their view. and report what she had seen. Soon. except for maybe the Roswell incident. he ran back to his car where Betty waited. They both slept until the next afternoon. even allowing for stops for the Hills. and noticed about three pages deep this heading. Janet told her to call nearby Pease Air Force Base. When Betty got up. The couple began to believe that they were watching a plane appear and disappear. . http://www. Barney pointed this out to Betty. or planet. and Montreal. Barney noticed what appeared to be a bright star. "The UFO was also confirmed by our radar. and told her what had happened. In a matter of weeks.Abductions Prove Aliens exist-abductions Booth. this story became an international one. just north of North Woodstock. Later. Barney would state that he tried to convince himself that the object was a plane. who owned a Master's Degree. in the state of New Hampshire. and breaks for their dog. but that Betty thought it to be something else . some kind of joke?" I thought I had heard the last of it. three miles south of the city of Lancaster. you just didn't see things on this type of subject. The mood in the car was quiet as they proceeded home and went to bed. which now seemed to be moving toward him. he could see occupants inside. however. which was not nearly as readily accepted in the early 1960s as it is today. and they both began to keep track of the object. the only time anyone talked about flying saucers was after watching a movie about them. His wife Betty was a 41-year-old white woman. The couple had visited Niagara Falls. they were not able to see the strange craft anymore.Then one morning. two writers got wind of the story. is still considered one of the most believable. Betty began having nightmarish dreams of her and her husband being taken aboard a craft of some kind. After resuming their journey home. Soon. Soon. speaking to Major Paul W.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 114 Conspiracy Theory Aliens Here . is that it is considered within the realm of possibility that someone could see a UFO. Betty reported the incident. The night was clear. and certainly most researched UFO cases. against their will. Henderson. NO WAY. with a crescent moon shining on the heavily wooded landscape that surrounded US Route 3 in the central part of New Hampshire. they heard a beeping sound. dincredible story. What ensued after the couple went public with their story was much more stressful to him than any anti-racial remarks he may have encountered.ufocasebook. needless to say. and he and his wife Betty decided to take a short vacation to Canada.html. Frightened. The fact that the Hills were an interracial couple has been given weight by some who state that Barney was suffering stress in dealing with some public ridicule about the black and white union. and taken inside the ship! Well. the object appeared to move in an odd way. and after interviewing the Hills. HK] When I was but a young boy. and even today. Barney had recently developed an ulcer. They climbed inside and sped away.accessed 6/22/11. noticing that they were suddenly thirty-five miles farther down the road than a minute or two ago. I was scanning over our local newspaper. that was enough for me to think. UFO Casebook researcher. or seeing an episode of Twilight Zone. UFO Casebook ―The Betty and Barney Hill Abduction.
The object was picked up by military radar and soon flares and shots were fired at the UFO from a nearby military base. . The event lasted over two hours.UFOs Prove UFO‘s Exist-multiple sightings in Russia prove Joslin. and will be put down to our primitive nature. http://universallyaware. behind closed-doors. young and old. writer for Unviersally Aware. Political leaders will be hoping that this action will not jeopardise Humanity's galactic standing. The object changed direction at this point and eventually shot off into the sky. Universally Aware.com/forum/topics/ufo-650-diameter-seenin?page=1&commentId=6049518%3AComment%3A61503&x=1#6049518Comment61503. HK ] Russian Television recently released a report of an attack to huge UFO of at least 656 feet of diameter upon Kahbarovsk. Dozens of stunned locals. It is now believed international talks. The alien spacecraft was described as glowing and two lights were seen on its body. accessed 6/22/11. gathered on the streets as the object silently hovered just above the rooftops.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 115 Conspiracy Theory Aliens Here . Residents of the village Lesopilniy in the region of Khabarovsk noticed a huge revolving object descend on the settlement. 6/22/11. writer for Universally Aware. An important UFO event has taken place yet again in Russia . however the object was not visible when they replayed their clips. receiving massive media attention in that nation while being blacked out by the international UFO cover-up in the West. A number of residents filmed the event on their mobile phone cameras. will commence and an investigation as to why the military fired on a peaceful alien craft far more capable of doing damage than any human contraption.ning. 11 [Linda.
'' The bizarre incident occurred on the morning of July 6 this year as the police officer was driving. HK] The sergeant. ―UFO alert police officer sees aliens at crop circle‖ 10/20/09 http://www. which had appeared several days earlier.com. as he approached the 'men' – all over 6ft tall with blond hair – he heard "the sound of static electricity" and the trio ran away ''faster than any man he had ever seen''.org/South-America/Peru/Ica/Nazca/blog459201. not glancing at him. Von Däniken (1970) argues that the Nazca lines and figures could have been "built according to instructions from aircraft.telegraph. ''He said. However. He said: ''At first he thought they were forensic officers as they were dressed in white coveralls. the mysterious beings disappeared when he ''looked away for a second'' and he contacted UFO experts after witnessing other paranormal activity. Wiltshire Police has refused to comment on the incident. ''This crackling noise seemed to be running through the field and the crop was moving gently. He said: ''I am quite convinced the officer had an experience that day and one that we have not fully explored. said he is ''convinced'' by the police officer's story.com. reporter for Sunday telegraph. Wiltshire. The officer returned to his home in Marlborough. Crop circle researcher Andrew Russell. They seemed to be inspecting the crop.html. at first. 'They ran faster than any man I have ever seen. The noise was still around but I got an uneasy feeling and headed for the car. when he stopped his car and began walking towards them. who has not been named." He adds:"Classical archeology does not admit that the preInca peoples could have had a perfect surveying technique. saying it is a ''personal matter'' for the officer involved." Crop circles were made my aliens Jamieson. The huge sketch-pad came to public prominence in Erich von Däniken's Chariots of the Gods?-.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 116 Conspiracy Theory Aliens Here – Physical Proofs The Nazca Lines History. ''He shouted to the figures who. who is investigating the bizarre sighting on behalf of the officer. However. accessed 6/22/11. And the theory that aircraft could have existed in antiquity is sheer humbug to them. reporter for Sunday Telegraph 09 [Alastair. When he got to the edge of the field he heard what he believed to be a sound not dissimilar to static electricity. He stopped his car and approached the field. I looked away for a second and when I looked back they were gone. and stopped his car to investigate. described the moment his sighting was made. I'm no slouch but they were moving so fast.uk/news/newstopics/howaboutthat/ufo/6394256/UFO-alert-police-officer-seesaliens-at-crop-circle. ''The figures were all over 6ft and had blond hair.html.'' . http://www.a book that consistently underestimates the abilities of ancient "primitive" peoples and assigns many of their works to visiting extraterrestrials.co. close to where the noise was. When he tried to enter the field they looked up and began running. A spokesman for Wiltshire Police said: ''The police officer was apparently off duty when this happened so we have no comment to make because it is a personal not a police matter. ''I think with the unusual movement of the being and the poltergeist experiences there is too much additional information to say that is something in nothing. The officer claims the three figures were examining a crop circle. The Telegraph.'' Crop circle expert Colin Andrews. ―Ancient Alien Theory‖ 2011. accessed 6/22/11. HK] Called "Riddles in the Sand" (Discover 1982) they are the famous Nazca lines and giant ground drawings etched across 30 miles of gravel-covered desert near Peru's southern coast. was off-duty when he saw the figures standing in a field near Silbury Hill. and contacted paranormal experts and told them he had spotted a UFO. 11 [History. For the rest of the day I had a pounding headache I couldn't shift.travelblog. ''I then got scared. ignored him. who investigated the incident alongside Andrew Russell.
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 117 Conspiracy Theory ***No Aliens*** .
The problem I have with the whole Roswell/government conspiracy thing is that there is not one piece of physical evidence. UFO sightings and alien abductions. Researcher/Specialist at Cedars-Sinai Medical Center. We have been sending radio waves for less than 100 years. Beings in other galaxies would have no way of knowing that advanced life forms existed in our galaxy.godandscience. http://www. 6 (Rich. Researcher/Specialist at Cedars-Sinai Medical Center. If life were common in the universe. Aug 25.org/apologetics/ufo. Aug 25. The light (and other electromagnetic signals) that they now see represent the way the earth looked 2 million years ago. it would take them longer than 2 million years to come to earth. ―UFO's and Extraterrestrial Aliens: Why Earth Has Never Been Visited‖. http://www. the nearest galaxy to the Milky Way is 2 million light years distant.html) Have we been visited by extraterrestrial beings from elsewhere in the universe? First. ―UFO's and Extraterrestrial Aliens: Why Earth Has Never Been Visited‖. which would be readily apparent by MRI. none of the people involved have been shown to have any signs of tampering.1 Another problem is why they would want to visit our galaxy.org/apologetics/ufo.much less over a period of 40 years. This means that if there were aliens in Andromeda.html UFO believers would ask about Roswell. . The Andromeda galaxy is considerably larger than our galaxy. I would like to eliminate the idea that we have been visited by beings located outside our own galaxy. Andromeda. than in our wimpy galaxy. there should be many times more of it in Andromeda. The government has never been able to keep any kinds of secrets . No physical evidence Deem. Why would they even want to visit us? A third problem for potential aliens is detecting us. 6 (Rich. It will be another 2 million years before those signals reach our closest neighboring galaxy.godandscience. Regarding abductions.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 118 Conspiracy Theory No Aliens on Earth Nearest galaxy is 2 million years away Deem.
org/apologetics/ufo. the number of catastrophic collisions that the earth would experience would be at least 10. These problems indicate that there would be no more than 150 advanced civilizations within our galaxy . Potential aliens in other galaxies are too far away to detect our presence (since radio signals will not reach them for millions of years) and the travel times make intergalactic travel impractical. Researcher/Specialist at Cedars-Sinai Medical Center. these problems would restrict the speed of travel to well below the speed of light. The highly unlikely collision that produced our large moon prevented the earth from being a waterworld. Interstellar space travel is much more difficult than indicated in movies and television series. ―UFO's and Extraterrestrial Aliens: Why Earth Has Never Been Visited‖. even if we are not alone in this galaxy. The most optimistic estimate for the presence of extraterrestrial civilizations would put them 2000 light years apart.6 Only bacteria and other simple life forms would be able to survive this kind of bombardment .html This paper has shown that the probability of aliens visiting the earth is virtually zero.the physics of the universe prevent it. Other systems discovered have gas giants located either near their star or in both inner and outer regions of their planetary system. So instead of suffering massive species extinction events every 100 million years. the earth would experience these events every 10.godandscience. So. we are completely alone in our galaxy. traveling near the speed of light is impractical for biological organisms. First. Finally.even if it were in suspended animation (if that were possible).000 years. Second. Parts of it would not even be expected to produce rocky planets. http://www. more likely. . An even worse problem is that the light from ordinary stars would be blue-shifted all the way to the gamma end of the spectrum when traveling near the speed of light. These gamma rays would destroy all biological life . Aug 25. such as Star Trek and Star Wars and the like. it is not possible to travel at speeds greater than the speed of light . The presence of gas giants near the star would eject any rocky planets from orbit.5 It also ejected the majority of our primordial atmosphere. 6 (Rich. The presence of gas giants in the outer region of planetary systems is absolutely necessary for the survival of advanced life forms. Collisions with particles even the size of a grain of sand would be catastrophic.000 times greater. A large proportion of our galaxy is uninhabitable. Recent scientific studies demonstrate that the universe is much less hospitable to life than it would seem from our unique Solar System and planet.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 119 Conspiracy Theory No Aliens Probability is virtually zero Deem.and. With no intermediate habitable stopping points.no advanced life could ever form in the vast majority of planetary systems. What about all the "evidence" for extraterrestrials and UFOs? See the links below for more information. Without Jupiter. space travel over this distance would be impractical. which prevented the earth from going through a runaway greenhouse effect similar to what happened to Venus. our sister planet. our Solar System is unique in that it has large gas giants located only in the outer regions. In essence. it would be highly unlikely that any extraterrestrial civilization could have visited us.
html) The secrets. none make claims about aliens. Va. Noce didn't seek out publicity. But after September 2007. a secret spy plane that broke records at documented speeds that still have been unmatched.200 mph) at 90. Seattle Times staff reporter. some of them. The CIA says it reached Mach 3. and his fellow Area 51 veterans around the country now are free to talk about doing contract work for the CIA in the 1960s and '70s at the arid. ―Area 51 vets break silence: Sorry. classified projects still are going on there. Area 51 was the test site for the A-12 and its successor. .com/html/localnews/2011461015_area51vets28m.. but no space aliens or UFOs ―< http://seattletimes.000 feet. Advance warning to UFOlogists: Sorry. 72. when the CIA displayed an A-12 in front of its Langley. isolated Southern Nevada government testing site. But when contacted. much of the secrecy of those days at Area 51 fell away.29 (about 2. Their stories shed some light on a site shrouded in mystery." he says. 10 (Erik. have been declassified. It's not a big leap from warding off the curious 40 or 50 years ago. I couldn't talk about it. Noce. headquarters as part of the agency's 60th birthday. March 27. the SR-71 Blackbird.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 120 Conspiracy Theory No Area 51 Aliens Area 51 employees break silence – no aliens or UFOs Lacitis. with their everyday routines and moments of excitement. In the 1960s. he was glad to tell what it was like. although Noce and other Area 51 vets say they saw plenty of secret stuff.nwsource. "I was sworn to secrecy for 47 years. The veterans' stories provide a glimpse of real-life government covert operations. to warding off the curious who now make the drive to Area 51.
Newman & Baumeister. 1996). Others have viewed alien abduction experiences as the product of biased investigators (e. UK ‗02 (Katharine J. 1997). One approach involves focusing on the personalities of abductee claimants and exploring factors such as levels of fantasy proneness (e.g. retained a stiff little finger. as the evidence presented in support of alien visitation is far weaker than uncritical and sensationalist media coverage typically implies. 7 (3) 163-178 ―Alien Abduction Experiences: Some Clues from Neuropsychology and Neuropsychiatry‖ EBSCOhost 6-23-11 BLG) Uninformed sceptics often assert that alleged alien abductees are simply lying about their experiences. Klass. Temporary paralysis is often accompanied by visual and auditory hallucinations and sexual fantasies. as Appelle (1996) points out.either for money or psychological reasons Holden and French University of London. all of which are interpreted within the context of pop culture's fascination with UFOs and aliens. & DuBreuil. Rodeghier. The focus of this paper is on the latter. in that claimants may make money from books and film rights. Parnell & Sprinkle. in that the abductee may become a celebrated case. most informed sceptics generally accept that the majority of claimants are sincere in their beliefs. 1996. e. Dickson. A review of the literature reveals that a number of different approaches to answering this question have been adopted. Christopher C. Johnson. My abduction experience was triggered by sleep deprivation and physical exhaustion. At that moment a distant memory of the 1960s television series The Invaders was inculcated into my waking dream. in 1947 are in fact based on incredibly weak evidence (see. Even such celebrated cases as the alleged crash of a flying saucer and recovery of alien bodies near Roswell. Scientific American. 1988. Suddenly the members of my support team were transmogrified into aliens. They are also psychosocial. 1993). 1991. ―Abducted!‖.g. . and generally have opportunities that would otherwise not be available to them. Goodpaster.self and masochistic fantasies (e. the question arises of how one is to account for their claims. Spanos." and they scored significantly higher than normal on a questionnaire measuring "absorption.100-mile nonstop transcontinental Race Across America. & Howard. 1994). I had just ridden a bicycle 83 straight hours and 1.bauer. alien beings were taking over the earth by replicating actual people but. In the series. Ring & Rosing. Korff. 292 Issue 2.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 121 Conspiracy Theory AT: Abductions Prove Alien Abductions are explained by sleep paralysis and waking hallucinations Shermer.259 miles in the opening days of the 3. 1990). Adjunct Professor at Claremont Graduate University. If abductees are not deliberately deceiving other people. 166 HOLDEN AND FRENCH Matheson. and the psychically sensitive personality (e. inexplicably... Basterfield. is it possible that they really were abducted by aliens? This seems highly unlikely. 1990. However. The assumed motivations are financial. 1991.. McNally found that abductees "were much more prone to exhibit false recall and false recognition in the lab than were control subjects. 1997. Finally..g. Bartholomew. boundary-deficit personality (e. February." a trait related to fantasy proneness that also predicts false recall. Cognitive Neuropsychiatry 2002. I was sleepily weaving down the road when my support motor home flashed its high beams and pulled alongside. ―Alien Abduction‖ victims are lying. Cross. Assuming that abductees are not deliberately deceiving others about their experiences and also assuming that they are almost certainly wrong in thinking that they really have had a close encounter with an alien. Vol. 1990. I stared intensely at their fingers and grilled them on both technical and personal matters. ‗05 (Michael Shermer. EBSCOhost 6-23-11 BLG) The most likely explanation for alien abductions is sleep paralysis and hypnopompic (on awakening) hallucinations.. Newman & Baumeister. Bartholomew & Howard. some researchers have considered the claims of alien abductees in terms of possible clues from the fields of neuropsychology and neuropsychiatry.. Ring & Rosing. New Mexico. in the vast majority of cases abductees do not go public and although some cases may indeed be deliberate hoaxes. appear at conferences and on talk shows.g. and my crew entreated me to take a sleep break.g. Klass. p34.. escapefrom. 1998. 1998).g. & Blatter.
The threat is presented through the use of secret technology originally developed by the Germans in their secret weapons programs during WW-II. It is not what they see that convinces them it is extraterrestrial in origin but the manner in which it is presented . Q. The extraterrestrial threat is artificial. and many others. Jaime Shandera. Most of those named. SI. Friedman ends his UFOs Are Real lectures.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 122 Conspiracy Theory Alien Threat is Coverup for NWO The creation of the alien threat is a plot to usher in the New World Order Cooper. Operation Majority is named after the original Bolshevik party which sparked the Russian Revolution. or one of the many psychological warfare agencies founded by the Rhodes Round Table Group (The Group). however. First Class Petty Officer QM1.(Pneuropsychiatric Institute of UCLA worked with recently deceased Dr. ―Majesty Twelve‖ Hourofthetime. Whitley Strieber.com. It is trust in government by men and women who have given their lives in its service that keeps this monumental lie a alive. All who have access to the plan or who inadvertently discover the plan are silenced by that warning. German WWII tech is being used to fake extraterrestrial sightings to promote alien threat con to distract from the Illuminati‘s real plan Cooper. 1997 (William. John Lear (CIA). the Royal Institute of International Affairs. Richard Hoagland and his Face on Mars. SL) The plan for the creation of a socialist world government is protected by an artificial extraterrestrial threat from space. ONI). Glen Campbell. Louis Jollyn "Jolly" West). These dupes do not know that the Illuminati are the aliens who plan to destroy the United States of America in any event. are active. security clearance. the War Of The Worlds. Donald Francis Ecker III (Dupe). E-6 with a Top Secret. E-6 with a Top Secret. by geniuses like Nikola Tesla. All so-called leaks are intentional misinformation projects designed to promote the alien threat scenario while allowing for complete deniability on the part of government. 1997 (William. Linda Moulton Howe Order of the Eastern Star and American Federation of Human Rights (American co-masonry). Q. The antics of Vicki (Cooper) Ecker (CIA).htm. accessed: 6/25/. and the Council On Foreign Relations. communist agents of the KGB. Colonel Philip Corso (CIA. and many other people and events are projects of this type. http://www. The entire UFO phenomenon and the uFOOLogy movement has been created to further the protection and activation of the plan. NASA and the Apollo Moon Missions. William Moore. SI. security clearance. Art Bell (Freemason). . and others not named. First Class Petty Officer QM1. if not impossible. SL) The plan is real. has ever seen any evidence of the existence of any extraterrestrial creature nor any advanced technology other that that of human origin . Friedman.com/majestyt.com.. and with full knowledge. Military and government personnel who have access to this material believe it is real. a monumental liar now Deceased). It is extremely difficult. Bruce Maccabee (CIA. Stanton T. to believe that Top Secret government or military documentation could be lies. They believe in the government and thus believe the extraterrestrial lie. Bud Hopkins (CIA).hourofthetime. http://www. George Knapp (Freemason).hourofthetime.com/majestyt.htm. the Central Intelligence Agency. Argentina?" Exactly the manner in which Stanton T. Barry Taff PhD. The most well known are active Fellow Travelers. ―Majesty Twelve‖ Hourofthetime. agents of illuminism/socialism. Within MAJESTYTWELVE is Operation Majority justifying the plan by presenting an extraterrestrial threat as the reason for the necessity for world government ala "Who speaks for planet Earth. Some (very few) of these People are unwitting accomplices in the charade and truly believe in the extraterrestrial threat. Bolshevik means the majority. None of them. accessed: 6/25/. the so-called alien autopsy film. the so-called Mars Meteorite which was fraudulently promoted as containing fossil evidence of life on Mars. The plan claims that if the American people are ever told of this extraterrestrial presence aliens will destroy the United States..
If secret societies are able to display such esoteric and Masonic symbolism so prominently for us all to see. 2011. Aquarius is associated by astrologers with brotherhood. The "New World Order" has been a prominent conspiracy theory for decades. During the previous age dates were written with the suffix "A.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 123 Conspiracy Theory New World Order New World Order is on the brink The Insider. the fish. it is an established fact. On the US Great Seal. beneath the ancient Pyramid." which stands for "Anno Domini" or "Year of Our Lord" denoting the era of Christ. and "Ordo" means "Order".C.of this world. is also an important Christian symbol. Amen-Ra. which is most commonly seen on the back of the one the dollar bill probably the world's most familiar banknote.theinsider. the decision was officially taken to replace the BC/AD date referencing system with the new CE/BCE references which stand for "Common Era" and "Before the Common Era". is the Latin inscription: "Novus Ordo Seclorum". The official translation of this motto is "A New Order of the Ages".D. Mankind is now literally entering a new age. the New World Order has become a globally recognized political concept. The Latin word "Novus" means "New"." Let this be a testament the wisdom of the men who chose these words.or from age to age. Thus. The alternative translations are all as pertinent today as they were "at the beginning of the new American era in 1776. and it is noteworthy that the age of Pisces coincided with the age of Christianity.without religion. as the Age of Pisces was giving way to the new age of Aquarius. according to the ancient zodiacal calendar which is as old as human civilization. and (3) "From century to century" . as the new millennium dawns. the motto "Novus Ordo Seclorum" has three different but equally valid translations: The different meanings of Novus Ordo Seclorum are not mutually exclusive. ."Before Christ". Amen. or fraternity . Alternatively. in fact. the Age of Aquarius . The previous zodiacal age was that of Pisces. In 2002 AD. (2) "Worldly" . HK] The New World Order is no longer a conspiracy theory. which is the cornerstone of Freemasonry. Here and now. secular system for the for the Aquarian age? Consider the official Great Seal of the Unites States of America. The Latin word "Seclorum" and its English equivalent "Secular" both share the same three alternative definitions: (1) "Secular" . What better way for the New Secular Order to proclaim the beginning of its reign than to secularize the way in which dates are recorded." . dates were denoted "B. http://www. for they demonstrate the esoteric power of language and the written Word. they are synergistic. replacing the Christian dating system of the old Order with a new. The zodiacal symbol of Pisces. accessed 6/24/11. 2011 [The Insider.org/reports/new-world-order/. then perhaps this is indeed the age of Freemasonry. and as such it can no longer be regarded simply as a theory.
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 124 Conspiracy Theory ***Impact/Advantage Answers*** .
in more recent history. and brutal murder. 6/27/11 CW) Mirroring a number of claims made by the political far-right. From the innermost secretive ―Round Table. volume: 16 no. 43 American presidents. inventing and deploying new information technologies that will further suppress the truth. ―The media. each individual will be tracked using a global positioning satellite. The Internet. In Icke‘s conspiratorial schema. is just another step towards perfect surveillance of the human race. it is at this point that much of Icke‘s work has its most enduring interest. The plan is quite simply ―to complete their financial control of the human race‖ (Children 345). It‘s about control‖ (Children 415). p. are direct reptoid-lineage descendants. Aryan lizards have been Sumerian kings. Icke claims that in order to maintain their position of world domination down through the centuries. including George Washington and George W. In Icke‘s mind. which. ―The Reptoid Hypothesis: Utopian and Dystopian Representational Motifs in David Icke‘s Alien Conspiracy Theory‖. are owned by the reptilian bloodline‖ (Children 260). then. 7 In this respect. . The media and the Internet are two powerful tools that they have developed to achieve mind control over the general populace. . take part in ritualistic sacrifices and pedophilic activities that include kidnapping.‖ a handful of reptilian masterminds directs the course of human events via a network of international organizations such as the Council on Foreign Relations. in order to satiate their reptilian bloodlust. by providing historical critique that is at once trenchant political analysis mixed with what reads like an over-the-top satire in the tradition of Jonathan Swift. According to Icke. because all of those impacts are caused by reptilian mind control – as long as reptilians exist in the world humans will never have full control of their own thoughts and action Lewis. hedonistic drug parties. Icke asserts a standard conspiracy-culture line that the pure Aryan bloodline has ruled the planet throughout history. Icke believes that the Illuminati are very interested in mind control. In order to maintain their anonymity and deflect attention away from their ubiquitous presence in international finance and politics. Once a microchip is inserted into the human body. 10-11. The Illuminati are the grand historical puppet masters. American presidents and British prime ministers. and restrict individual freedoms.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 125 Conspiracy Theory All Impacts The aff can never solve for any human caused impacts. like the media itself. and the websites visited by individuals give the authorities the opportunity to build a personality and knowledge profile of everyone. In fact. ―The Internet is an Illuminati creation and only exists because of military technology. The Trilateral .‖ according to Icke. Commenting on the Internet conspiracy.1111Commission. ―a micro-chipped population‖ (Children 368). 2005. Thus in the 21st century the reptoids have gone digital. presiding over all human activities through indirect channels of control and manipulation. in turn. Icke‘s work includes any number of accountings of how world leaders and other famous personalities. and. Icke writes. Icke himself theorizes that such obscene acts as these typify the difference between alien-kind and humanity and that they are necessary else the Aryan-reptilians lose their temporary human form and revert to their original reptoid physiognomy. and the Queen Mother herself was ―seriously reptilian‖ (Children 79). . It allows for the easiest possible surveillance of personal communications through e-mails. like war. get their ‗news‘ and ‗information‘ overwhelmingly from official sources. professor at Antioch University 5 (Tyson and Richard. though he is unique in developing it in an exocultural direction. Utopian Societies. World Bank. Bush. the IMF. . the Aryan lizards have created a secret society known as the Freemasons or Illuminati. The ―most important goal of the Illuminati is. professor at Montclair State University and Kahn. Again following the prevailing exocultural explanation. 1. and the United Nations (Children 339). expand the scope of surveillance. Egyptian pharaohs. The Bilderberg Group.
identity and purpose of MJ12. Editorial Board of the World Affairs Journal. embodied either by an amorphous terrorist network such as Al Qaida or by a regional power like Iran. have used this information . known or unknown to the public. French Defence Minister Robert Galley and General Bernard Norlain. the late Colonel Philip Corso from the USA. (supported at least in part by many ―whistle blowers‖ and by various high level government officials such as the former Defence Minister Paul Hellyer from Canada. Victor Viggiani and others. July. especially the military-industrial administration symbolized by the Pentagon. Russia and accessorily the international Islamic threat. unaccountable elite group of senior government officials and industrial leaders . Paola Harris.‖ The implication is that the aforesaid agencies. have accumulated substantial information on the ―alien‖ presence and activity. 9 (Come Carpentier. Alfred Lambremont Webre. Jacques Patenet. a long-standing member of the select committee on Intelligence.‖2 . In this regard. Much higher than the H Bomb. China. This broadly was the initial conclusion reached by M W Cooper in his brochure ―The Secret Government . ―The Global Crisis and the Ultimate Secret of the Empire‖. once Hill Norton's counterpart in the French Air Force. Jean-Claude Ribes.the origins.. NASA astronaut Edgar Mitchell. Exopolitics Journal 3:2. Navy and fundraising mechanism…free from the law itself . terrorism.to further their goals of global domination. Some researchers . camouflaged as national security preparations against a foreign enemy. especially Michael Salla and his colleagues in the realm of Exopolitics..pdf)sbl 3. Greer. Dr. Stephen Bassett. former Chief of the British Defence Staff. Prof. Mission Operations Monitor for NASA on 16 July 1969 at Kennedy Space Center during the launch of Apollo 11 by Senator Barry Goldwater. linked with the Intelligence complex led by the CIA and NSA. is conclusive: ―The UFO situation is at the highest level of national security.and possible access .‖ This is the covert state that Senator Daniel K Inouye of Hawaii described as ―a shadowy government with its own Air Force. Terrorism Impacts Russia. Paul Hellyer said as much in his address to the 2006 Exopolitics Conference in Hawaii: ― It appears that real government has passed from elected accountable representatives of the people to an unelected. etc impacts are all just coverup for planetary defense initiatives by the shadow government de Gourdon.‖ which Lewis Laphan called the ―permanent government‖ as opposed to the visible elected one. justified by the imperative of planning for ―planetary defence‖ against any and all invaders from space .Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 126 Conspiracy Theory AT: Russia. France and Nick Pope who headed the ―UFO Desk‖ at the UK's Ministry of Defence) have concluded that certain government agencies. formerly defined as the USSR and now as China.p. China. Admiral Lord Hill Norton.com/vol3/vol-3-2-Carpentier. associate director of the National Institute for Astronomy and Geophysics. the statement made to Clark McClelland. Director of GEIPAN at the CNES (the French NASA). http://exopoliticsjournal. 68-9.
6 (Michael. it appears that extraterrestrials have the capacity to deactivate nuclear weapons while either in storage or in flight. Such measures could culminate in a coordinated set of extraterrestrial responses.htm) In an article analyzing Velasco‘s correlation of UFOs and nuclear weapons. . http://www. ―Divine Strake‖ vs. In his book. to prevent the Bush administration launching a preemptive nuclear war against Iran. Consequently. recently at American University. extraterrestrials could give warnings through their communications with individuals and military officials of impending action to prevent the possible use of nuclear weapons. If these warnings went unheeded then extraterrestrials could take a range of defensive measures based on their influence over key policy makers and institutions. ‗Divine Strike‘ – Did Extraterrestrials Deter the Pentagon from a Preemptive Nuclear War Against Iran?.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 127 Conspiracy Theory AT: Nuclear War Aliens will prevent nuclear war from causing extinction because it threatens them too Salla. a ‗Divine Strike‘. Eric Julien speculates that the use of nuclear weapons affects the time/space continuum in ways that disrupt UFO/extraterrestrial navigation and propulsion systems.org/Study-Paper11. Exopolitics Research Study #11. Center for Global Peace. This suggests that use of nuclear weapons threaten the civilizations of extraterrestrials who use space-time to travel and to establish bases of operation on or near the vicinity of the earth.exopolitics. . This is used to support Julien‘s thesis that nuclear testing negatively affects UFOs by impacting the space-time continuum they use to navigate to Earth. and actively deterred the US military from pursuing a preemptive nuclear attack against Iran. Julien argues that atomic explosions directly impact on the space-time continuum that they occupy. He argues that there is a correlation between UFO behavior around nuclear tests and 74 alleged UFO crashes documented in Ryan Wood's book. The Science of Extraterrestrials. Based on historical precedents described by Salas and Dedrickson. and to destroy nuclear weapons while in flight. August 12. These responses may have been communicated and/or displayed. Majic Eyes Only (2006). and their ability to impact on the capacities of nations to use nuclear weapons. French UFO researcher.
Aliens will shut down the nuclear weapons Bloxham. 27. say US military pilots‖. 2004 (N. Capt Salas continued: "I was on duty when an object came over and hovered directly over the site. wherever they come from. Buddhist monk of Tibet.10 Minuteman missiles. Col Charles Halt said he saw a UFO at the former military base RAF Bentwaters. Saksoft is a leading provider of Information Management Solutions . People will learn the essence of spirituality.asp.indiadaily. the reincarnation and the fact we are connected with each other are all part of ―God‖ . I personally think they're not from planet Earth. "The missiles shut down . In recent days most UFO activities have been seen in those countries who have indigenously developed Nuke capabilities. http://www. Mankind cannot and will not be allowed to alter the future to that great extent. Executive Director of Saksoft. And at that time something remarkable will happen. we are destined to see them and interact with them any way . According to the remote viewers.html) One of the men. And the same thing happened at another site a week later. Sept. Many say the Chinese and Indian Governments are being contacted by the Extra Terrestrials.telegraph. the relation between body and the soul. As our technologies progress we will realize how external forces saved us. 1967. ―Remote viewing Tibetan monks see Extra Terrestrial powers saving the World from destroying itself in 2012‖ India Daily. Monks also mentioned that beyond 2012 our current civilization would understand that the final frontier of science and technology is in area of spirituality and not material physics and chemistry. but changing the destiny in that large extent will not be allowed to that great an extent. ―Aliens have deactivated British and US nuclear missiles. When asked about recent UFO sightings in India and China." He said said he witnessed such an event first-hand on March 16. our earth is blessed and is being saved continuously from all kinds of hazards all the time that we are not even aware of. Supernatural divine powers will intervene. When asked if these extra-terrestrials will show up in reality in 2012.com/editorial/12-26-04. the monks smiled and said the divine powers are watching us all. As our science and technology progresses. says. They will reveal themselves only if they have to." Others claim to have seen similar activity in the UK. In India and China UFO sightings have increased in many folds.co. near Ipswich. SL) In 2012. http://www. said: "The US Air Force is lying about the national security implications of unidentified aerial objects at nuclear bases and we can prove it. out technologies will take a different direction. during which he saw beams of light fired into the base then heard on the military radio that aliens had landed inside the nuclear storage area. They will intervene in 2012 and save the world from self-destruction. Accessed: 6/22/11. . There's a strong interest in our missiles by these objects. at Malmstrom Air Force Base in Montana which housed Minuteman nuclear missiles. Beyond 2012. the answers remote viewers are giving is: they will reveal themselves in such a way that none of us scared. Scientific interpretation of the monks‘ statements makes it evident that the Extra Terrestrial powers are watching us every step of the way. the world will start plunging into a total destructive nuclear war. assistant news editor for the Daily Telegraph 10 (Allen. Capt Robert Salas. Every human being though their current acts in life called ―Karma‖ can alter the future lives to some extent.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 128 Conspiracy Theory AT: Nuclear War We will be saved from nuclear war in 2012 by aliens Subramanium. The destiny of the world is not to self-destruct at this time.. 30 years ago.uk/news/newstopics/howaboutthat/ufo/8026971/Aliens-have-deactivated-British-and-USnuclear-missiles-say-US-military-pilots.K.
. These entities will glow with the energy of Creator to show humanity all that is possible.Exchanges will occur.com/enlighteningyou/prophecy/aliens-tribulation. Humanity will learn from these entities what is to come in the spiritual revolution. 2000 (Danielle –owner of Global Psychics. so that earth will not fear. As explained. they will be exchanges of the spirit. which humanity will begin to explore in this time period. or what's left. this will happen from year 2 to year 8. Then they will be told about these entities history. for there will be trust. (Humanity will) begin to see these entities. great spirituality. some will seek to dominate Earth.Help Waiting in the Wings The benevolent aliens will help us clean up the damage done to the earth (they have awesome technologies for this). This is when humanity will compare "notes" with these other benevolent entities (there is more than one group here) and see that they were not alone.and Bob. there will be no fear. not only in creation. ―The Intervention: a time of tribulation before ascension or transmigration‖ Global Psychics Inc. psychics. culminating in the years five to eight. for they will feel and see the great works of these entities. humanity will feel an awakening. not alone in appreciation of Creator and the divine hierarchies. . so that this awareness may occur in humanity . instead.during this period.during the above years. religions will still be around but humanity will note many spiritual exchanges with the divine and will wonder what is happening to them. and the revolution which occurred to the entities and which must transpire on earth. they will receive assistance from other benevolent entities . These entities will show humanity how to do this and they will participate in the years five to eight of the transformation period. They will create a reality which will warm the conversion of spirituality in humanity and total rehabilitation of earth. after the year 0 which is the beginning of the tribulation period (years 0-2). will contact earth.. but will be unsuccessful. largely because of what follows. but.shtml. humanity will feel they are about technology. SL) Benevolent Aliens . These benevolent entities. They are beginning to come. much will be spoken about this phenomenon and this is when the divine messengers and the spiritual hierarchies on earth explain what is to become of Earth and humanity.. the coming transformation of mother earth. http://globalpsychics.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 129 Conspiracy Theory AT: Extinction Impacts Aliens will help us during the tribulation Daust and Santorossa. for they are of great wisdom. Earth's history as they know it. They will be summoned by divine messengers sent to Earth during this time . Accessed: 6/22/11. great love. Humanity will be made aware of how nature evolved. but the exchanges will be pleasant.
Most of the increase in atmospheric carbon dioxide has occurred during the past 50 years. indeed catastrophically. HK] The global-warming hypothesis. and Zachary W. chemists at Oregon Institute of Science and Medicine. The highest temperatures during this period occurred in about 1940.000-year average. Close correlation between these two parameters--the shorter the solar cycle (and hence the more active the sun). it must be discarded. occurred 300 years ago. and it does not hold up. The same chart shows the length of the solar magnetic cycle during the same period. known as the Little Ice Age. Why are temperatures rising? The first chart nearby shows temperatures during the past 250 years. is no longer tenable. even if the current. however. that the gradual warming since the Little Ice Age and the large fluctuations during that warming have been caused by changes in solar activity. there have been five extended periods when it was distinctly warmer than today. These measurements have definitively shown that major atmospheric greenhouse warming of the atmosphere is not occurring and is unlikely ever to occur. Yet there has been no significant increase in atmospheric temperature during those 50 years. Scientists have been able to test it carefully. So we needn't worry about human use of hydrocarbons warming the Earth. 97 [Arthur B. the ultimate test is the process of experiment. and during the 20 years with the highest carbon dioxide levels. temperatures have decreased. Atmospheric temperatures have been rising from that low for the past 300 years. if atmospheric carbon dioxide rises. http://stephenschneider. as shown in the second chart.stanford. the scientific method requires that the global warming hypothesis be rejected. Therefore. If a hypothesis fails the experimental test. ―Science Has Spoken: Global Warming Is a Myth‖ 1997. The temperature of the atmosphere fluctuates over a wide range. During the past 20 years. the higher the temperature--demonstrates. atmospheric temperatures have actually tended to go down. One of the two coldest periods. as atmospheric carbon dioxide levels have risen.000 years. accessed 6/25/11.000 years without ill effects. scientists have made precise measurements of atmospheric temperature . natural warming trend continues: After all the Earth has been much warmer during the past 3. but remain below the 3.edu/Publications/PDF_Papers/RobinsonAndRobinson. . We also needn't worry about environmental calamities.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 130 Conspiracy Theory AT: Global Warming Global Warming is completely fabricated-no risk of species or human extinction Robinson and Robinson. In science. relative to the mean temperature for 1951-70. which have been confirmed by measurements from weather balloons. Consider what this means for the globalwarming hypothesis. and the increase has continued during the past 20 years. as do other studies. During the past 3. Wall Street Journal. During the past 50 years. the result of solar activity and other influences. This hypothesis predicts that global temperatures will rise significantly. based on very reliable satellite data.pdf.
on February 8th. IPCC is not a scientific institution: it‘s a political body. http://www. Still. a sort of non-government organization of green flavor. These tendencies become important in the long run.] Environmentalism as a metaphysical ideology and as a worldview has absolutely nothing to do with natural sciences or with the climate. HK] Global warming is a myth and every serious person and scientist says so. However. it has nothing to do with social sciences either.much more than the freer societies. I don‘t have to be a climate scientist myself to read them. It‘s also true that there exist social systems that are damaging Nature .. This is clearly such an incredible failure of so many people. the more brutally it behaves with respect to Nature. 2007. it will be published.. ―Global Warming is a Myth‖. And inside the papers I have read. and vice versa. It is not fair to refer to the U. The article expanded and became a book. [. I know how to read science reports about these questions.brusselsjournal.] It is not quite exactly divided to the left-wingers and right-wingers. [. 2/12/2007. But let me promise you something: this topic troubles me which is why I started to write an article about it last Christmas. [.N. not the Commission.] Other top-level politicians do not express their global warming doubts because a whip of political correctness strangles their voice. These people are politicized scientists who arrive there with a one-sided opinion and a one-sided assignment. [. for example about ice in Antarctica. [. from journalists to politicians.. I never measure the thickness of ice in Antarctica. Sadly.. 2/12/2007 [The Brussels Journal. it‘s an undignified slapstick that people don‘t wait for the full report in May 2007 but instead respond.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 131 Conspiracy Theory AT: Global Warming Global Warming is scientifically impossible-government conspiracy The Brussels Journal. in such a serious way. panel.com/node/1899.. as a scientifically oriented person. In a couple of months. Nevertheless it‘s obvious that environmentalism is a new incarnation of modern leftism. It‘s clear that the poorer the society is. accessed 6/25/11. removed. it is becoming fashionable and this fact scares me. should be deciding about similar issues.. Also.. I really don't know how to do it and don‘t plan to learn it.. and replaced by oversimplified theses. They unambiguously imply that today..] [W]e know that there exists a huge correlation between the care we give to the environment on one side and the wealth and technological prowess on the other side. we have another very good reason to think that the countries themselves. One chapter out of seven will organize my opinions about the climate change.] Indeed. to the summary for policymakers where all the ―but‘s‖ are scratched.by eliminating private ownership and similar things . If the European Commission is instantly going to buy such a trick. Nature is protected uncomparably more than on February 8th ten years ago or fifty years ago or one hundred years ago .. It‘s neither a forum of neutral scientists nor a balanced group of scientists. the conclusions we may see in the media simply don‘t appear.
(The worlds you see in the Third Dimension are like the "shells" left by worlds already opened to levels of superior life. 2004. SL) That Earth scientists have not found physical life in the remaining worlds of our Solar system is due to Earth being the only planet where life unfolds in such dense levels. http://www. ―Our Fleets Are In Position. dimensions of a higher level to the ones of this planet cannot be contacted with the eyes of the flesh. when you try to know this with your scientific apparatuses. but in finer and subtler bodies. Also. it is as if you want to photograph smoke. which impedes the perception and visibility at the level of the apparatuses and technological systems with which you count on.) .luisprada.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 132 Conspiracy Theory SETI not on right setting Life does not exist in the same density as humans – that‘s why SETI hasn‘t found any results Lord Ashtar.htm. Ready Yourselves‖ Brother Veritus. Other worlds do have life. accessed 6/27/11. Life there passes unnoticed to you and.com/Protected/ashtar_command_mission. 2004 (August 19.
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 133 Conspiracy Theory ***Authors Debate*** .
or other scien. but nei. the papers had been sent. there is wide consensus among scientists that the peer review of any given scientific document. who gets to publish in the scientific literature. Thus peer review is built so deeply into the brickwork of science that many refuse to examine and improve it. fearing that any significant change would weaken the entire edifice. in the usual context of two independent reviews of a given scientific document. as usually practised. 20. It would appear self evident that a writer should write about what he or she knows about. 80% of most papers are rejected by peers. 81–83 ―On Publication in Peer Reviewed Journals‖ EBSCOhost BLG) Most serious journals are rejecting about 80% of papers that are submitted.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 134 Conspiracy Theory Peer Review Good Peer Review key to science Scott. to document his impressions regarding the rejection of papers. 3. To the extent that editors are knowledgeable in their field. As noted recently by Kraemer (1991).nal components. The reason for an article being rejected out of hand may be entirely appropriate. Finally. but it is also fundamental to the institution of science. My investigations of the procurement of ‗relevant‘ science have led me inexorably to the topic of peer review. review of papers submit. Urologist.tent and methodologic / biostatistical coverage for any given manuscript.ethz. In some minds.nent. ‗03 (Leslie E. in or.tific document. This often translates. 428-431 Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology ―Good Science and Good Peer Reviewing: Are They Related?‖ 6/25/11 BLG) Validity.nent. Cicchetti. As we shall see further.F. influences the priorities and decision-making processes of researchers and research organisations. Yale University Child Study Center ‗98 (Domenic V.age‘‘.ther of whom has a broad understanding of the content area being evaluated. In this article. in terms of the level of expertise of the independent reviewers. grant. ‗intermediaries‘ and ‗dissemination‘. Peer review is also the core tool used in various methods aimed at evaluating scientific institutions themselves : Peer Review achieves validity. an edi. Yet many of these discussions approach the question from the outside. where the authors had a paper on the oncological aspects of neurology ! This would have been perfectly reasonable if the original cancers had been of the genito-urinary tract. must receive what might best be referred to as ‗‗adequate cover. but little or none over the external compo. Occasionally people write on subjects they know little or nothing about and this becomes apparent when the text is read. this is an important activity for an editor to undertake. 1991b). in the specific context of the peer re. preferring to leave the workings of science itself untouched. as well as exter. I want to explore the inner workings of science by investigating its central decisionmaking tool: peer review. Vol. No.ch/pub/bscw. and to some critical perspectives on how peer review. pp. it needs to be stressed that these two concepts apply equally well to the peer review of any scientific document (manuscript review. Moffat. grant proposal review. into adequate con.pdf 6/25/11 BLG) Peer review is not only a routine component of the scientific role. . has both internal. January 29 2007 Science Direct ―Peer Review and the relevance of science‖ http://bscwapp1. Cicchetti 1998. it is entirely possible to select reviewers who will agree highly with each other. June 2003 UroOncology Vol.der to be internally valid. As noted in Cicchetti (1991a. but this was not the case and clearly. The author has used his experience of the submissions in the last year. by an inattentive secretary or researcher. Rejection letters vary from curt to kind. We have at this Journal on two occasions had basic papers submitted to UroOncology. The question of how science can be made more relevant to the needs of society is increasingly central in science-policy debate.cgi/d448195/Scott2007_peer_review_Futures. as it is the main form of decisionmaking around: who receives money to do what science. Generally this is true and is extremely good advice. and which individual scientists are selected and promoted within research institutions. to question peer review is to question science itselfSince this thought from Chubin and Hackett—and possibly for the reasons they identify—we do not seem to have made much progress in studying the practice of peer review.tor has some control over the internal compo. 3 (2).ted for presentation at scientific societies). for the following reason. the focus is on the role of ‗technology transfer‘. as it were. to the wrong place. pp.view process. defended as symbol and guarantor of the autonomy of science . visiting fellow at Separations Process Research Unit ‗07 (Allister Scott. Each of these will be discussed in turn. Peer review plays a significant role in many of the key moments in science.
9 (Jennifer Wiley. & Tzou. Voss & Wiley. Williams. the journals in which the publications appear. requiring reflection. 2002. Researching science on the internet risks failures in critical analysis Wiley et al. Arthur C Graesser is presently a full professor in the Department of Psychology. 47 pgs accessed: 6/22/11 proquest) TJL The elements of the intertext model are what are generally missing in the representation process of novice readers (Britt & Aglinskas. they rely on information about the scientists. Rouet et al. Wineburg. 2002. Stadtler & Bromme. Susan R Goldman is a Professor of Psychology and Education University of Illinois at Chicago. these processes may need particular support during Internet inquiry tasks. Davis. 2007. 4. Vol. Washington: Dec 2009. 47 pgs accessed: 6/22/11 proquest) TJL Students are increasingly turning to the Internet to conduct their research projects. and synthesis within and across multiple sources of evidence (Chinn & Malhotra. comparison. and co-director of the Institute for Intelligent Systems at the University of Memphis. 2007. they evaluate the strength of the argumentation and the answers to such questions as. an adjunct professor in Computer Science. & Weems. Understanding how students engage in the processes of search. 2006. 2007) and in the learning sciences more generally (Linn. credibility. Professor of Psychology at the University of Illinois at Chicago 2009 (Jennifer Wiley. regardless of whether the assignments are intended as Internet research projects or not (Jones.In both history and science. 1060. and integration of ideas from multiple sources of information is becoming an increasingly important area of research in discourse processing and comprehension (Brem. Berkencotter & Huckin. Iss. Christopher A Sanchez Assistant Professor Cognitive Science & Engineering Program Arizona State University. Schweingruber. They also seem to be critical features for the comprehension of multiple sources during Internetbased science inquiry tasks. and trustworthiness (Britt & Aglinskas. 2005. Goldman. Internet searches are problematic in that they return multiple sources and sites that may or may not be relevant or reliable. integration. ―Source Evaluation. Kupperman. 1995). analysis. Bisanz. Because much of this information is on a metalevel. as well as from a disciplinary perspective. it is important to understand how learners engage with multiple sources of information. Russell. and co-director of the Institute for Intelligent Systems at the University of Memphis. new results and new explanatory models are framed against the extant literature (Yore. pg. 2000).non fallsifiable conspiracy theories are the type of research we should be taught to reject because of their lack of evidentiary support Wiley et al. Does the evidence support the claims? Is the evidence reliable? and Does the claim sufficiently explain existing as well as new evidence? (Chinn & Malhotra.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 135 Conspiracy Theory Internet Science Research Bad Internet research is tricky-Scientific research goes through a complicated peer-reviewed process to become valid. 2000). 2002. 2003). 46. Duschl. Thus. Washington: Dec 2009. 2004. 2002). Comprehension. 1991). Iss. Rouet. 1997. comprehension from multiple Internet sources may be even more reliant on effective metacognition than comprehension of single texts (Quintana et al. & Bell. and the reputations of the institutions or research groups with which the scientists are affiliated (Bazerman. 2006. 1991). Graesser et al. Krajcik. Wallace. Evaluation. evaluation. Thus. Christopher A Sanchez Assistant Professor Cognitive Science & Engineering Program Arizona State University. ―Source Evaluation. 2007). when scientists read scholarly publications. & Hand. The use of the Internet for research purposes increases the need for students to critically evaluate information sources for their reliability. explanation. although this has not yet been tested. from both a general discourse processing and comprehension perspective. Ellenbogen. Duschl. 4. 46. 2003). and corroboration of information across sources are all central processes in the disciplinary expertise of practicing scientists. an adjunct professor in Computer Science. pg. 2001. Susan R Goldman is a Professor of Psychology and Education University of Illinois at Chicago. 1060. Comprehension. and Learning in Internet Science Inquiry Tasks‖ American Educational Research Journal. experts routinely engage in selection. Vol. 2006. 2002. and monitoring on the part of the student. Wineburg. & Shouse. Wallace et al. For example. When scientists read research reports within their field. Rouet. Stadtler & Bromme. 1985... Finally.. evaluation. and Learning in Internet Science Inquiry Tasks‖ American Educational Research Journal. & Soloway. Arthur C Graesser is presently a full professor in the Department of Psychology. Professor of Psychology at the University of Illinois at Chicago. selection. .
Professor of Psychology at the University of Illinois at Chicago 2009 (Jennifer Wiley. 1987. Arthur C Graesser is presently a full professor in the Department of Psychology. 2007). McNamara. such as by making inaccurate judgments of learning. Comprehension. they make poor study decisions and fail to reread misunderstood information (Thiede. Brem et al. Vol.their inaccurate judgments are caused by an inadequacy of metacognition Wiley et al. 2001).. 2001). They destroy education by failing to do proper research. in press). Stadtler & Bromme. Comprehension. Bisanz. Brill. and tend to pay relatively little attention to source information (Azevedo & Cromley. an adjunct professor in Computer Science. 4. make critical contrasts and connections. Wiley. especially when these tasks involve learning through research articles (Lanick-Buckner. 2005).. 2004. & Falk. 46. Research indicates that high school and college students have difficulty differentiating claims from evidence. and co-director of the Institute for Intelligent Systems at the University of Memphis. many Internet-based inquiry learning environments have found it necessary to include supports for inquiry learning through prompts and questions designed to help students focus on specific information. This is problematic because of the centrality of understanding the claim-plus-evidence structure of scientific arguments and explanations of natural phenomena (Duschl et al. Arthur C Graesser is presently a full professor in the Department of Psychology. & Henderson. Slotta & Linn. Susan R Goldman is a Professor of Psychology and Education University of Illinois at Chicago. Vol. Phillips. 1060. pg.. & Thiede. When students fail to monitor their understanding accurately. Korpan. 2002. and Learning in Internet Science Inquiry Tasks‖ American Educational Research Journal. 2000. & Redford. and Learning in Internet Science Inquiry Tasks‖ American Educational Research Journal. 1984. 2008. . 2001. Professor of Psychology at the University of Illinois at Chicago 2009 (Jennifer Wiley. Bisanz. 2003. evaluate arguments. Hacker et al. pg. 4. 2003). 2004. Washington: Dec 2009. Griffin. Washington: Dec 2009. an adjunct professor in Computer Science. 46. information quality. 2005. Wiley. and the relevance of information to goals. 2002. however we should still reject bad evidence Wiley et al. 1997. 47 pgs accessed: 6/22/11 proquest) TJL Effective metacognition also plays a role in the processes and outcomes of comprehension. The result is little or no improvements in comprehension and ultimately poor overall learning outcomes (Wiley et al. Particularly germane to Internet-based science inquiry tasks are the skills and processes associated with searching. Griffin. & Therriault. evaluating. & Korpan. Iss. 1997. Norris. and evidence from conclusions. Garner. Iss.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 136 Conspiracy Theory Internet Science Research Bad Due to Internet science queries‘ complexity. and understanding information sources. Susan R Goldman is a Professor of Psychology and Education University of Illinois at Chicago. Successful comprehenders better monitor the adequacy of their text representation and use a range of strategies in response to failures to understand what they are reading (Duke & Pearson. Pressley. it should not be surprising that adolescents and college students frequently struggle with inquiry tasks.it makes sense for students to accept unreliable evidence such as conspiracy theories as fact. 2004. Thus. and monitor their own learning and understanding (Sandoval & Reiser. Yarden. Christopher A Sanchez Assistant Professor Cognitive Science & Engineering Program Arizona State University. Chinn & Malhotra. Anderson. Palincsar & Brown. distinguish claims from evidence. ―Source Evaluation. 2002. Thiede. Christopher A Sanchez Assistant Professor Cognitive Science & Engineering Program Arizona State University. 1998. 2007). Winne. 47 pgs accessed: 6/22/11 proquest) TJL Given the potential complexity of successful scientific inquiry. White & Frederiksen. 1060. and co-director of the Institute for Intelligent Systems at the University of Memphis. ―Source Evaluation.
―People define what is exciting as what speaks to their own personal interest. But she does have hope for those on the panels too.com/news/2009/03/04/peerreview. It may be invoked all the time. The most common flaw she documents is a pattern of professors applying very personal interests to evaluating the work before them.‖ There is nothing wrong with those definitions per se. Lamont isn‘t so sure it exists. Even if her book doesn‘t change peer review. "I think excellence means nothing. ―I also want the older. ―The 'Black Box' of Peer Review. and their own research. and also the social and intellectual significance. feasibility. suggesting that panels be honest about the criteria they use. 9 (Scott. that quality that peer review theoretically promotes.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 137 Conspiracy Theory A2: Our authors are more qualified There is no objective way to measure who is ―qualified‖ or not Jaschik. Founder & Editor Inside Higher Ed.insidehighered. but people shouldn't pretend they equate with some scientific measure of excellence.the gate keepers -. JSkoog) Note: Míchele Lamont is a sociology professor at Harvard As for excellence. as other criteria could be used as well. 2009. March 4.‖ http://www. Lamont writes that she wants to ―open the Black Box of peer review‖ so the scholars being evaluated have a better understanding of what happens to the applications in which they have invested so much time and hope. she said.‘ ‖ . established scholars -.‖ she said.‖ she said. Typically it's originality. but her examination of the process suggests no way to measure it. ―I think you have to give the criteria.to think hard and think again about the limits of what they are doing. she said in an interview. particularly when they define ‗what is exciting‘ as ‗what most looks like me (or my work).
For example. how could it? But the term 'peer review' is often equated with 'gold standard'. The public doesn't understand this. that HIV does not actually exist. and that peer-review standards can unfortunately be too flexible. provides several examples of how this operates in the political world. I think they lack the training – or if trained.html. that ignoring every paper bar the one that most conveniently suits a preconceived position could be considered scientific misconduct. in a particularly dubious variant of the genre. In contrast. A lust for profit has arguably led to the appearance of too many journals. This means that citing decade-old papers and ignoring more recent ones is an unscrupulous tactic. And politicians are not alone. 6 (John. Similar practices can be found in other science-related areas. . to make arguments that are seriously flawed. We realize that some journals are more stringent than others in what they will accept. Professional scientists can see through this tactic. the integrity – to appreciate two things that are understood by professional scientists. In my own field of AIDS research. JSkoog) It's been peer reviewed. 2005). the politically motivated. or even damaging to public policy. 2006. in The Republican War on Science (Basic Books. right? Wrong! Not everything in the peer-reviewed literature is correct.nature. Professional scientists usually know how to rate papers within their own fields of expertise (all too often very narrow ones nowadays). so it must be right. We know that scientific truth evolves on the basis of a mounting consensus. professor tenure of microbiology and immunology. Indeed. advertisements claiming that vitamin pills can cure cancer and infectious diseases selectively cite the peer-reviewed literature. ―Perspective: Does peer review mean the same to the public as it does to scientists?‖ http://www. so that what was legitimately uncertain 20 years ago is fully understood today. some of it is downright bad science. even if it has been 'peer reviewed'. lazy or unscrupulous can use the peer-reviewed literature selectively. not through an isolated paper that adopts a maverick position.com/nature/peerreview/debate/op5. Chris Mooney. that peer-reviewed literature develops over time. and so it can be all too easy to find somewhere that will publish poor-quality work. or. a small clique of scientists and scientifically ignorant laymen promotes the bizarre view that HIV does not cause AIDS. These AIDS denialists are experts at selectively using the peer-reviewed literature to superficially bolster their positions.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 138 Conspiracy Theory AT: Peer Review Academic communities only evaluate things that they deem to be interesting. Hence. AIDS Researcher working at Cornell. First. Second. politicians all too often cherry-pick the 'facts' they find most convenient to their party's agenda. thus forcing alternative views of science out of the spectrum of academia Moore.
May 28. consisted of being informed that there were clients with ―difficult psychiatric problems. people can be read as having a combination of disabilities.edu/ojs/index. psychiatric. My colleagues informed me that they were attempting to separate the ongoing negative effects of oppression experienced through colonization and patriarchy from the ―real‖ psychiatric disorder. anti-oppression movements and liberal discourses continue to pathologise people who are disabled.‖ To see progressive writers and organizations rely on the marginalization of people with mental illness to score easy points against unpopular politicians is upsetting not only because of their perpetuation of ableism.com. as some one who experiences cerebral. they have been socially constructed to represent medical pathology. this is even more evidence that the implicit subtext of terming a person or policy ―crazy‖ is ―shut up and go away.‖ http://appweb. blogger for disabledfeminists.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 139 Conspiracy Theory AT: Your Authors are Crazy ―Crazy‖ is only used for the marginalized and disrespected in intellectual communities. To me. Yet.‖ This was my initial introduction to ―Donna‖ (a pseudonym).com. Professor at Wildfrid Laurier. ―Ableist Word Profile: Crazy (to describe political viewpoints or positions. an aboriginal woman who undergoes psychiatric intervention. developmental. 1990.php/Wagadu/article/viewFile/324/611. Sexism.‖ Which. or start blending in better. JSkoog) In a previous life.‖ what they really mean is ―stop existing in my consciousness – either disappear or become normal. as an aboriginal.cortland. Donna experienced oppression as a woman. but also because it puts me in the extremely uncomfortable position of defending people like Palin and Paul against this kind of criticism. but instead reserves those terms for people outside of mainstream politics. Groneman. like racism and sexism. cognitive. For example. my experience of cerebral palsy has been read by others as having both physical and cognitive disabilities. However the experience of being psychiatrized continues to be pathologised as a condition requiring a cure. I contend that ableism. gender (see Smith. Which in turn implies that the term is used primarily to further marginalize and dismiss people who don‘t fit expectations of what a politician is or what are common or popular political arguments. Historically. ―Chapter 2 Vitalism: Subjectivity Exceeding Racism. 2007 (James. again. in part. use of the word furthers ableist sentiments AbbyJean. This selective usage is even more reason the term ―crazy‖ shouldn‘t be used in the political context – partly because it‘s a lazy out for commentators who refuse to engage with the actual policy issues or political ideas being proposed on a substantive level. Anti–oppression movements may have lessened the medical pathology based on racialization or gender. blogger for disabledfeminists. and partly because it fiercely underlines and reinforces marginalization and dismissal of people with mental illness. and sensory disability.com/2010/05/28/ableist-word-profilecrazy-to-describe-political-viewpoints-or-positions/.2010. especially those who have been psychiatrized. I found myself working as a social worker at a ―drop-in-centre‖ for people who were undergoing or had undergone psychiatric treatment. It reminds me that when people call me ―crazy. In this way. for the most part. is exactly the message leveled at people with mental illness when they‘re called ―crazy‖ or ―loony‖ or ―unhinged‖ or any number of synonyms. oppresses people by labeling them as having either a physical. and through being psychiatrized. . This approach is problematic for me because. Moreover. JSkoog) What I conclude from that is that the media doesn‘t consistently use ―crazy‖ and other ableist terms to refer to absurd policies or those that lack rational support. and (Psychiatric) Ableism. Professor at Wildfrid Laurier. Ableism is like racism and sexism and oppresses and marginalizes those who we label as ―disabled‖ Overboe. 10 (AbbyJean. 1995) and race have been conflated with mental inferiority.‖ http://disabledfeminists. My orientation for the position.
Furthermore. feminist blogger for Deepylproblematic. Persons with mental illnesses are none of these things as a group.‖ Crazy is often used – even.‖ ―Did you hear that Shirley broke up with Jim? She thought he was cheating on her. ―not worth paying attention to‖. Editor‘s Note: It can take longer than usual for com . or wrong. for good or bad. sometimes indirectly against persons with able privilege. it is. used to mean ―bad‖. Crazy is one of the most versatile and frequently used slurs. wrong. culpability for the pain is placed solely on their being crazy. Loretta went crazy on Jeanie last night. dismissed due to their ―craziness‖. by me and other feminists – to negatively describe ideas. or other nouns that the speaker finds disagreeable. ―Guest Post from RMJ: Ableist Word Profile: Crazy. disturbing.‖ ―Yeah. The positive use is not that positive. and sometimes in a superficially positive light. Conservatives are ―crazy‖. sometimes descriptive and value-neutral. Jim‘s a great guy. It‘s meant to admit a slight lack of foresight or sense on the part of the speaker. a slur is a slur is a slur. arguments. Gave her a black eye and everything. sorry I haven‘t been around much. she‘s fucking crazy!‖ As a way to discredit neurotypical people: Crazy is also often used to describe a neurotypical person that the speaker disagrees with. ableism is absorbed through the culture on a more subconscious level.‖ May 17. it‘s saying that PWMD are violent. a word used sometimes directly against persons with mental disabilities (PWMD). to marginalize.‖ ―I‘m just crazy about ice cream!‖ Crazy a destructive word. acts of oppression are ―crazy making‖ . he‘s batshit insane about Prozac. in a catch-22. This usage makes a direct connection between mental disability and bad qualities of all stripes. yelling at Matt Lauer and shit. 10 (Rachel McCarthy. turning disability itself into a negative descriptor. and it doesn‘t absolve the mountains of bad usage. to make sure that we feel shame for our disability and discourage self-care. Crazy bitch. Whether it means ―bad‖ or ―evil‖ or ―outlandish‖ or ―illogical‖ or ―unthinkable‖. Examples: ―I can‘t believe Britney shaved her head. 2010.com.com/2010/05/17/guest-post-from-rmj-ableist-word-profile-crazy/ Like every ism. embedding itself in our language like a guerrilla force.‖ Crazy as a positive amplifier: On the flip side. to make sure that those of us brave enough to publicly identify as having mental disabilities are continually discredited. the PWMD is expected to pull themselves up by their bootstraps if they want to be viewed as a valid human being. still. crazy is often used as a positive amplifier. it‘s turning the condition of having a disability into an all-purpose negative descriptor. writing. When using crazy as a synonym for violent.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 140 Conspiracy Theory Ablism Impacts Ableist rhetoric is akin to other racist and bigoted language and is purely used for exclusionary purposes James. Seriously. If a PWMD is going through pain because of something unrelated to their mental state. this winter‘s snow is ―craziness‖. that person‘s thoughts. and rhetoric are dismissed because that person is ―crazy‖. used to hurt people with mental disabilities. Crazy is mostly. It‘s used to discredit. Examples: ―I‘ve been crazy busy lately. But just because it‘s positive doesn‘t mean it‘s a good thing. It‘s used to discredit able-privileged persons by saying that they are actually mentally disabled – and what could be worse than that? Examples: ―Tom Cruise is fucking crazy. If a person with a history of mental illness wants to do something.‖ ―Not only is Dworkin cissexist. ―silly‖. that challenges something. disturbing. It‘s used as a slur directly against PWMD both to discredit and to marginalize. Examples: ―They took the public option out of the health care plan? That‘s fucking crazy!‖ ―Yeah. feminist blogger. As a direct slur against PWMD: Crazy as a word is directly and strongly tied to mental disability. no matter the context. Crazy as a positive adjective still mean ―overly‖ or ―too much‖. and overtly. http://disabledfeminists. she‘s crazy. Folks say that they are ―crazy‖ about something or someone they love or like. Even if their suffering is related to their disability. It‘s using disability as a rhetorical weapon. ―too much‖.
tumblr.their K doesn‘t solve anything Kiriamaya. that mental illness (however you define that) is something to be pitied. There is still the assumption that it is better to be ―intelligent‖ (whatever that means). The end result is a very shallow sort of ―social justice‖ discourse that keeps all of the underlying problematic assumptions in place while giving lip service to equality. Take the assumption that ―intelligence‖ is valuable. Take stigma against people with intellectual disabilities. and oftentimes little more than a way for neurotypical and/or able-bodied people to publicly demonstrate their Good Ally status and pat themselves on the back. about what the proper way to behave is. That is superficial. JSkoog) Language is important. and then simply stopping at that.com/post/5433850854/perpetually-myself-its-not-enough-to-call-out-ableist. so hard to root out—I‘ll not pretend to be perfect on this score—and yet doing so is vital if we are to create a world in which people with intellectual disabilities are equals—not simply people-seen-as-lesser whom are condescended to. I am glad that it‘s no longer acceptable to use the r-word in many circles. It‘s very troubling. Blogger on Tumblr. and that other words are making some headway. but more important still are the underlying assumptions which shape our society. in short. Truly examining one‘s ableism does not mean renaming the tags on your blog so that ―lame‖ and ―crazy‖ no longer appear. let alone disavow them. . (I struggle with ‖idiot‖ and ―crazy‖ and a lot of others myself in everyday speech. some of which are very obvious and some of which may be more subtle—but ableist nonetheless. Assumptions about who is valuable and who isn‘t. Examining one‘s ableism means constantly questioning and re-formulating basic assumptions which are oftentimes so deeply ingrained that it‘s hard even to see them. It‘s so ingrained in our society. and it frustrates and disappointments me that so much ―social justice‖ work has stopped at language—which is in many ways the easiest part. May 12. Widespread use of ―crazy‖ and ―lame‖ (etc. http://kiriamaya. Blogger 11 (Kiriamaya. ―Perpetually Myself: It's not enough to call out ableist language.‖ Tumblr. there is still stigma attached to disability . 2011. for instance.) are but symptoms of the larger problem—society is full of ableist assumptions.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 141 Conspiracy Theory AT: Ableism Even if ableist discourses are stopped. it‘s better to be non-disabled than not.) But I don‘t think this has actually done all that much to promote the equality and worth of people with intellectual disabilities. The elimination of ableist words is but a small part of what needs to be done. about what counts as ―contributing‖ to to society/the economy/whatever…the list goes on and on. and that. It is not being the fifth person on a thread to self-righteously proclaim that ―idiot‖ is ableist.
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 142 Conspiracy Theory ***Conspiracy Theory Analysis*** .
Modern rule and its metaphysics are extraordinarily resilient. Those who attempt it will have difficulty funding and publishing their work. in that it rests on a normative assumption that the limits of modern rule should be exposed. Even that is not enough. The other fissure is within liberalism. and a long-term commitment of the kind that to date has been possible only for epistemic authorities. therefore.600 reports).73 Given that secrecy is only a contingent feature of the UFO taboo. in which observations are actively sought in order to analyze patterns from which an intelligent presence might be inferred. this disclosure is not in itself a serious challenge to our argument. Whether such a science would actually overcome UFO ignorance is unknowable today. Resistance must be agnostic because by the realist standards of modernity. One is the UFO itself. however. and thus reduce the ignorance upon which modern sovereignty depends. including its investigations of selected cases. Thus. The reproduction of UFO ignorance depends crucially on those in positions of epistemic authority observing the UFO taboo. Minnesota – Professor of International Relations and Duvall. which can tell us only that some UFOs lack apparent conventional explanations. whereas sovereignty has found ways of dealing with them. Modern rule might not recognize the UFO.75 The problem is that agnosticism alone does not produce knowledge. In the present context this means that human beings should try to know the UFO . Although we believe the case for this presumption is over-determined and overwhelming. but it is only through it that We might move beyond the essentially theological discourse of belief and denial to a truly critical posture. or precisely those actors most resistant to taking UFOs seriously. Nevertheless. the structure of the UFO taboo also has aporias and fissures that make it—and the anthropocentric structure of rule that it sustains—potentially unstable. For a critical theory of anthropocentric rule. unnormalized outside of modern sovereignty. private agnosticism—of the kind moderns might have about God. Theory may be stubborn. 8 (Alexander and Raymond. In that respect the UFO is part of the constitutive. Even as it produces normalized subjects who know that ―belief‖ in UFOs is absurd. a science of UFOs ironically is required. While the two are aligned in authoritative UFO discourse. whereas science recognizes that its truths can only be tentative . the state is ultimately interested in maintaining a certain regime of truth (particularly in the face of metaphysical insecurity). liberal governmentality justifies itself as a discourse that produces free-thinking subjects who might doubt it. it seems incumbent upon us to follow through on the practical logic of our theory.com/DIVERS/Wendt_Duvall_PoliticalTheory. as attested by the long history of unsuccessful resistance to the UFO taboo to date. UFO resistance might not be futile but it is certainly dangerous. Within the structure of modern rule there are also at least two fissures that complicate maintaining UFO ignorance. Still. but the presumption in science is that reality has the last word. which creates the possibility of scientific knowledge countering the state‘s dogma. it is possible here for science to play a key role for critical theory.76 That would require money. the constitutive core of modern governmentality. of which the French acknowledge 25 percent as unexplained. Ohio State Professor of International Relations. Political Theory Volume 36 Number 4. and not just a science of individual cases after the fact. in this context seeing is resistance. The structuralism of our argument might suggest that resistance is futile. from threats to the norm. http://ovnis-usa. Like Achilles. given the potential disjunction of interest between science and the state. Only breaking the taboo in public constitutes genuine resistance. The kind of resistance that can best exploit these fissures might be called militant agnosticism. the French action does illustrate a potential within liberalism to break with authoritative common sense. for example—is itself part of the problem. so the difficulties of such resistance cannot be overstated. so taking its desirability as given.72 It is in this context that we would place the recent disclosure by the French government (and at press time the British too) of its long-secret UFO files (1. because it is resistance to modern sovereignty itself. resistance must also be militant. by which we mean public and strategic. or else it will Wendt. regarding the UFO/ET question neither atheism nor belief is epistemically justified. One is the different knowledge interests of science and the state. it is not a case we can make here. in this domain what is needed is paradoxically a systematic science. which in its persistent recurrence generates an ongoing need for its normalization . Since it is precisely such seeing that the UFO taboo forbids. ―Sovereignty and the UFO.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 143 Conspiracy Theory Conspiracy Analysis Shell Only engaging in conspiracy agnosticism creates productive criticism and exposes cracks in the edifice of governmentality Wendt. and that even the French are still far from seeking systematic knowledge of UFOs. However.JSkoog) We have called ours a ―critical‖ theory. Duvall / Sovereignty and the UFO 627 indeed be futile. taking it seriously as a truly unidentified object. in conclusion we address the question of resistance to the UFO taboo. ***Continued*** . agnosticism means ―seeing‖ rather than ignoring the UFO. Rather. However. the UFO may reveal an Achilles heel.74 even at the risk of exposing the foundations of modern sovereignty to insecurity. Concretely. and their reputations will suffer. infrastructure. However. but in the face of continuing anomalies maintaining such nonrecognition requires work. which can be included in authoritative discourse only through its exclusion.pdf. In this respect militant UFO agnosticism is akin to other forms of resistance to governmentality. the modern sovereign is a warrior whose function is to protect—in this case.‖ August 2008. however. we simply do not know.
95 (James D. http://www. at one and the same time." This is a form of activity which attempts or aims at the conduct of persons. Here one locates the human sciences and their "truths. the race. and so cannot be acknowledged without calling modern sovereignty itself into question. at stake is the biological existence of a population. foster critical theory. Governmentality is obtained not by a totalizing deterministic or oppressive form of power. 84 (Paul. that so many regimes have been able to wage so many wars. of bodies and the race. and it would. played.77 But taking UFOs seriously would certainly embody the spirit of self-criticism that infuses liberal governmentality and academia in particular.edu/EPS/PESYearbook/95_docs/marshall. the decision that initiates them and the one that terminates them are in fact increasingly informed by the naked question of survival. self to others. the UFO threatens humans‘ capacity to decide those threats. If genocide is indeed the dream of modem powers.Emeritus Professor School of Education. relations between institutions and social communities. the "reason of state. a crucially important role. the species." This notion "refers to the state. causing so many men to be killed. University of Auckland . to its nature and to its own rationality. and cast doubt on the structure of rule that requires and sustains it. Foucault And Neo-Liberalism: Biopower And Busno-power.html) Foucault also develops the notion of governmentality as the art of government or." and the institutions or disciplinary blocks (including education) in which these truths have been developed. The Foucault Reader.ed. and are not even trying to find out. 628 Political Theory human beings still have no idea what they are. and continue to play. That should surprise and disturb us all.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 144 Conspiracy Theory Conspiracy Analysis Shell ***Continued*** Unlike conventional threats. however. this is not because of a recent return of the ancient right to kill. The atomic situation is now at the end point of this process: the power to expose a whole population to death is the underside of the power to guarantee an individual's continued existence. And indeed. as the technology of wars has caused them to tend increasingly toward all-out destruction. Professor of Anthropology. . it is the attempt to shape. The principle underlying the tactics of battle-that one has to be capable of killing in order to go on living-has become the principle that defines the strategy of states. then the truth is that after sixty years of modern UFOs. Unchallenged sovereign power makes extinction possible Rabinow. And through a turn that closes the circle." By "government" Foucault should be understood as meaning something close to "the conduct of conduct. it is because power is situated and exercised at the level of life. and the exercise of political sovereignty. also. Berkeley. In Foucault's work this activity of governance could cover the relations of self to self. if academics‘ first responsibility is to tell the truth. 260) It is as managers of life and survival. or to affect not only the conduct of people but." He sees the technologies of domination and the self as being the techniques used "to make of the individual a significant element for the state.uiuc. p. as it is sometimes referred to. the attempt to constitute people in such ways that they can be governed. thereby. To what extent that would be desirable is a large normative question which we have bracketed here. to guide. Governmentality and totalizing control over regimes of truth forms the basis of oppressive state power Marshall. But the existence in question is no longer the juridical existence of sovereignty. but by bio-power directed in a totalizing manner at whole populations and. and the large-scale phenomena of population. at individuals so that they are both individualized and normalized.
Until the space program. lawless West." as Elayne Rapping points out. allow for the possibility that. Ufology challenges the assumed vacancy of outerspace and thereby intervenes critically in narratives of national identity. NASA redeployed American frontier myths of a wild. and colonization became part of the public language of outerspace." the rhetoric of outposts. the success of America's democratic experiment. nationalist. Aliens in America pg. and the authorities who act in America's name. was to be revealed and proven by breaking the laws of gravity. The UFO discourse resists official "space frontier" rhetoric. the metaphor of a "frontier" tapped into earlier notions of American exceptionalism. "make possible new extensions of American imperialism. in space. and globalist ideals. 98 (Jodi. to increased attention to the histories and situations of Native Americans. empty.54 It demands that NASA.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 145 Conspiracy Theory Challenges Space Imperialism UFO discourse challenges US space imperialism Dean.51 By reiterating the expansive fantasy of the wild. and ready to be settled. the government. colonies."53 Once linked to a growing critique of the excesses of the military-industrial complex. 52 Indeed. and to continued struggle in former colonies throughout Africa and Asia. 19-20) The American articulation of outerspace together with technology and democracy incorporates an uneasy mix of colonialist.Professor of Political Science. the military. both cultural and military. such colonial rhetoric disrupts the space program's smooth presentation of democratic freedom. open West. escaping the confines of Earth. we are the aliens. although expansionism has been integral to its selfunderstanding. this very exceptionalism. . This language is fitting in that "space technology and communications. the United States rarely presented itself explicitly as a colonial power. As America reached out into this "new frontier. conquering space itself. one vacant. Hobart and William Smith Colleges . settlements.
that. ―The Paranoid Style in an Age of Suspicion: Conspiracy Thinking and Official Rhetoric in Contemporary America. I am more interested in the intersection that exists between conspiracy arguments and official discourse and what this intersection has to offer to our insight. even a lay public has the access and acuity to determine if the motives of the villain make sense. then the response actually becomes proof that there is a conspiracy. scientific.‖ 86 In our increasingly secret world (be it related to political. From Digital Archive at Georgia State University. according to Darsey. traditional modes of evaluation. When a conspiracy charge is made. 79 Indeed. breeds distrust: it is an intentional concealment that ―sets apart the secret from the non-secret. equally important are the argumentative techniques used within conspiracy narratives. the stories woven by conspiracists maintain an internal coherence so masterful. 80 While narrative may be the vessel through which conspiracy theories gain their legitimization. and a respondent counters by asserting that there is no conspiracy. 78 Conspiracy narratives allow for no ambiguities. or trade realms).‖ 83 Darsey affirms: Under normal circumstances. as Walter Fisher argued. Instructor at University of Tennessee Martin.D candidate. Perhaps the single most seductive element of the conspiracy argument is what David Zarefsky terms as its self-sealing nature.edu/cgi/viewcontent. 84 Thus. the ability of conspiracy theories to use the absence of evidence as evidence allows for virtually anything to be subsumed into the conspiracy narrative. 18 everything within the conspiracy narrative has a purpose. 81 Successful conspiracy arguments. and reflect.‖ 82 Frequently. Conspiracy argument exploits and reverses this normative presumption. a singular conspiracy theory located within the public sphere in order to uncover the argumentative and narrative strategies conspiracists use in persuading their audiences. pg. the absence of a response becomes evidence that a vast and sinister conspiracy is brewing. and they are able to stay popular within the public sphere over long periods of time because of their ability to adapt to. Even if there is no response. no coincidences. As Brian Keeley notes. One who claims that things are not as they appear to be assumes the burden of proof. by its very nature. Sissela Bok argues secrecy. Darsey alludes to an examination of this nexus when he calls for a restoration of public science. a more helpful and public way to evaluate conspiracy theories rests on a question of motive because.gsu. no discrepancies. ―conspiracy arguments are the only theories for which evidence against them is actually constructed as evidence in favor of them.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 146 Conspiracy Theory Challenges Power Structures The unorthodox way that conspiracy theories present themselves allows them to engage in critical argumentation to challenge existing powers Horn. rhetorical scholars have generally focused on. However.cgi?article=1025&context=communication_diss&seiredir=1#search=%22Paranoid%20Style%20an%20Age%20Suspicion%3A%20Conspiracy%20Thinking%20Official%20Rhetoric%20Contempor ary%20America%22 JSkoog) Conspiracy theories are plausible because of their ability to tap into the traditional values and beliefs of their audiences.‖ 12-12-2010. appearance demands presumption. and analyzed. Rather. ―shift the burden of proof onto opponents while minimizing its own burdens. shifting the burden of proof onto those countering conspiracy claims includes using argument from absence. Such studies have tended to uncover the situational and contextual elements that make conspiracy theories more believable and then map out their inherent logical and narrative problems. making the lack of evidence into evidence transmogrifying surfaces from their pedestrian status as the most visible 19 outward manifestation of reality into veils and masks. 85 The secrecy under which institutional agencies operate is often ascribed to a malign purpose. 10 (Chara Von Kay. there is a tendency to believe the worst rather than the best about what these ―secretive‖ agencies are doing. 17-20. a strong prima facie case is required before appearances need be seriously interrogated. . are not accessible enough for the lay person to use to evaluate conspiracy claims. and of keepers of a secret from those excluded. temporal and cultural conditions. Instructor at University of Tennessee Martin and Ph. The rhetorical hallmarks of conspiracy theories provide insight into the power such theories wield. according to Zarefsky. http://digitalarchive. although helpful.
Yet the ability for officials to connect with the people is problematic because officials are no longer able to forward an affirmative argument simply providing the causes or reasons behind an event. http://digitalarchive. pg. especially with the lack of a suitable explanation. write compelling and believable accounts of events. [the] accumulated assertions [of conspiracy narratives] remind us that we don‘t know. It is no longer automatically discrediting to label something a conspiracy theory. and. a hermeneutic of suspicion has 25 become a routine operating procedure. Instructor at University of Tennessee Martin. that what we see isn‗t all there is. Conspiracy theories challenge and question authority and capitalize on the strength of their own narratives. which claim to know the ―truth.‖ 104 The multiplicity of competing information casts suspicion onto more ―legitimate‖ forms of knowledge. enough questions are asked.‖ 105 Belief in conspiracy becomes an almost necessary response to the multiplicity of information. Instructor at University of Tennessee Martin and Ph. authorities must prove their positions. Any official discourse that comes into being after doubt and suspicion have been leveled against ―legitimate‖ explanations has to at least attempt to assuage any existing doubts. Indeed. must get back in touch with their audiences if they want the support of the people. With the increasing overload of information from mutually competing sources. and rationality. coherence. so as to cast doubt and suspicion onto the explanation. 17-20. Knight explains. none of which seem entirely trustworthy. For this reason it is necessary to examine the power of conspiracy beliefs through the lens of official discourse. Officials are forced into a defensive position brought on by claims of conspiracy existing prior to the crafting of an official response. like official discourse. according to Jodi Dean. that all the facts aren‗t known. which inherently alters the substance and form of official discourse. the inconsistencies of official accounts. If recent ―authoritative‖ texts are any indication. ―Conspiracy theories are a form of pop sociology cobbled together on the fly as people try to gain a handle on the complexities of social and economic causation in an era of rapid globalization. 106 The leveling of the discursive playing field precipitated by the loss of central authority and the indeterminacy of information provides an opening for conspiracy theories to find increasing prominence and belief. causality.edu/cgi/viewcontent.D candidate. Too humble to offer a totalizing account.‖ are not so different from official discourse. Conspiracy theory demands more information. conspiracy theories pose their adherence to ―facticity. Even when an explanation is provided.‖ What sets contemporary conspiracy theories apart from official discourse.‖ 12-12-2010.cgi?article=1025&context=communication_diss&seiredir=1#search=%22Paranoid%20Style%20an%20Age%20Suspicion%3A%20Conspiracy%20Thinking%20Official%20Rhetoric%20Contempor ary%20America%22 JSkoog) Conspiracy theories. From Digital Archive at Georgia State University. ―The Paranoid Style in an Age of Suspicion: Conspiracy Thinking and Official Rhetoric in Contemporary America. 10 (Chara Von Kay. then there is a real danger that conspiracy beliefs will usurp official explanations and become the preferred way of thinking . and the proliferation of conflicting information. enough ―evidence‖ is brought to light.gsu. ultimately. Conspiracy theories are a mode of constructing meaning in a rapidly changing and complex world. is ―suspicion.‖ Conspiracy narratives emphasize ―that something has been withheld.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 147 Conspiracy Theory Challenges Power Structures Conspiracy theories force powers structures to explain and defend actions Horn.
scientific linguistic modes via their use of alien languages. Firstly. as a sort of interplanetary hoaxer or dissident determined to confound the application of authoritative. June. Secondly.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 148 Conspiracy Theory Challenges Sovereignty Exopolitical engagement is key to challenging sovereign authority Acimovic. and what is it Exopolitics if not a site of resistance and a counter cultural discourse? . They contend that since the UFO issue includes the possibility of extraterrestrials as a plausible hypothesis then modern sovereignty is faced with a ‗physical and ontological threat‘ to its rule. lecturer in Further Education. using Mark Newbrook words. and currently teaches Adult Literacy and Academic Study Skills at a British college. http://www. I would suggest that if this is true of the UFO subject then this is even more so in regards to the issue of inter-dimensional and (or) off planetary intelligences interacting with the Earth‘s human citizens.‖ Exopolitics Journal. They examine how the UFO as an ‗authoritative taboo‘ is actively produced via the mechanism of sovereign rule. A similar concern is explored by Professors Alexander Wendt and Raymond Duvall. there are some obvious differences between the postcolonial and experiencer spheres but while the ramifications of the former can be more effectively established the latter presents us with a paradox since we are dealing with impact of an unfamiliar. 32 Thirdly. and in this particular point I am referring to how Wendt and Duvall situate the sceptic and science as sources of authority. and it is this site in particular that poses ‗ontological threats to identity or social being‘. then we are presented with the type of analysis that is representative of Dr Mark Newbrook‘s treatment of the experiencer. When left to the skeptics and scientific authorities to examine such an area. Accordingly. we have a comparative psychosocial framework that lends further weight to the issue by showing that the impact of the alien presence constructs states of being that are representative of how multiple human cultures intersect. JSkoog) What are the implications then for Exopolitics? Certainly. This political necessity propagated by the union of science and the state. this is complicated by the denial of the ETH as a part of consensus reality. if the psychosocial dynamics of experiencers‘ narratives shares similarities with those identified by postcolonial theorists then it is a political imperative for Exopolitics to explore this further for a number of significant reasons. the UFO issue represents a sort of double entrapment since to disclose the former would lead to a questioning of the latter.exopoliticsjournal.pdf. it is ethically imperative for Exopolitics to do so. the Third Space and Adopting Multiple Ways of Viewing the Construction of Human-Alien Identities. 30 Needless to say. 29 Subsequently.―Transcending the Hall of Mirrors: The Simultaneity of Discourse. the ethical imperative is that it is experiencers themselves who are left to deal with the psychological fallout from the machine of sovereignty. 31 In the process the modern state is able to uphold its public discourse that. Furthermore. ensures the stability of it. 11 (Natasha.com/vol-3/vol-34-Acimovic. if Exopolitics as a discipline does not venture further into the territory of academia to reappropriate sites which are critical to a deeper understanding the ETH then those who speak with sovereign authority will be able to maintain the ‗epistemology of [UFO] ignorance‘. aside from the psychological framework utilised by John Mack and others to account for the validity of the abduction and contactee phenomenon. even if this pact forms a somewhat uneasy one. extraterrestrial paradigm. ‗the balance of probability‘ regarding the ETH does not ‗warrant further focused attention‘.
why aren‘t they taken seriously? To answer this question the specific techniques by which the UFO is normalized can be a distraction. which are amply documented in the ufological literature.JSkoog) As unidentified object the UFO poses a threat of unknowability to science.69 and finally (4) discipline in the Foucauldian sense. which generates a ―spiral of silence‖ in which individuals engage in self-censorship instead. and is a systematic body of knowledge that enables physicists to manipulate reality with extraordinary precision. like the 1969 Condon Report. 8 (Alexander and Raymond. it is to the performative insecurity of modern sovereignty that one must look first. upon which modern sovereignty depends.com/DIVERS/Wendt_Duvall_PoliticalTheory.70 to everyday dismissal of those who express public interest in UFOs. Political Theory Volume 36 Number 4. Minnesota – Professor of International Relations and Duvall. ―Sovereignty and the UFO. (2) official inquiries.71 Much could be said from a governmentality perspective about these techniques. like the cure for cancer. Yet. Air Force‘s claim that UFOs are ―not a national security threat. Ohio State Professor of International Relations.JSkoog) One might distinguish at least four such techniques: (1) authoritative representations. enabling it to be safely incorporated into modern science. . One is the Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle in quantum theory. ranging from formal attacks on the ―paranoid style‖ of UFO believers as a threat to modern rationality.‖67 the portrayal of ufology as pseudoscience. this might seem to undermine our claim that potential unknowability precludes a decision on the UFO as object. With quantum theory we know exactly what we cannot know. http://ovnis-usa. UFOs challenge modern science in two ways: (1) they appear random and unsystematic. but its authority rests on the assumption that nothing in Nature is in principle unknowable. like the U.‖ August 2008. which ―removes knowledge‖ from the system. and the science fictionalization of UFOs in the media.‖ August 2008.S. and raises fundamental questions about the place of human beings in the universe.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 149 Conspiracy Theory Challenges Sovereignty The uncertainty created by the UFO directly threatens the epistemology of the science that the sovereign relies on to maintain power Wendt. but we lack the space to do so here. there are many things science does not know . there are known unknowns and unknown unknowns. in contrast.pdf. This does not mean that UFOs are in fact humanly unknowable. ―Sovereignty and the UFO.68 (3) official secrecy. which have the appearance of being scientific but are essentially ―show trials‖ systematically deformed by a priori rejection of the ETH. Quantum mechanics emerged in a highly structured context of extant theory and established experimental results. and (2) some appear to violate the laws of physics (like the 40g turns in the Belgian F-16 case). Minnesota – Professor of International Relations and Duvall. but they might be. and here the two cases differ. Ohio State Professor of International Relations. emerges in a context free of extant theory and empirical research. making them difficult to grasp objectively. Political Theory Volume 36 Number 4. To see how this might be uniquely threatening it is useful to compare the UFO to three other cases of what might be seen as unknowability. Of course. Since the Uncertainty Principle has not stopped physicists from doing physics. which acknowledges inherent limits on the ability to know sub-atomic reality. The UFO. That we might never know what we cannot know about UFOs makes their potential objectivity more problematic for the modern project. 8 (Alexander and Raymond. The sovereign‘s attempts to discredit and ignore the UFO creates self censorship among the population that seeks to remove knowledge Wendt. which goes to the fundamental puzzle with which we began our argument: given the many reasons to study UFOs. and in that respect they haunt modern sovereignty with the possibility of epistemic failure. since ignorance is multiply realizable at the micro-level Notwithstanding the importance of governmentality to a critical theory of anthropocentric rule. Instead. we have focused on explaining why all this anti-UFO work is necessary in the first place.com/DIVERS/Wendt_Duvall_PoliticalTheory.pdf. http://ovnis-usa.
Through science the state makes its subjects and objects known. In contrast. . Although science and the state are allied in the modern UFO regime. The object of government is no longer simply obedience to the king. ―the‖ truth. Standards for knowledge in that context privilege stability and normalization over the uncertain path of scientific truth. political economy. there is also an important epistemological difference between the two.45 Thus. Foucault‘s concept of governmentality is focused on the ―art of governing. seeks a regime of truth to which its population will reliably adhere. which means that science and the state are today deeply intermeshed. defined as an apolitical. but regulating the conditions of life for subjects. Ohio State Professor of International Relations.com/DIVERS/Wendt_Duvall_PoliticalTheory. and practical knowledge be made available to improve them. lending them a facticity that facilitates their regularization. in contrast. but knows it can never fully achieve. Science seeks.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 150 Conspiracy Theory Challenges Governmentality Foucauldian concepts of the state intervening in science‘s epistemology Wendt.‖ August 2008. we suggest in conclusion that this difference opens space for critical theory and resistance.‖ A constitutive feature of modern governmentality is that its discourses are scientific. The state. in both cases treating government as a given object. with modern governmentality we see the emergence of both panoptic surveillance and numerous specialized discourses—of education. ―Sovereignty and the UFO. and others—the effect of which is to make populations knowable and subject to the regularization that will make for the ―happy life.JSkoog) In thinking about the problem of rule. As a result. governmentality concerns the specific regime of practices through which the population is constituted and (self-)regularized. ―Modern‖ governmentality marks a shift in discourses of rule away from the state‘s sovereign power— its ability to take life and/or render it bare—and toward its fostering and regularizing of life in biopolitics. health. 8 (Alexander and Raymond. political scientists have traditionally focused on either individual agents or institutional structures. however. demography. To this end biopolitics requires that the conditions of life of the population be made visible and assayed.pdf. Despite this symbiosis. and through the state science acquires institutional support and prestige. morality. To this end it relies on norms and practices that produce an evolving. always potentially contested body of knowledge. Political Theory Volume 36 Number 4. Minnesota – Professor of International Relations and Duvall. objective representation of the world. http://ovnis-usa.‖ understood as the biopolitical ―conduct of conduct‖ for a population of subjects.
JSkoog) Conspiracy thinking is a method for thinking critically when caught within the governing assumptions of a public sphere. . and visibility in a culture where democracy is conceived within a hegemonic notion of the public sphere. than market and consumerist conceptions of freedom. and compulsive will to know within the ideal of publicity. search for truth: within these injunctions one is forced to be free insofar as one is forced to gather information. there would be nothing to reveal.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 151 Conspiracy Theory Key to Citizen Participation Conspiracy theories allow for the most basic right of a citizen in a democratic society: the pursuit of gathering information Dean. they must watch. Citizens are free. Citizens. by reiterating the compulsions of publicity. in other words. When publicity feeds the mediated networks of the information age. freedom as information gathering confirms a conception of democratic engagement long part of the ideal of the public sphere: the public has a right to know . it claims an uncertainty as to whether anyone can be trusted). We might say that. and reveal. is not itself invested in specific lines of authorization and subjection. terms. a sphere where others can be trusted (and. More powerful. more persuasive. it demonstrates the constitutive antagonism between transparency and revelation. a compliance that demonstrates all too clearly the paranoia. so long as nothing is hidden from them. conspiracy theory challenges the presumption that what we see on the screens. although it continues to rely on revelation. surveillance. Thus.Professor of Political Theory. I guess I'll have to look on the Internet. conspiracy theory doesn't claim with certainty that no one can be trusted. In so doing. what is made visible in traditional networks and by traditional authorities. conspiracy theory rejects the myth of a transparent public sphere. Project MUSE. and conditions of surveillance. surveill. Theory & Event 1:2. a compliance that reiterates some of these assumptions even as it contests others. Make links. expose. importantly. conspiracy's attempts to uncover the secret assemble information regarding the contexts. John Hopkins University Press ―The Familiarity of Strangeness: Aliens. discovery. So the problem with conspiracy thinking is not its failure to comply with public reason but its very compliance. Conspiracy theory or the version of democracy that supports the information age? I can't tell the difference. Hobart and William Smith Colleges . Thus. and Abduction‖ . 97 (Jodi. the antagonism of a notion of the public that ultimately depends on secrecy: if everything and everyone were transparent.
Bratich settled in Princeton. through the popularization of alternative media websites and particularly through video embedding and sharing. .. SL) A cultural studies scholar who takes a critical look at popular culture (one of his recent areas of study is reality television). He puts forth the idea of a ―sphere of legitimate dissensus.8077404311. their work is not just full of holes but has all these closed door meetings.2008-04-23.edu/focus/issue. government was involved in the 9/11 attacks. It‘s about what kinds of claims and knowledges can appear on the range of possible opinions. moving to New York City. rendering the askers of questions marginal. ―Now we are faced with how to reorient ourselves around this new version of investigative research.‖ Indeed. spread like wildfire across the internet and prompted an equally well-known debunking by Popular Mechanics magazine. Bratich says that recent conspiracy theories are born out of the investigative vacuum created by institutional failure and filled by grassroots access to technology. The documentary Loose Change. just across the lower tip of Manhattan from Ground Zero. That a failed film school student from upstate New York and a magazine dedicated to automotive technology and used cars engaged in a debate about what happened that day points to a larger failing by government commissions and the mainstream media to answer the public‘s many questions about the tragedy.‖ Bratich said.S. When he arrived at Rutgers from the University of New Hampshire in 2003. ―A lot of my undergrads really light up when I start talking about secret societies.. which promulgates the notion that the U. too. through social network media. ideas surrounding conspiracy theories have invaded the consciousness of millions. 2008 (Ashanti M.‖ he said. ―I wanted to see how they were trying to organize politically. Government-appointed bodies .‖ Conspiracy theories are neither exclusive to the left nor right side of the political opinion spectrum.1171885477/article. staff writer Rutgers Today. "They are feeling the alienation and skepticism that young people have had for many generations. ―I was accustomed to college towns. Instead.rutgers. came from Bratich‘s experience at 9/11 truth movement meetings taking place in lower Manhattan. ―That actually changed a lot of my work.‖ Bratich said.‖ he says." Bratich said. which deals with the 9/11 attacks. But a year later he decided to move to New York‘s Lower East Side. ―Panic over the unknown: New book examines the collective anxiety surrounding conspiracy theories‖ Rutgers Today.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 152 Conspiracy Theory Key to Dissent Conspiracy theories should be understood as questioning the gatekeeping of official media and information. certain types of skepticism have become attached to extremism of either wing. ―Where are the investigative bodies that we can turn to to trust and do these investigations and research?‖ Bratich asks. and now it‘s taking this other shape. Bratich is mostly concerned with mainstream left media outlets that act as gatekeepers in an attempt to regulate discourse surrounding conspiracy theories and retain legitimacy. In Conspiracy Panics. which made me think about how to analyze the truth movement in as far as how it links up to the left. Being on the Lower East Side plugged me into a set of activists and activist organizations. The last chapter.2008-04-09.. ―Investigative journalism has been gutted over the last 15 or 20 years. April 23. especially young people. opening space for dissent beyond the mainstream Alvarez. http://news.
deliver messages without the user having to search for them — advocate. aliens.Professor of Political Science. Dismissing others' opinions is more likely to provoke outrage. Because of the pervasiveness of UFO belief and the ubiquity of alien imagery. Hobart and William Smith Colleges . of complex interconnection. to link into a network where it won't be obscured by those parts of our culture with claims to public or political status. Although not yet seamless. are now more likely to blur as more people know more about what happens. they still may not know what it means or even if it really happened. Now. We might say that it's "of the fringe" though no longer "on the fringe. Yet. the networks of discursive authority that had remained separate. pg. They had difficulty getting attention and fighting back. more contestations are possible than before simply because of the ease of connection. in real time. How can we tell whether a person in a photo was inserted or really there? Access to media and technology affects the practices of democracy. They include conceptual and visual connections. any contest. as proponents of push technologies — which. the victims of this deployment. The lines of thinking. They can network and offer alternatives to official deployments or reason.) Such dismissals. contribute to the mistrust that pervades contemporary democracy. ufology is an especially revealing window into current American paranoia and distrust. What happens when there is so much suspicion of terms like "reasonable" and "rational" that one can no longer tell what an informed decision on a matter like. like TV. handed out ever more frequently as science increasingly impacts on our lives. They can reclaim their rationality on their own terms. Those in positions of power deploy terms like "reasonable" and "rational. 23 The new communication technologies make possible connections between persons and information that were once unimaginable. only conspiracy theory offers a way for individuals to reclaim meaning Dean. entertainment and all of the above. America has a long history of contestations. that has profoundly altered the conditions we use to establish the intelligibility of an issue or judgment. How can I know which statement on partial abortion reflects "facts" the pro-life movement wants to disseminate? How can I know whether this is an issue on which I might change my mind or compromise? UFOs. fringe groups. and conspiracy theorists. to get some kind of response. any theory has more opportunity to acquire an audience. the "irrational" can get their message out. partial-birth abortion or nuclear waste storage might look like? This is where America is today. 9-10.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 153 Conspiracy Theory AT: Irrational As technology blurs the lines of reality and rationality. More opinions. even if only a few thousand people on the Internet are watching. any group. We have permanent media. Now. They can find and connect with those myriad others also dismissed by science. We face a situation of profound blurring. the "unreasonable" and "irrational. These include temporal and spatial connections: I can see images from Mars now. though. and abduction provide ideal vehicles for accessing the effects of these changes on American society. product and producer." Previously. thanks to widespread developments in communication networks. Aliens in America. say. 98 (Jodi." . ad and product." remained isolated. "special effects" no longer limited to Industrial Light and Magic but available from Photoshop for the splicer on a budget. the experience of media in millennial America smears lines between ad and information.
far from a label dismissively attached to the lunatic fringe.21 To reiterate. bits that might mean little or nothing by themselves. Hobart and William Smith Colleges . As Grant Kester explains in his compelling analysis of federal information policies during the Reagan administration: With the growing use of computer networks the government is faced with the problem of an information blizzard — a lascivious and potentially threatening intermingling in which memos. In this scenario the threat doesn't lie with a single piece of damaging information that "leaks out" and exposes government malfeasance." . could prove extremely damaging. "Scientists" are the ones who feel a need to explain why some people believe in flying saucers. receipts. but that. Politics itself must now be theorized from within the widespread dispersion of paranoia that has supplanted focused targets such as "Jim Crow" laws.22 Rather.Professor of Political Science. and manipulation. my claim is not that people who think they have been abducted by aliens threaten to destroy democracy. when assembled by the researcher into a particular narrative form. "Scientists" are the ones who have problems with the "rationality" of those in the UFO community. Insofar as its practioners can link together varieties of disparate phenomena to find patterns of denial. but with the possible interconnections that might be made among dozens of different bits of information. Aliens in America pg. 98 (Jodi. occlusion. invoices. 8-9) We have moved from consensus reality to virtual reality. and the Vietnam War.20 Some government agencies. conspiracy theory. Richard Nixon. It is not that UFO believers are irrational. have already been thinking and acting in ways that might have been dismissed as "conspiratorial" under traditional politics.they try to label those who believe as irrational Dean. as well as some researchers and journalists. affidavits. and other documents combine and recombine themselves to produce dangerous new constellations of meaning. may well be an appropriate vehicle for political contestation. being unable to judge their rationality points to the lack of widespread criteria for judgments about what is reasonable and what is not: ufological discourse upholds the very criteria for scientific rationality that mainstream science uses to dismiss it.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 154 Conspiracy Theory AT: Irrational Scientists act as gatekeeprs of knowledge . or who dismiss those who do so as "distorted" or "prejudiced" or "ignorant. bank statements.
JSkoog) Each year new evidence has appeared (helpless though it may be alone) which suggests that. could thus use this belief as the justification for the necessary ". bribery.html. these developments have not alleviated the illusions of a mainstream consensus culture. Project Muse. or other possible control techniques.." whereas those who had the means to lead and control society occupied the seat of logic and rationality. . to the positively confirmable. to the probable.edu/journals/theory_and_event/v004/4.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 155 Conspiracy Theory AT: Paranoia The mainstream‘s attempts at silencing conspiracy theories construct an ―Other‖ between those in power and those who question power Goshorn. to the possible. Yet when the lower classes have expressed suspicions of ruling class conspiracies to manipulate and dominate them. subsequently take less and less time to arrive from the realm of the conspiratorial absurd. ―Strategies of Deterrence and Frames Of Containment: On Critical Paranoia And Anti-Conspiracy Discourse. Researching these dimensions of the relevant historical phenomena." And finally.development of a whole new technique of control. not only is it inaccurate to say that all those who "believe in" conspiracy theories are simply paranoid. 2000 (Keith.. such narratives typically have been publicly ridiculed as mere paranoid fantasies in order to diminish their credibility.‖ 2000. Project Muse.jhu. or occasionally by voluntary or forced admissions by representatives of government or corporate power which have reversed the status of what was long held at bay in the realm of "irresponsible" conspiracy theory into confirmable elements of the continually revised historical record. Needless to say. no matter how implausible it may at first appear.jhu. Professor of American politics and cultural history.. there has been every reason to retain a hermeneutics of political suspicion and a healthy paranoia within reason regarding all official versions.3r_goshorn. Harold Lasswell.html.‖ 2000. It is essential that we criticize the common goings on of public policy-empirics prove Goshorn. as most of the recent writers discussed here are beginning to acknowledge. and policies. but also to persecute those Others for believing in the wrong set of truth-claims resonates with a long series of earlier religious campaigns against heresies and ideological campaigns driven by a characteristically American counter-subversive impulse. Professor of American politics and cultural history.. Sometimes this process arrives through declassified or "liberated" documents from the deep archives of the official version. but they have at least rekindled a semblance of popular.edu/journals/theory_and_event/v004/4. to the plausible.the one means of mass mobilization which is cheaper than violence. at times almost non-partisan opposition against the polyarchal rule of business as usual. especially the ever more complex problems of proof and evidence.. One of the most influential American academic theorists of propaganda. Such an attitude has been more than justified while observing an accelerating curve where deeds. is a far more valuable enterprise for academic researchers to pursue than the continual flogging of the easy target of popular conspiratorial delusions and paranoid suspicions. Professor of American politics and cultural history. Such persecution further re-enacts a familiar ritual of masculinist logic attempting to "feminize" its opponents. http://muse. Professor of American politics and cultural history. The idea that misguided souls are being duped by conspiracy theories issues from a long history of upper class leaders and elitist intellectuals who have always feared that ". JSkoog) 12.the masses are still captive to ignorance and superstition. http://muse. and to remain open-minded toward nearly any alternative thesis of political cover-up. at first emphatically denied and officially disproven by numerous experts. at least since the late 1940's. 2000 (Keith. ―Strategies of Deterrence and Frames Of Containment: On Critical Paranoia And Anti-Conspiracy Discourse. nor have they yet altered the empty spectacle of electoral politics.3r_goshorn.. programs. largely through propaganda" which was ".
and Abduction‖ Project MUSE. abduction involves the sense that things are happening behind our backs. and neglect disrupt familiar images of home. things have been done to us that we don't remember and probably couldn't bear if we did. Some respond with vigorous interest in "Home Improvement" or Martha Stewart's complicated domestic projects. This theft of agency is manifest not just in the power of the alien to paralyze us and abduct us at will but also in its technological superiority and pernicious breeding project. John Hopkins University Press ―The Familiarity of Strangeness: Aliens. We might have thought that our genes are all we have. the alien takes away our agency. isolated.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 156 Conspiracy Theory Abduction Narratives Alien abduction narratives are representative of the disruption in the global system Dean ." always suspecting the other of attempting to steal ours. spreading. it takes away our pride in technological achievement.65 In his analysis of nationalism. by the time we have assessed now it is then. that in our very recovery we participate in an alien plan. but not enough to make any decisions because we are uncertain about the contexts and networks into which we might integrate this information. Like Hopkins' abductees. our ability to determine. both explicit in their stress on the need to build and repair homes. We have too much data. He writes: "What we conceal by imputing to the Other the theft of enjoyment is the traumatic fact that we never possessed what was allegedly stolen from us: the lack ('castration') is original. vulnerable is of global significance. 2011. but since we can't really be said to own or possess them (they constitute us. June 21. abduction operates with an understanding of the world. or so we are told). or resistance and independence. or at least influence. BLG) Slavoj Zizek's discussion of the "theft of enjoyment" can help us understand not just the thematization of passivity in the alien abduction narrative but also the way the program as a whole disrupts the fantasy of global citizenship. tolerance. Dean . John Hopkins University Press ―The Familiarity of Strangeness: Aliens. replicating with its own momentum. Because of its expertise. poverty. protected. their theft by aliens marks our contradictory and ambiguous relationship to our own bio-chemistry. just like our security and certainty. Assimilation has been discredited as an ideal and multiculturalism hasn't become much more than a marketing strategy. all the while aware that they could be false. Peaceful coexistence demands mental changes. many of us today are missing time. Alien Abductions narrate the experience of strangeness. as amorphous and permeable. accommodation. moreover. developing. the pervasive sense of the millennial US is that nothing is "ours. and the sense of security and certainty upon which our agency was predicated. Because of its genetic investigations. Professor of Political Theory at Hobart and William Smith Colleges ‗97 (Jodi. June 21." nothing is safe. Whereas colonization implies an ongoing process with systemic limitations. brings with it the possibility of anticolonial struggle. . Unlike metaphors of colonization that presuppose borders to be penetrated and resources to be exploited. and enjoy cyber-citizenship on the World Wide Web. Zizek suggests that we impute to the other an "excessive enjoyment. What happens to me alone. Our neighbors are aliens. Violence. Colonization. 2011. Professor of Political Theory at Hobart and William Smith Colleges ‗97 (Jodi. abuse. we take control. Citizens. The technology has been controlling us. Abduction warps space and time. Since what happens happens now. Colonial notions connote history. we simply try to recover our memories. secure. to give us access to information."66 In abduction. BLG) Despite or perhaps because of the excesses of privatization. Alien abduction narrates the predominant experience of the familiarity of strangeness in the techno-global information age. Technology promised to save us time. a momentum no one of us can comprehend. Citizens. We don't fight abduction. it abducts our children. Better to forget the neighbors. Abduction tells us there is nothing we can do. go inside. Zizek's formulation reminds us that the abduction narrative functions to conceal the fact that our agency was an illusion. and Abduction‖ Project MUSE. To fight colonization. of reality. our future.
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 157 Conspiracy Theory ***Conspiracy Theory Bad*** .
Do you have ready answers for the obvious questions?: Let's look at a conspiracy that was floating around after 9/11 -. conspiracy theories merit a lot of skepticism.rightwingnews. Who the conspiracy theories pick out of the bunch and try to assign sinister motives to in situations like that usually says more about the conspiracy theorist than the person or group they target .com/john/conspire.actually. "falls into place". Keep in mind that we live in a world where the President can't even get a BJ from an intern without it becoming public knowledge. Even things as sensitive as battle plans for upcoming invasions get into the papers. politicians spin issues. But. "The Republicans rigged the 2002 elections". Well in that case. Before you buy into a conspiracy theory. Things like the "Jewish Conservatives manipulating the President". they're infinitely more trustworthy than people who post anonymously on the net. By that I mean people's memories are faulty. May 30.php) Now if these ridiculous beliefs were relegated to the fringes of society I probably wouldn't bother with writing an editorial to shoot down the thinking behind these theories. over the last year and a half we've constantly heard people asserting that beliefs held by a large majority of Republicans are really unique to a handful of Conservative Jews who somehow manipulated Bush into going to war to help Israel. this sort of bizarre paranoia has crept into "mainstream thinking" . their readers still buy into what they have to say. leave a couple of kids alone in a room full of breakables with a football. 3 (John. However. Are you being too cynical about the government?: There's only one thing worse than believing that your government always tells the truth and that's believing that they always lie. "How can you just dismiss this conspiracy theory out of hand? There have been conspiracies that have turned to be true before so this one could be true as well!" Yes. Are you relying too much on a handful of contrary facts?: Rarely do you ever see a story where every fact. & "Bush knew (about 9/11)" have been tossed around by people many see as more credible than the average fruit loop writing for these conspiracy websites. professional blogger who runs Right Wing News. Because of that. If you're willing to buy into any sort of claptrap because you won't put anything past your government. in almost every case -. and then separate the kids and ask what happened. if you simply blew off every conspiracy theory that came down the pike you'd rarely ever be wrong.you'll find that it doesn't hold water. & typos and factual errors come into play as well. If you don't believe me.that the Pentagon was hit by a truck bomb. That's why I thought it would be worth tossing out a few questions that anyone who starts to buy into these sorts of theories should consider. this is just how life works. there have been conspiracy theories that panned out. Are you acting as if commonly held beliefs are unique?: This is one question that a lot of the more "mainstream" conspiracy theorists should ask themselves more often. perceptions differ. For example. things are taken out of context. press biases creep in. even though these sources burn them again and again. In fact. However. then it's tough for the theory you're supporting to hold any water. but very. I'm often surprised to see that people who don't trust one thing that Fox News or the New York Times says will blindly lap up whatever some conspiracy website or moonbat radio talk show host like Art Bell has to say. ―The Questions Conspiracy Theorists Need To Ask Themselves‖. not a plane. what happened to the plane that was hijacked? How could it be that various people WATCHED the plane flying towards the Pentagon? Is it possible that the hundreds of firefighters and military personnel who must have known the truth were somehow silenced? Why would anyone go through such an elaborate charade? If you can't convincingly answer the most basic questions about a conspiracy. very. To begin with… How many people know about this conspiracy?: It's very difficult to keep any sort of newsworthy conspiracy that hundreds or thousands of people are supposedly involved in out of the mainstream press. Yet. the mainstream media is not always completely reliable. ask yourself these questions and generally -. It makes no sense. few of them. then you're apt to be proven wrong over and over again. That's why you should certainly be skeptical of any sort of vast conspiracy that requires people keeping quiet about it indefinitely . come back a few minutes after you hear something break. Shouldn't you be a little more skeptical about those conspiracy theories?: I've heard some variation of the following from conspiracy theorists.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 158 Conspiracy Theory Reject Conspiracy Theories Conspiracy theories should be discounted Hawkins. When these things inevitably happen. http://www. . conspiracy theorists tend to seize a handful of inconsistencies and try to prove that there's a cover-up or conspiracy happening. How reliable is your source?: As the ongoing saga with the New York Times has illustrated.
Hence information that appears to put a conspiracy theory in doubt must have been planted by the conspirators themselves in order to mislead.duced by skeptics. This is ordinarily a characteristic much admired in scientific theories. A Culture of Conspiracy: Apocalyptic Visions in Contemporary America. Precisely because the claims are so sweeping. 03 (Michael. and so forth. Because the conspiracy is so powerful. be. the theory becomes nonfalsifiable. SL) Conspiracy theories resist traditional canons of proof because they reduce highly complex phenomena to simple causes. In the end. so it will use its control over knowledge production and dissemination to mislead those who seek to expose it. however. The result is a closed system of ideas about a plot that is believed not only to be responsible for creating a wide range of evils but also to be so clever at covering its tracks that it can manufacture the evidence ad. where it is referred to as ―parsimony. media. professor emeritus of political science at the Maxwell School of Citizenship and Public Affairs and FBI consultant. Further. they ultimately defeat any attempt at testing. . the conspiracy desires at all costs to conceal its activities . pg. or set of plots. Conspiracists' reasoning runs in the following way. 7. ‖ Conspiracy theories—particularly the systemic theories and the superconspiracy theories discussed above— are nothing if not parsimonious.cause every attempt at falsification is dismissed as a ruse. it controls virtually all of the channels through which information is disseminated—universities.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 159 Conspiracy Theory Conspiracy Theories Non-falsifiable Conspiracy theories question knowledge production and reduce highly complex phenomena to non-fallsifiable explanations Barkun. for they attribute all of the world's evil to the activities of a single plot.
rooted in divergent ideas about reality and knowing. professor emeritus of political science at the Maxwell School of Citizenship and Public Affairs and FBI consultant. ―Trust no one. the stigmatized material usually takes the form of an individual motif incorporated into the story. have stimulated the growth of an alternative communications system by which stigmatized ideas can be spread. SL) As New World Order ideas and attendant elements of the improvisational milieu break out of their traditional confinement. First. Rather. a worst-case scenario. But the fact that the beliefs described in the preceding chapters are bizarre ought not to imply that they are necessarily innocuous or unworthy of careful scrutiny. to be sure. While The X-Files motto. a society becomes divided between believers in received ideas about what counts as knowledge and a no-longer-hidden minority of challengers. 03 (Michael. ‖ may appear innocuous in an escapist drama. and the resulting pariah status of the believers. presumably. Although this access has promoted both recruitment and enhanced legitimacy. This alternative system is necessary even though mainstreaming has opened popular culture to some traditionally stigmatized beliefs. One hopes that will be the case here. new orthodoxies can emerge out of just such ideological undergrowth. it has significant limits. If no one can be trusted (except. such as films and television programs. for the challengers do not believe their opponents are merely misguided. as in the reference to the power of FEMA in the film The XFiles. professor emeritus of political science at the Maxwell School of Citizenship and Public Affairs and FBI consultant. . it almost always occurs within the context of fictional representations of the world. pg. A Culture of Conspiracy: Apocalyptic Visions in Contemporary America. Indeed.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 160 Conspiracy Theory AT: Conspiracy analysis is productive politics Any understanding created is episodic not systematic Barkun. 182. This is. Hence the alternative reality sees itself as a fighting faith that must obliterate its adversaries. SL) These fringe beliefs. Conspiracy theory discourse makes political discourse impossible Barkun. pg. because those who espouse such ideas represent dissent of a particularly radical sort. 189. It does not purport to offer an accurate picture of reality. others in the truthseeking cadre).. 03 (Michael. sometimes with devastating effects. even though the factfiction reversals discussed earlier lead believers to regard it as truthful. Bizarre beliefs have broken into the open before. Second. It does not take the form of a comprehensive and logically developed presentation of an alternative view of reality. That is. and most worst-case scenarios melt away with time. the supporters of the status quo are thought to be at best the conspirators' dupes and at worst their accomplices. A Culture of Conspiracy: Apocalyptic Visions in Contemporary America. its literal application implies a culture war far more extreme than anything seen previously. The likely outcome of such a polarization is not pleasant to contemplate. a new and disconcerting array of possibilities opens up. it is fragmentary and episodic rather than systematic.
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011
161 Conspiracy Theory
AT: Conspiracy analysis is productive politics
Conspiratorial views of politics fail to interrogate the system Domhoff, Professor of Sociology at UC-Santa Cruz, 5 (G. William,―There are no Conspiracies,‖ March,
http://sociology.ucsc.edu/whorulesamerica/theory/conspiracy.html, JSkoog) There are several problems with a conspiratorial view that don't fit with what we know about power structures. First, it assumes that a small handful of wealthy and highly educated people somehow develop an extreme psychological desire for power that leads them to do things that don't fit with the roles they seem to have. For example, that rich capitalists are no longer out to make a profit, but to create a one-world government. Or that elected officials are trying to get the constitution suspended so they can assume dictatorial powers. These kinds of claims go back many decades now, and it is always said that it is really going to happen this time, but it never does. Since these claims have proved wrong dozens of times by now, it makes more sense to assume that leaders act for their usual reasons, such as profitseeking motives and institutionalized roles as elected officials. Of course they want to make as much money as they can, and be elected by huge margins every time, and that can lead them to do many unsavory things, but nothing in the ballpark of creating a one-world government or suspending the constitution. Second, the conspiratorial view assumes that the behind-the-scenes leaders are extremely clever and knowledgeable, whereas social science and historical research shows that leaders often make shortsighted or mistaken decisions due to the limits placed on their thinking by their social backgrounds and institutional roles. When these limits are exposed through stupid mistakes, such as the failure of the CIA at the Bay of Pigs during the Kennedy Administration, then conspiratorial theorists assert that the leaders failed on purpose to fool ordinary people. Third, the conspiratorial view places power in the hands of only a few dozen or so people, often guided by one strong leader, whereas sociologists who study power say that there is a leadership group of many thousands for a set of wealth-owning families that numbers several million. Furthermore, the sociological view shows that the groups or classes below the highest levels buy into the system in various ways and support it. For example, highly trained professionals in medicine, law, and academia have considerable control over their own lives, make a good living, and usually enjoy their work, so they go along with the system even though they do not have much political power. Fourth, the conspiratorial view often assumes that clever experts ("pointy-headed intellectuals") with bizarre and grandiose ideas have manipulated the thinking of their hapless bosses. But studies of policy-making suggest that experts work within the context of the values and goals set out by the leaders, and that they are ignored or replaced if they step outside the consensus (which is signaled by saying they have become overly abstract, idealistic, or even, frankly, "pinko"). Finally, the conspiratorial view assumes that illegal plans to change the government or assassinate people can be kept secret for long periods of time, but all evidence shows that secret groups or plans in the United States are uncovered by civil liberties groups, infiltrated by reporters or government officials, and written about in the press. Even secrets about wars and CIA operations -- Vietnam, the Contras, the rationales for Bush's invasion of Iraq in 2003 -- are soon exposed for everyone to see. As for assassinations and assassination attempts in the United States, from McKinley to Franklin D. Roosevelt to John F. Kennedy to Martin Luther King, Jr., to Robert F. Kennedy to Reagan, they have been the acts of individuals with no connections to any power groups. Because all their underlying assumptions are discredited by historical events and media exposures, no conspiracy theory is credible on any issue. If there is corporate domination, it is through leaders in visible positions within the corporate community, the policy planning network, and the government. If there is class domination, it is through the same mundane processes that social scientists have shown to be operating for other levels of the socioeconomic system. |
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011
162 Conspiracy Theory
AT: Conspiracy analysis is productive politics
Conspiracy theory replaces political engagement with endless, circular analysis Fenster, University of Florida - Professor of Law, 09
(Mark, Conspiracy Theories: Secrecy and Power in American Culture, Pg. 93-96, Ebrary, JSkoog) But Clinton's statement also demonstrates the profound trouble that mainstream politicians and established political institutions have when confronted by the politics, interpretive practices, and narrative constructions of conspiracy theory. In particular, the statement "I just really don't believe there is anything more to know" makes no sense within the hermeneutics of conspiracy . By assuming there are limits to interpretation, the statement ignores the fact that conspiracy theory respects no interpretive limits when it investigates the secret treachery of true political power. Conspiracy theory demands continual interpretation. There is always something more to know about an alleged conspiracy, the evidence of which is subjected to an investigative machine that depends on the perpetual motion of signification. Further, the very attempt to shut interpretation down is itself a suspicious act that requires interpretation. Clinton's declaration of a limit to interpretation thus signifies excessively. For a conspiracy theorist, when a suspect political leader says that there is nothing more to know, he simultaneously circulates a profound error (there is always something more to know) and presents another statement, linked to previous ones that he and his associates have made, that demonstrates the devious and conspiratorial nature of his power (we know that he knows more). Conspiracy theory trapped Clinton in a
circular, endless game in which every declaration of his innocence and every piece of evidence he put forward to exonerate himself served as further proof of his guilt. At still another level, however, Clinton s statement does speak for the conspiracy theorist. There
really is nothing more to know, as each detail or sign links with another in an endless chain of details within a singular narrative frame. One can and must continually collect and interpret evidence , but the explanation of that evidence is always already formed. Interpretation may be endless, but the conspiracy tightly limits its range of conclusions. For a conspiracy theorist focused on the Clinton presidency during the 1990s, numerous scandals and
nefarious plots awaited disclosure, composed of various sorts ol details that were already known, or were coming to light, or were still to be unearthed: the larger explanation behind these individual scandals. A popular one—and the basis for the militia movements dread of Clinton's presidency— declared that Clinton was an agent of a "New World Order" seeking to impose a totalitarian regime. This theory merely required further proof of Clinton's inherent insidiousness. The linkage between an event like Foster's suicide to larger claims of conspiracy was contingent: competing theories utilized the same detail in different ways, while even the same theory could move in alternate directions as it developed. There may be more to learn—new details, even new developments as the Clinton conspiracy spread more widely—but there would be nothing more to know. This chapter concerns these intensely active interpretive practices of conspiracy theory. Conspiracy theory works as a form of hyperactive semiosis in which history and politics
serve as reservoirs of signs that demand (over)interpretation, and that signify, for the interpreter, far more than their conventional meaning. Again, Hofstadter's powerful notion of the "paranoid style" of conspiracy theory is
superficially attractive as a framework for analysis. As I explained in part I, Hofstadter did not assert that conspiracy theorists were necessarily paranoid but that their way of interpreting the world was like that of the paranoid. His most important claim in this respect was that conspiracy theorists view current and historical events as a series of plots to undermine a
rightful order by an enemy on whom they project their own anxieties and desires.' Although understanding conspiracy theory as a paranoid form of interpretation provides some insight, it displaces the cultural and specifically semiotic challenge posed by conspiracy theory's interpretive practices onto a relatively simplistic notion of pathology. Therefore, Hofstadter s work can itself best be used
analogically. The paradoxes of paranoia, for example, provide a useful way of thinking through conspiracy theory's role as an interpretive framework.-* As with clinical paranoia, the interpretive practices of conspiracy theory are in many instances delusional but are structured in a manner that is internally consistent and logical . They engage in a logic that is at once tautological and Procrustean by associating disparate individual events and figures, drawing firm conclusions based on scant or nonexistent evidence, and asserting either too simplistic or too complicated explanations to account for historical or present-day events. As a kind of residual or regressive practice within a presumably "postmodern" era that marks the end of master narratives, conspiracy theorists posit highly and imaginatively integrative analyses of individual pieces of evidence into an all-encompassing framework that can describe the breadth of modern (and, in some theories, pre-modern and ancient) history and politics.4 It manifests a popular desire to reconstruct the master
narrative as a mode of expression, thus serving as an excessively integrative interpretive practice that moves beyond the norms of inference. These interpretive practices are not per se pathological, however, and an approach
that labels them as such limits itself both politically and analytically because it cannot explain and respond to the specifically hermeneutical aspects of conspiracy theory.' This chapter proposes two alternative ways of conceiving of this interpretive practice, as desire and as production. Both concepts allows us to see conspiracy* theory as an active, endless process that continually seeks, but can never fully arrive at, a final interpretation. They take conspiracy theory's marginality and hyperactivity as
starting points to examine its explanatory power and attraction in contemporary popular politics.
Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011
163 Conspiracy Theory
AT: Conspiracy analysis is productive politics
They thus enable a cultural analysis of, first, conspiracy theory's ideological, circular, and endless desire for a totalizing method of mapping and understanding a social and political order where power seems always elsewhere; and, second, conspiracy theory's practice of producing meaningful and intense effects and an incessant chain of interpretation. As an interpretive practice, conspiracy theory represents an impossible, almost Utopian drive to seize and fetishize individual signs in order to place them within vast interpretive structures that unsuccessfully attempt to stop the signs' unlimited meaning production. This chapter and the next together assert that conspiracy theory displaces the citizen's desire for political significance onto a signifying regime in which interpretation and a narrative of conspiracy, and an obsessive desire for information, replace political engagement. In order to ground what will at times
become a rather abstract description and analysis of conspiracy theory's interpretive practices, this chapter utilizes some of the conspiracies concerning Bill Clinton as examples. Accordingly, 1 begin with some details about two sets of conspiratorial allegations that arose during Clinton's two terms as president in order to use these allegations as illustrative examples of how conspiracy theory's interpretive practices work.
Search for ―truth‖ becomes endless and repetitive Fenster, University of Florida- Professor of Law, 9
(Mark, ―Conspiracy Theories: Secrecy and Power in American Culture,‖ 2009, Pg. 100, Ebrary, JSkoog) Conspiracy theories prodigiously commit to learn and know the presumed secrets of power and domination. In their endless striving for more information, conspiracy theorists clearly want something— specifically the "truth," as they would understand it, which entails a truly transparent state of relations with others as well as with the greater Other of power. This desire constitutes neither a basic human need nor a clear political demand. Although some who search for evidence of a conspiracy are impoverished, their search does not promise the fulfillment of their basic needs, and although some conspiracy theorists actively make political demands individually and collectively, their search seems only tangential))' related to the fulfillment ol specific demands concerning government programs and laws."' Rather, it constitutes a desire. The practice of interpreting conspiracy is repetitive, endless, and faces continual frustration. As a result, conspiracy theory's relationship to its seeming object of desire—the structure, order, and solution represented by conspiracy—is a complex one.
Represents an endless desire to master the political order Fenster, University of Florida - Professor of Law, 9
(Mark, Conspiracy Theories: Secrecy and Power in American Culture, Pg. 107-108, Ebrary, JSkoog) "Conspiracy" transcends everything in this interpretive process. It has produced the past and present, and it will produce the likely future, ll produced the details under interpretation. It even produced the interpretive act itself—the conspiracy theorist's will to interpret follows the discovery of the conspiracy and organizes the conspiracy theorists narrative of history.w What began as a textual effect, the way in which a single detail's significance was understood, has become a transcendent organizing principle; what began as that which is presumptively searched for, the traces of conspiracy, has become that transcendent thing which drives the search itself. Interpretation may be endless, but it is organized— indeed, controlled—by the very particular logic of conspiracy. Interpretive Desire's Ideology The endless, circular search (the connections) and the thing that never arrives (the final order that is never revealed) represent a desire to find, understand, and represent the totality of social relations. Conspiracy theory clearly wants something: it is a never-ending practice that combs the past and the present for evidence of some transcendent, all-explanatory thing. Denying the ambiguities of the past, and the complexities and contingencies of the present, conspiracy theory wants to enjoy the pleasure of control, of finding the correct answer to the riddle of power, of mastering its desire of political order.'5 If the subject does not know what it wants, is this because of some ideological misrecognition by the conspiracy theorist, or is it the result of some top-down manipulation by a state apparatus? If conspiracy theory is a symptom of an ideological desire, then how is this conception of "desire" any different from Hostadter's notion of paranoia?
and so on. are often unfalsifiable. If you can convince officials of the Department that you have a viable business idea that will get you out of the ranks of the unemployed. buying a taxi in the present recession. Proponents of conspiracy theories are also very resistant to contrary evidence. must be treated the same. ie that their centre of interest is Ireland. for example Abraham Lincoln died as a result of a conspiracy. Of course genuine conspiracies do exist. Many conspiracy theories are convoluted explanations of mainstream evidence. And George Bernard Shaw said. Most fail the test of Occam s Razor. Reville. let me tell you my own little story of a conspiracy theory. All professions are conspiracies against the laity . public awareness of science officer at UCC. p.000 taxi grant to immigrants is a distortion of the Back to Work Enterprise Allowance scheme. Most Recent 60 Days Mainstream opinion looks on conspiracy theories with a jaundiced eye and often ridicules them. eg a secret branch of government is covering-up evidence of alien visits. They are housed and fed by the government while their applications for asylum are processed. ―When is a theory not a theory?‖. One should not increase beyond what is necessary. Finally the notion of the EUR 17.11 JSkoog) THE TERM conspiracy theory commonly means a fringe theory that explains an event as the secret machinations of powerful Machiavellian conspirators. for example. A scientific theory is the agreed best explanation of a phenomenon. Enhanced Coverage LinkingJFK. In everyday usage theory refers to a hypothesis an informed (and sometimes not-informed) guess as to the explanation of a phenomenon. In addition they are given a weekly allocation of about EUR 40 to buy small necessary items that cannot be foreseen in detail. the ApolloMoon landing. Most Recent 60 Days s assassination. Asylum seekers are not entitled to the dole. arrived at after long years of examining evidence and testing hypotheses by experiment. The theme features regularly in films. everybody must first satisfy the Habitual Residence Condition.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 164 Conspiracy Theory Conspiracy theory fails when applied to science and logic. the 9/11 terrorist attack. Conspiracy theories are common and have grown up around well-known incidents such as: JFK Enhanced Coverage LinkingJFK -Search using: Biographies Plus News News. a logical principle devised by medieval philosopher William of Occam which states.000 to buy a taxi. Scientific theories are falsifiable and modifiable in the light of new evidence. Conspiracy theories. you may be awarded a small grant to get the enterprise started. Other such theories seize on perceived weak points in the official explanation of an event. therefore. William Reville is UCC s associate professor of biochemistry and public awareness of science officer . 19. The socialising allowance idea probably refers to asylum seekers. Lexis Nexis. But. the number of entities required to explain anything . assistant prof. A taxi-driver recently told me that immigrants are entitled to receive dole plus a weekly socialising allowance of EUR 70. Social welfare does not pay a socialising allowance and everybody. In order to qualify for dole. Irish and non-Irish. The projection of undesirable characteristics of the self onto the conspirators is also suggested as another impulse behind conspiracy theories. such as why were the hijacked 9/11 aircraft not shot down? Most conspiracy theories. the Roswell UFO incident. public awareness of science officer. 6. The word theory in conspiracy theory is used in a different sense to its use in science. Psychology attempts to explain conspiracy theories in various ways such as attempts to provide reassurance that disturbing events are not random but are the product of human intelligence and are. potentially controllable. and that immigrants are entitled to a grant of EUR 17. The two most infamous conspiracy theories of the 20th century were devised by Hitler and Stalin. ‗9 (William. -Search using: Biographies Plus News News.27. Finally. in my opinion. do not withstand critical analysis. He said all taxi drivers knew this and Irish people are not entitled to these benefits. The modern popularity of such theories dates from the conspiracy theory that arose in the 1960s around the assassination of JFK. The Department of Family and Social Affairs press office assured me that the taxi-driver s claims are incorrect. would hardly qualify as a viable business idea . with taxis already in over-supply. of biochem at UCC. Some conspiracy theories are obviously ridiculous. the claim by former television presenter David Icke that humanity is controlled by alien reptiles who assume our appearance by drinking human blood. books television programmes. Dec. This scheme is open to all who are eligible for the dole. the death of Princess Diana. 2009. 1. This principle of parsimony has proved itself most useful in science.
In a strange way. http://nortonbooks.com/everydaysociology/2007/09/the-sociology-o. from everyday people rather from those in positions of power. I now see that I fell into the power imbalance trap too. Kennedy‘s assassination was the work of insiders. Ph. a precursor to today‘s international space station. actually fell to earth (which is terrifying if you‘re a kid!) and faith in the government fell as well. Similar to urban legends. Flash forward more than 25 years. For most people. Professor of Sociology University of Southern California. larger-than-life leader of the free world could be brought down by a ―nobody‖ has fueled conspiracy theorists for over forty years. Why does one conspiracy theory seem outlandish while another one seems plausible? The imbalance of power is a key ingredient. But the opposite is much harder to believe: an individual or group with little power harming someone with significantly more power and status doesn‘t make sense. Although solid evidence refutes the idea of a conspiracy. 7 (Karen. when network television routinely featured programs about the Bermuda Triangle. For some. and panics. conspiracy theories help prop up the belief in an all-powerful America. Perhaps clinging to this idea is less upsetting than facing what transpired that day. 2007. to put it kindly. ―The Sociology of Conspiracy. It is not hard to believe that a powerful regime or dictator could slaughter a group of people with little or no social power. The public‘s willingness to entertain such theories differs tremendously. So the Kennedy assassination--apparently the work of a lone gunman who by all reports was. even questioning the reality that millions of civilians were murdered during World War II is incredibly offensive.‖ September 26. rumors. unsuccessful in his other ventures--seems hard to believe. Our Cold War military build-up made us feel almost invincible. perhaps the most famous conspiracy theory is based on the premise that President John F. One of the most fascinating things about collective behavior is that it often starts from the grassroots level. The creation of the Internet has definitely helped grease the wheels of collective behavior. The president's approval ratings have declined in recent years as the war in Iraq has become increasingly unpopular.html. Skylab. Conspiracy claims make sense during a time when mistrust and anger toward the government run high. The Kennedy assassination was also a big topic during the decade that featured the Watergate cover-up and made many Americans question how much the government could be trusted.typepad. That a charismatic. And most of all.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 165 Conspiracy Theory AT: Conspiracy analysis challenges power Conspiracy theories actually prop up and legitimate the power of the current political system Sternheimer. as sadly has happened over and over again in human history. and you can see why people still might have trouble believing the government. Let‘s think about some other conspiracy theories: some people claim that the Holocaust never happened. In fact. But there‘s something about Kennedy‘s assassination that makes millions question the findings of the Warren Commission Report. . it is easier to believe that our government is all-powerful (even if that power is abused) than it is to believe that the government is flawed. I also grew up during the 1970s. 6/26/11 JSkoog) Sociologists refer to conspiracy theories as a form of collective behavior. the very distance from the centers of power fuels conspiracy theories. In the early 1970s. the Loch Ness monster. and September 11th challenged that assumption. In my defense. and other supernatural ―secrets‖.D in Sociology and Professor at USC. it is hard to accept that our powerful military could not protect us that September day. sociologists seek to understand how and why groups create meaning through claiming that conspiracies have taken place. I admit to entertaining this notion myself. Bigfoot. something that we engage in together that gains traction as it appeals to many people. It challenges what we think we know about the social order.
having claimed that abduction accounts are symptomatic of "the lack of widespread criteria for judgments about what is reasonable and what is not" (9). Such absurd statements might benefit from historical perspective. some kind of ground on which to argue a case.depauw. so that UFOlogists can "reclaim their rationality on their own terms" (9). because the measure of the "real"—like History itself—is now televisual. because it is relatively organized on the Net. as Dean concludes. "We are all connected in a world wide web. is it really the case that abduction discourse. the serious. works within a world view that he doesn‘t question" (170). In fact. Volume 25.links them with the real. microwaves and telephones. "there is no overarching conception of reality" on which to adjudicate competing claims (170). had three newspapers in London in the 1870s and thousands of supporters. of secret messages embedded in popular sf films and TV series. Carl Sagan is held as being "nostalgic. This is the historical framework explored in chapters two and three of the book. no collapse of the Real (whatever that means).Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 166 Conspiracy Theory AT: Jodi Dean Dean‘s argument overreaches and ignores history and fails as a foundation for productive criticism Luckhurst. Abductees also appear on television. they ceaselessly appropriated both the language and methods of science and the newest technologies as "vehicles" for belief. Leaving aside the constant leaps from epistemological uncertainty to claims of ontological collapse. which requires. Science Fiction Studies.edu/sfs/birs/bir76. And what is the cause of this wreck of reason? Technology. #76. Spiritualists were linked to both radical politics and the heart of the political establishment. are more inventive than this. or else Dean presumes the audience too foolish to tell the difference. "because he. She should do so: the Spiritualists were highly organized at the local and national levels. and the real become suspect" (58). Apparently. There was no crisis of reason. . and hence have reached a "collapse" of the political sphere and the rise of conspiracy culture. Dean claims. after all. Dean hopes "to investigate more thoroughly in the future" the world of nineteenth century Spiritualism (221). From uncertainties of judgment. she launches the book by using the pervasive presence of abduction narratives to exemplify her case about a radical relativizing of any claims to rationality or truth in American society. in a series of dispiriting.. even naive" compared with Budd Hopkins. Spiritualism at its height remained a definitively marginal science. Part 3 http://www. A number of eminent men of science became Spiritualists. it is the poorly premised relativism of the argument. "UFO belief is widespread enough to conflict with the concept of a unitary public reason. It is not the technological determinism or the familiar postmodernist rhetoric of "crisis" and "collapse" that is worrying here. a borderless information economy" (168) where "one site. "their televisual presence. of VCRs. the argument escalates rapidly to allege that we "can no longer presume a reality based on consensus" (15). Department of English and Humanities. is as plausible as any other" (132). an abductee on Jerry Springer is rendered equivalent to a news report. This ultimately means that scientists or cultural commentators cannot contest the claims of abductees because.htm) As a narrative of cultural responses to technological change. clichéd guises. the conventional. 98 (Roger . marks a crisis of reason? Apparently so: "heretofore reasonable procedures take an alien form. with that which happens" (103). and because it mimics the methodologies of science." she asserts (11). This is where Dean succumbs to a rather alarming chain of logic. Jodi Dean sets off on the wrong foot in making abduction narratives evidence of the relativizing of any possibility of truth. but Dean‘s interest does not really lie here. it means she ends up losing any possibility of critique. In one footnote. As the criteria for legitimacy are themselves abducted. ―BOOKS IN REVIEW‖. the mainstream. this is a plausible account. At least abductee accounts about the strange life of domestic technologies. one link. Nov. and offered scientific rationales for communication with the dead.. University of London. and. Sagan.
SL) Unlike Hofstadter. some have argued that the clinical and the political may overlap. Robert Robins and Jerrold Post assert that the domain of political paranoia encompasses a range of exemplars . including such clinical paranoids as James Forrestal and Joseph Stalin. 03 (Michael. Instead. 16. 7 . conspiracy beliefs be. conspiracy beliefs become neither determinative of paranoia nor divorced from it . pg.come a culturally defined norm. at least temporarily. and cultures in which. In this view. A Culture of Conspiracy: Apocalyptic Visions in Contemporary America. borderline paranoids whose ―delusion is likely to involve exaggeration and distortion of genuine events and rational beliefs rather than pure psychotic invention‖. conspiracism straddles a blurred and shifting boundary between pathology and normalcy .Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 167 Conspiracy Theory Clinical Paranoia The clinical paranoia and political paranoia are not mutually exclusive Barkun. professor emeritus of political science at the Maxwell School of Citizenship and Public Affairs and FBI consultant.
Democracy: Some Reflections on Our Discourse About ―Modernity. are essentially or effectively ―the same. Perhaps these processes have created an ever more restrictive ―iron cage‖ of rationality in European societies.91 Biopower is not genocidal when it is deployed by a government which also respects rights. ―Biopolitics. 1. Democratic welfare states are regimes of power/knowledge no less than early twentieth-century totalitarian states. nor bad. no. while not solve the problem of state racism. Democracy: Some Reflections on Our Discourse About ―Modernity. rings as most ominous is his failure to further examine the problem of biopolitical state racism that he first raises in his lecture series. Foucault suggests that bio-power is here to stay as a fixture of modernity. 5) steps Agamben in an attempt to complete an analysis of Foucauldian bio-politics and to. Perhaps given its focus on the preservation of the population of the nation it which it is practiced. even eugenics. without becoming racist? That was the problem. Dickinson. yes. http://ccjournal.‖ Central European History. the opposite seems in fact to be at least equally true.‖ Central European History. And discourse is. What is more. 37. 1.Gonzaga Debate Institute 2011 Mercury 168 Conspiracy Theory AT: Biopower Impacts Biopower is neither inherently good.Associate Professor History. be the government democratic. and that. these systems are not ―opposites. they cannot be assigned to one place in a structure. manipulation. I think. 1–48) At its simplest. Fellow at the Centre for Global Political Economy 2008 (Nathan.html) Perhaps the one failure of Foucault‘s that. The varying possible constellations of power in modern societies create ―multiple modernities. Fascism. 37. totalitarian. from public health and welfare programs through social insurance to city planning and. At the end of the last lecture. in which all political and social orders are grey.‖ It was a problem to which he never returned. vol. from the perspective of the first years of the millennium. 1–48) This notion is not at all at odds with the core of Foucauldian (and Peukertian) theory. Biopower is inevitable Wright. the production of scientistic and technocratic expert knowledge has proceeded at an ever more frenetic pace.‖ in the sense that they are two alternative ways of organizing the same thing.Associate Professor History. but rather circulate. it appears that the greatest advocates of political democracy —in Germany left liberals and Social Democrats —have been also the greatest advocates of every kind of biopolitical social engineering. socialist.edu/past_issues/nathan_wright. at least give direction for further inquiry and hope of a politics that escapes the problem of this racism . 4 (Edward Ross. And yet. the further conjecture that this ―micropolitical‖ dynamic creates authoritarian. Historically speaking. ―How can one both make a bio-power function and exercise the rights of war. UC Berkeley .cgu. Historically. and entrapment. 4 (Edward Ross. it seems clear that there is no necessary correlation between rationalization and authoritarian politics. the interventionist state has steadily expanded both the rights and the resources of virtually every citizen — including those who were stigmatized and persecuted as biologically defective under National Socialism. Fascism. in the space opened by Foucault‘s failure to solve the problem of state racism and to ―elaborate a unitary theory of power‖ (Agamben 1998.‖ Power is a set of social relations. . ―tactically polyvalent. professionalization has run ever more rampant in Western societies. vol. the second half of the twentieth century appears to be the great age of democracy in precisely those societies where these processes have been most in evidence. Society Must Be Defended. Yet his analysis of bio-politics and bio-power leads inevitably to state-sanctioned racism. Dickinson. he ends the lecture series with the question. But if so. however. unresolved. As a result. the rights of murder and the function of death.‖ Discursive elements (like the various elements of biopolitics) can be combined in different ways to form parts of quite different strategies (like totalitarianism or the democratic welfare state). Our specific context is more important than their sweeping generalization. this view of the politics of expertise and professionalization is certainly plausible. ―Biopolitics. is still the problem. UC Berkeley . 102 The state they built has intervened in social relations to an (until recently) ever-growing degree. bio-power itself is something that Foucault accepts as here to stay. ―Camp as Paradigm: Bio-Politics and State Racism in Foucault and Agamben‖. no. But they are two very different ways of organizing it. However. or fascist. as Foucault argued. or homicidal potentials at the level of the state does not seem very tenable.‖ modern societies with quite radically differing potentials. The concept ―power‖ should not be read as a universal stifling night of oppression. in which individuals and groups have varying degrees of autonomy and effective subjectivity.
This action might not be possible to undo. Are you sure you want to continue?